This is a modern-English version of Transactions of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. LXVIII, Sept. 1910: The New York Tunnel Extension of the Pennsylvania Railroad.; The North River Tunnels. Paper No. 1155, originally written by Brown, W. L., Hewett, Bertram Henry Majendie.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
Transcribers' Notes:
Some tables don't sum to the numbers indicated; no corrections have been
made. All numbers are from the original.
Minor inconsistencies in hyphenation have been retained.
Transcribers' Notes:
Some tables don't add up to the indicated numbers; no corrections have been
made. All numbers are from the original.
Minor inconsistencies in hyphenation have been kept.
TRANSACTIONS
Introduction.
The section of the Pennsylvania Railroad Tunnel work described in this paper is that lying between Tenth Avenue, New York City, and the large shaft built by the Company at Weehawken, N. J., and thus comprises the crossing of the North or Hudson River, the barrier which has stood for such a long time between the railroads and their possession of terminal stations in New York City. The general plan and section, Plate XXVIII, shows the work included.
The section of the Pennsylvania Railroad Tunnel work discussed in this paper is the part between Tenth Avenue, New York City, and the large shaft constructed by the Company at Weehawken, N.J. This area includes the crossing of the North or Hudson River, which has been a long-standing barrier for railroads trying to secure terminal stations in New York City. The general plan and section, Plate XXVIII, illustrate the work involved.
This paper is written from the point of view of those engaged by the Chief Engineer of the Railroad Company to look after the work of construction in the field. The history of the undertaking is not included, the various phases through which many of the designs and plans passed are not followed, nor are the considerations regarding foundations under the subaqueous portions of the tunnels and the various tests made in connection with this subject set out, as all these matters will be found in other papers on these tunnels.
This paper is written from the perspective of those hired by the Chief Engineer of the Railroad Company to oversee the construction work in the field. The history of the project is not included; the different stages that many of the designs and plans went through are not discussed, nor are the considerations regarding the foundations under the underwater sections of the tunnels and the various tests related to this topic detailed, as all these issues can be found in other papers about these tunnels.
This paper only aims to describe, as briefly as possible, the actual designs which were finally adopted, the actual conditions met on the ground, and the methods of construction adopted by the contractors.
This paper aims to briefly outline the designs that were ultimately chosen, the real conditions faced on-site, and the construction methods used by the contractors.
For easy reference, and to keep the descriptions of work of a similar character together, the subject will be treated under the four main headings, viz.: Shafts, Plant, Land Tunnels, and River Tunnels.
For easy reference and to keep similar work descriptions grouped together, the subject will be organized under four main headings: Shafts, Plant, Land Tunnels, and River Tunnels.
Shafts.
It is not intended to give much length to the description of the Shafts or the Land Tunnels, as more interest will probably center in the River Tunnels.
It’s not meant to provide a lengthy description of the Shafts or the Land Tunnels, since more interest will likely focus on the River Tunnels.
The shafts did not form part of the regular tunnel contract, but were built under contract by the United Engineering and Contracting Company while the contract plans for the tunnel were being prepared. In this way, when the tunnel contracts were let, the contractor found the shafts ready, and he could get at his work at once.
The shafts weren’t included in the regular tunnel contract but were constructed under contract by the United Engineering and Contracting Company while the plans for the tunnel were being developed. This way, when the tunnel contracts were awarded, the contractor found the shafts ready and could start his work immediately.
Two shafts were provided, one on the New York side and one on the New Jersey side. Their exact situation is shown on Plate XXVIII. They were placed as near as possible to the point at which the disappearance of the rock from the tunnels made it necessary to start the shield-driven portion of the work.
Two shafts were added, one on the New York side and one on the New Jersey side. Their exact location is shown on Plate XXVIII. They were positioned as close as possible to where the rock disappeared from the tunnels, requiring the start of the shield-driven part of the project.
The details of the shafts will now be described briefly.
The details of the shafts will now be described briefly.
The Manhattan Shaft.—The Manhattan Shaft is located about 100 ft. north of the tunnel center; there was nothing noticeable about its construction. General figures relating to both shafts are given in Table 1.
The Manhattan Shaft.—The Manhattan Shaft is situated approximately 100 ft. north of the tunnel's center; there was nothing remarkable about its construction. General figures regarding both shafts are provided in Table 1.
The Weehawken Shaft.—The Weehawken Shaft is shown in Fig. 1. This, as will be seen from Table 1, was a comparatively large piece of work. The shaft is over the tunnels, and includes both of them. In the original design the wall of the shaft was intended to follow in plan the property line shown in Fig. 2, and merely to extend down to the surface of the rock, which, as disclosed by the preliminary borings, was here about 15 ft. below the surface. However, as the excavation proceeded, it was found that this plan would not do, as the depth to the rock surface varied greatly, and was often much lower than expected; the rock itself, moreover, was very treacherous, the cause being that the line of junction between the triassic sandstone, which is here the country rock, and the intrusive trap of the Bergen Hill ridge, occurs about one-third of the length of the shaft from its western end, causing more or less disintegration of both kinds of rock. Therefore it was decided to line the shaft with concrete throughout its entire depth, the shape being changed to a rectangular plan, as shown in the drawings. At the same time that the shaft was excavated, a length of 40 ft. of tunnels at each end of it was taken out, also on account of the treacherous nature of the ground, thus avoiding risk of injury to the shaft when the tunnel contractors commenced work. There was much trouble with floods during the fall of 1903, and numerous heavy falls of ground occurred, in spite of extreme care and much heavy timbering. The greatest care was also taken in placing the concrete lining, and the framing to support the forms was carefully designed and of heavy construction; the forms were of first-class workmanship, and great care was taken to keep them true to line. A smooth surface was given to the concrete by placing a 3-in. layer of mortar at the front of the walls and tamping this dry facing mixture well down with the rest of the concrete. The east and west walls act as retaining walls, while those on the north and south are facing walls, and are tied to the rock with steel rods embedded and grouted into the rock and into the concrete. Ample drainage for water at the back of the wall was provided by upright, open-joint, vitrified drains at frequent intervals, with dry-laid stone drains leading to them from all wet spots in the ground. A general view of the finished work is shown in Fig. 1, Plate XXIX, and Table 1 gives the most important dates and figures relating to this shaft.
The Weehawken Shaft.—The Weehawken Shaft is shown in Fig. 1. This was a relatively large project, as can be seen from Table 1. The shaft is located above the tunnels and includes both of them. In the original design, the shaft wall was supposed to follow the property line shown in Fig. 2 and only reach down to the rock surface, which preliminary borings revealed to be about 15 ft. below the surface. However, as the excavation progressed, it became clear that this plan wouldn't work since the depth to the rock surface varied significantly and was often much lower than anticipated. Additionally, the rock was very unstable; the junction between the Triassic sandstone, which is the local rock, and the intrusive trap of the Bergen Hill ridge occurs about one-third of the way down the shaft from its western end, leading to some disintegration of both rock types. Therefore, it was decided to line the entire depth of the shaft with concrete, changing its shape to a rectangular plan, as shown in the drawings. While excavating the shaft, a length of 40 ft. of tunnels was also dug out at each end due to the unstable ground, reducing the risk of damage to the shaft when the tunnel contractors started their work. There were many issues with flooding during the fall of 1903, and several heavy collapses occurred despite careful work and substantial timbering. Great care was taken when placing the concrete lining, and the framing used to support the forms was carefully designed and built robustly. The forms were expertly crafted, and every effort was made to keep them aligned. A smooth surface was achieved by applying a 3-in. layer of mortar to the front of the walls and thoroughly tamping down this dry facing mixture with the rest of the concrete. The east and west walls serve as retaining walls, while the north and south walls are facing walls, anchored to the rock with steel rods embedded and grouted into both the rock and the concrete. Adequate drainage for water behind the wall was ensured by installing upright, open-joint, vitrified drains at regular intervals, with dry-laid stone drains directing water from wet spots in the ground to these drains. A general view of the finished work is shown in Fig. 1, and Plate XXIX and Table 1 provide the key dates and figures related to this shaft.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
Location. | Depth, in feet. | Width, in feet. | Length, in feet. | Excavation (including drifts) | Concrete, in cubic yards. | Date commenced. | Date finished. | Ground met: | Lined with: | Cost to Railroad Company. | Cost per cubic foot. |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Manhattan: 11th Avenue and 32d Street. | 55 | 22 | 32 | 2,010 | 209 | June 10th, 1903. | December 11th, 1903. | Top 13 ft. filled; red mica schist and granite. | Concrete reinforced with steel beams down to rock. | $12,943.75 | $0.335 |
Weehawken: Baldwin Avenue. | 76 | At bottom 56, at top 100 | At bottom 115.75, at top 154 | 55,315 | 9,810 | June 11th, 1903. | September 1st, 1904 | Top 6 ft. filled, 30ft. sand hardpan, decomposed rock (trap and sandstone)below. | Concrete with steel tie-rods in rock. | 166,162,98 | 0.337 |
After the tunnel work was finished, both shafts were provided with stairs leading to the surface, a protective head-house was placed over the New York Shaft, and a reinforced concrete fence, 8 ft. high, was built around the Weehawken Shaft on the Company's property line, that is, following the outline of the shaft as originally designed.
After the tunnel work was done, both shafts had stairs installed that led to the surface, a protective head-house was built over the New York Shaft, and an 8 ft. high reinforced concrete fence was constructed around the Weehawken Shaft along the Company's property line, following the original design outline of the shaft.
Plant.
Working Sites.
Before beginning a description of the tunnel work, it may be well to set out in some detail the arrangements made on the surface for conducting the work underground.
Before starting a description of the tunnel work, it might be helpful to outline in detail the arrangements made on the surface for carrying out the work underground.
All the work was carried on from two shafts, one at Eleventh Avenue and 32d Street, New York City—called the Manhattan Shaft—and one at Baldwin Avenue, Weehawken, N. J.—called the Weehawken Shaft. [Pg 157]
All the work was done from two shafts, one at Eleventh Avenue and 32nd Street, New York City—known as the Manhattan Shaft—and one at Baldwin Avenue, Weehawken, N.J.—known as the Weehawken Shaft. [Pg 157]
The characteristics of the two sites were radically different, and called for different methods of handling the transportation problem. The shaft site at Manhattan is shown on Plate XXX. It will be seen that there was not much room, in fact, the site was too cramped for comfort; the total area, including the space occupied by the old foundry, used for power-houses, offices, etc., was about 3,250 sq. yd. This made it necessary to have two stages, one on the ground level for handling materials into the yard, and an overhead gantry on which the excavated materials were handled off the premises. The yard at Weehawken was much larger; it is also shown on Plate XXX. Its area was about 15,400 sq. yd. in the yard proper, and there was an additional space of about 750 sq. yd. alongside the wharf at the "North Slip," on the river front, connected with the main portion of the yard by an overhead trestle.
The characteristics of the two sites were completely different, requiring different approaches to managing the transportation issue. The shaft site in Manhattan is shown on Plate XXX. It’s clear that there wasn’t much space; in fact, the site was too cramped for comfort. The total area, including the space taken up by the old foundry used for powerhouses, offices, etc., was about 3,250 sq. yd. This made it necessary to have two levels: one at ground level for moving materials into the yard and an overhead gantry for transporting excavated materials off the premises. The yard at Weehawken was much larger; it’s also shown on Plate XXX. Its area was about 15,400 sq. yd. in the main yard, with an additional space of about 750 sq. yd. next to the wharf at the "North Slip," along the riverfront, connected to the main yard by an overhead trestle.
All the cars at Manhattan were moved by hand, but at Weehawken two electric locomotives with overhead transmission were used.
All the cars in Manhattan were moved by hand, but at Weehawken, two electric locomotives with overhead power lines were used.
Power-House Plant.
At the Manhattan Shaft the power-house plant was installed on the ground floor of the old foundry building which occupied the north side of the leased area. This was a brick building, quite old, and in rather a tumble-down condition when the Company took possession, and in consequence it required quite a good deal of repair and strengthening work. The first floor of the building was used by the contractor as offices, men's quarters, doctor's offices, and so on, and on the next one above, which was the top floor, were the offices occupied by the Railroad Company's field engineering staff.
At the Manhattan Shaft, the power plant was set up on the ground floor of the old foundry building that was located on the north side of the leased area. This brick building was quite old and in a pretty dilapidated state when the Company took over, so it needed a significant amount of repair and reinforcement. The first floor of the building was used by the contractor for offices, men's quarters, doctor's offices, and similar purposes, while the top floor housed the offices of the Railroad Company's field engineering staff.
On the Weehawken side, the plant was housed in a wooden-frame, single-story structure, covered with corrugated iron. It was rectangular in plan, measuring 80 by 130 ft.
On the Weehawken side, the plant was located in a single-story wooden-frame building covered with corrugated iron. It had a rectangular shape, measuring 80 by 130 feet.
At both sides of the river the engines were bedded on solid concrete on a rock foundation.
At both sides of the river, the engines were set on solid concrete resting on a rock foundation.
The installation of the plant on the Manhattan side occupied from May, 1904, to April, 1905, and on the Weehawken side from September, 1904, to April, 1905. Air pressure was on the tunnels at the New York side on June 25th, 1905, and on the Weehawken side on the 29th of the same month.
The setup of the plant on the Manhattan side took place from May 1904 to April 1905, and on the Weehawken side from September 1904 to April 1905. Air pressure was applied to the tunnels on the New York side on June 25, 1905, and on the Weehawken side on June 29 of that same month.
The plants contained in the two power-houses were almost identical, there being only slight differences in the details of arrangement due to local conditions. A list of the main items of the plant at one power-house is shown in Table 2.
The plants in the two power houses were nearly the same, with only minor differences in the arrangement based on local conditions. A list of the main items of the plant at one power house is shown in Table 2.
No. of items | Description of item. | Cost. |
---|---|---|
Three | 500-h.p. water-tube Sterling boilers | $15,186 |
Two | Feed pumps, George F. Blake Manufacturing Company | 740 |
One | Henry R. Worthington surface condenser | 6,539 |
Two | Electrically-driven circulating pumps on river front | 5,961 |
Three | Low-pressure compressors, Ingersoll-Sergeant Drill Company | 33,780 |
One | High-pressure compressor, Ingersoll-Sergeant Drill Company | 6,665 |
Three | Hydraulic power pumps, George F. Blake Manufacturing Company | 3,075 |
Two | General Electric Company's generators coupled to Ball and Wood engines | 7,626 |
Total cost of main items of plant | $79,572 | |
Sumary of Cost of One Plant. | ||
Total cost of main items of plant | $79,572 | |
Cost of four shields (including installation, demolition, large additions and renewals, piping, pumps, etc.) | 103,560 | |
Cost of piping, connections, drills, derricks, installation of offices and all miscellaneous plant | 101,818 | |
Cost of installation, including preparation of site | 39,534 | |
Total prime cost of one power-house plant | $324,484 |
The following is a short description of each item of plant in Table 2:
The following is a brief description of each plant listed in Table 2:
Boilers.—At each shaft there were three 500-h.p., water-tube boilers, Class F (made by Sterling and Company, Chicago, Ill.). They had independent steel stacks, 54 in. in diameter and 100 ft. above grate level; each had 5,000 sq. ft. of heating surface and 116 sq. ft. of grate area. The firing was by hand, and there were shaking grates and four doors to each furnace. Under normal conditions of work, two boilers at each plant were able to supply all the steam required. The average working pressure of the steam was 135 lb. per sq. in.
Boilers.—At each shaft, there were three 500-h.p. water-tube boilers, Class F (manufactured by Sterling and Company, Chicago, Ill.). They had separate steel stacks that were 54 inches in diameter and rose 100 feet above the grate level; each boiler had 5,000 square feet of heating surface and 116 square feet of grate area. The boilers were fired manually, featuring shaking grates and four doors for each furnace. Under normal working conditions, two boilers at each plant could supply all the steam needed. The average operating pressure of the steam was 135 pounds per square inch.
The steam piping system was on the loop or by-pass plan. The diameter of the pipes varied from 14 in. in the main header to 10 in. in the body of the loop. The diameter of the exhaust steam main increased from 8 in. at the remote machines to 20 in., and then to 30 in., at the steam separator, which in turn was connected with the condensers. A pipe with an automatic relief valve from the exhaust to the atmosphere was used when the condensers were shut down. All piping was of the standard, flanged extra-heavy type, with bronze-seated gate-valves on the principal lines, and globe-valves on some of the auxiliary ones. There was an 8-in. water leg on the main header fitted with a Mason-Kelly trap, and other smaller water traps were set at suitable intervals.
The steam piping system was set up in a loop or by-pass arrangement. The pipe diameters ranged from 14 inches in the main header to 10 inches in the body of the loop. The diameter of the exhaust steam main increased from 8 inches at the far machines to 20 inches, and then to 30 inches at the steam separator, which was connected to the condensers. An automatic relief valve pipe from the exhaust to the atmosphere was used when the condensers were offline. All piping was of the standard, flanged extra-heavy type, with bronze-seated gate valves on the main lines and globe valves on some of the auxiliary lines. There was an 8-inch water leg on the main header fitted with a Mason-Kelly trap, and other smaller water traps were installed at appropriate intervals.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
Each boiler was fitted with safety valves, and there were automatic release valves on the high-and low-pressure cylinders of each compressor, as well as on each air receiver.
Each boiler was equipped with safety valves, and there were automatic release valves on the high-pressure and low-pressure cylinders of each compressor, as well as on each air receiver.
Buckwheat coal was used, and was delivered to the bins on the Manhattan side by teams and on the Weehawken side by railroad cars or in barges, whence it was taken to the power-house by 2-ft. gauge cars. An average of 20 tons of coal in each 24 hours was used by each plant.
Buckwheat coal was used, and it was delivered to the bins on the Manhattan side by trucks and on the Weehawken side by train cars or in barges, from where it was transported to the power house by 2-foot gauge cars. Each plant used an average of 20 tons of coal every 24 hours.
The water was taken directly from the public service supply main. The daily quantity used was approximately 4,000 gal. for boiler purposes and 4,400 gal. for general plant use. Wooden overhead tanks having a capacity of 14,000 gal. at each plant served as a 12-hour emergency supply.
The water was taken straight from the public supply main. The daily amount used was about 4,000 gallons for boiler needs and 4,400 gallons for general plant use. Wooden overhead tanks with a capacity of 14,000 gallons at each plant acted as a 12-hour emergency supply.
Feed Pumps.—There were two feed pumps at each plant. They had a capacity of 700 cu. ft. per min., free discharge. The plungers were double, of 6-in. diameter, and 10-in. stroke, the steam cylinders were of 10-in. diameter and 10-in. stroke. An injector of the "Metropolitan Double-Tube" type, with a capacity of 700 cu. ft. per min., was fitted to each boiler for use in emergencies.
Feed Pumps.—Each plant had two feed pumps. They could move 700 cubic feet per minute with unrestricted discharge. The plungers were double, measuring 6 inches in diameter and had a 10-inch stroke, while the steam cylinders were also 10 inches in diameter and had a 10-inch stroke. Each boiler was equipped with a "Metropolitan Double-Tube" type injector, which also had a capacity of 700 cubic feet per minute for emergency use.
The feed-water heater was a "No. 9 Cochrane," guaranteed to heat 45,000 lb. of water per hour, and had a total capacity of 85.7 cu. ft. It was heated by the exhaust steam from the non-condensing auxiliary plant.
The feed-water heater was a "No. 9 Cochrane," guaranteed to heat 45,000 pounds of water per hour, and had a total capacity of 85.7 cubic feet. It was heated by the exhaust steam from the non-condensing auxiliary plant.
Condenser Plant.—There were two surface condensers at each plant. Each had a cooling surface sufficient to condense 22,500 lb. of steam per hour, with water at a temperature of 70° Fahr. and barometer at 30 in., maintaining a vacuum of 26 in. in the condenser. Each was fitted with a Blake, horizontal, direct-acting, vacuum pump.
Condenser Plant.—Each plant had two surface condensers. Each condenser had enough cooling surface to condense 22,500 pounds of steam per hour, with the water temperature at 70° Fahrenheit and a barometric pressure of 30 inches, while maintaining a vacuum of 26 inches in the condenser. Each condenser was equipped with a Blake horizontal direct-acting vacuum pump.
Circulating-Water Pumps.—Two circulating-water pumps, supplying salt water directly from the Hudson River, were placed on the wharf. They were 8-in. centrifugal pumps, each driven by a 36-h.p., General Electric Company's direct-current motor (220 volts and 610 rev. per min.), the current being supplied from the contractor's power-house generators. The pumps were run alternately 24 hours each at a time. Those on the Manhattan side were 1,300 ft. from the power-house, and delivered their water through a 16-in. pipe; those on the Weehawken side were 450 ft. away, and delivered through a 14-in. pipe. There was also a direct connection with the city mains, in case of an accident to the salt-water pumps. [Pg 161]
Circulating-Water Pumps.—Two circulating water pumps, which drew salt water directly from the Hudson River, were installed on the wharf. They were 8-inch centrifugal pumps, each powered by a 36-h.p. direct-current motor from the General Electric Company (220 volts and 610 revolutions per minute), with electricity supplied by the contractor's power-house generators. The pumps operated alternately, running for 24 hours at a time. The ones on the Manhattan side were 1,300 feet from the power-house and delivered water through a 16-inch pipe, while those on the Weehawken side were 450 feet away and delivered through a 14-inch pipe. There was also a direct connection to the city mains in case of an emergency with the salt-water pumps. [Pg 161]
Low-Pressure Compressors.—At each plant there were three low-pressure compressors. These were for the supply of compressed air to the working chambers of the subaqueous shield-driven tunnels. They were also used on occasions to supply compressed air to the cylinders of the high-pressure compressors, thus largely increasing the capacity of the latter when hard pressed by an unusual call on account of heavy drilling work in the rock tunnels. They were of a new design, of duplex Corliss type, having cross-compound steam cylinders, designed to operate condensing, but capable of working non-condensing; the air cylinders were simple duplex. The steam cylinder valves were of the Corliss release type, with vacuum dash-pots. The valves in the air cylinders were mechanically-operated piston valves, with end inlet and discharge. The engines used steam at 135 lb. pressure. The high-and low-pressure steam cylinders were 14 in. and 30 in. in diameter, respectively, with a stroke of 36 in. and a maximum speed of 135 rev. per min. The two air cylinders were 23½ in. in diameter, and had a combined capacity of 35.1 cu. ft. of free air per revolution, and, when running at 125 rev. per min., each machine had an actual capacity of 4,389 cu. ft. of free air per min., or 263,340 cu. ft. per hour. The air cylinders were covered by water-jackets through which salt water from the circulating pumps flowed. A gauge pressure of 50 lb. of air could be obtained.
Low-Pressure Compressors.—Each plant had three low-pressure compressors. These provided compressed air to the working chambers of the underwater shield-driven tunnels. They were also occasionally used to supply compressed air to the high-pressure compressors, significantly enhancing their capacity when faced with high demands due to heavy drilling work in the rock tunnels. They featured a new design, specifically duplex Corliss type, with cross-compound steam cylinders tailored for condensing operation but capable of non-condensing use as well; the air cylinders were simple duplex. The steam cylinder valves were of the Corliss release type, equipped with vacuum dash-pots. The valves in the air cylinders were mechanically-operated piston valves, with end inlet and discharge. The engines operated on steam at 135 lb. pressure. The high-pressure and low-pressure steam cylinders measured 14 in. and 30 in. in diameter, respectively, with a stroke of 36 in. and a maximum speed of 135 revolutions per minute. The two air cylinders were 23½ in. in diameter, providing a combined capacity of 35.1 cu. ft. of free air per revolution, and when running at 125 revolutions per minute, each machine had an actual capacity of 4,389 cu. ft. of free air per minute, equivalent to 263,340 cu. ft. per hour. The air cylinders were surrounded by water jackets through which saltwater from the circulating pumps flowed. A gauge pressure of 50 lb. of air could be achieved.
Each compressor was fitted with an automatic speed and air-pressure regulator, designed to vary the cut-off according to the volume of air required, and was provided with an after-cooler fitted with tinned-brass tube and eight Tobin-bronze tube-plates having 809 sq. ft. of cooling surface; each one was capable of reducing the temperature of the air delivered by it to within 10° Fahr. of the temperature of the cooling water when its compressor was operated at its fullest capacity. From the after-cooler the air passed into a vertical receiver, 4 ft. 6 in. in diameter and 12 ft. high, there being one such receiver for each compressor. The receivers were tested to a pressure of 100 lb. per sq. in. The after-coolers were provided with traps to collect precipitated moisture and oil. The coolers and receivers were fitted with safety valves set to blow off at 1 lb. above the working pressure. The air supply was taken from without, and above the power-house roof, but in very cold weather it could be taken from within doors.
Each compressor was equipped with an automatic speed and air-pressure regulator that adjusted the cut-off based on the amount of air needed. It also had an after-cooler made with tinned-brass tubes and eight Tobin-bronze tube plates, providing 809 sq. ft. of cooling surface. Each cooler could lower the temperature of the air it supplied to within 10° Fahrenheit of the cooling water temperature when the compressor was running at full capacity. After passing through the cooler, the air moved into a vertical receiver, which was 4 ft. 6 in. in diameter and 12 ft. high, with one receiver for each compressor. The receivers were tested to withstand a pressure of 100 lb. per sq. in. The after-coolers were equipped with traps to collect condensed moisture and oil. Both the coolers and receivers had safety valves set to release at 1 lb. above the working pressure. The air supply came from outside, above the power-house roof, but during very cold weather, it could also be taken from indoors.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
High-Pressure Compressors.—There was one high-pressure compressor at each plant. Each consisted of two duplex air cylinders fitted to a cross-compound, Corliss-Bass, steam engine. The two steam cylinders were 14 and 26 in. in diameter, respectively, and the air cylinders were 14¼ in. in diameter and had a 36-in. stroke. The air cylinder was water-jacketed with salt water supplied from the circulating water pumps.
High-Pressure Compressors.—There was one high-pressure compressor at each plant. Each unit had two duplex air cylinders connected to a cross-compound Corliss-Bass steam engine. The two steam cylinders measured 14 and 26 inches in diameter, respectively, while the air cylinders were 14¼ inches in diameter with a 36-inch stroke. The air cylinders were water-jacketed, using salt water provided by the circulating water pumps.
The capacity was about 1,100 cu. ft. of free air per min. when running at 85 rev. per min. and using intake air at normal pressure, but, when receiving air from the low-pressure compressors at a pressure of 30 lb. per sq. in., the capacity was 3,305 cu. ft. of free air per min.; receiving air at 50 lb. per sq. in., the capacity would have been 4,847 cu. ft. of free air per min. This latter arrangement, however, called for more air than the low-pressure compressors could deliver. With the low-pressure compressor running at 125 rev. per min. (its maximum speed), it could furnish enough air at 43.8 lb. per sq. in. to supply the high-pressure compressor running at 85 rev. per min. (its maximum speed); and, with the high-pressure compressor delivering compressed air at 150 lb., the combined capacity of the arrangement would have been 4,389 cu. ft. of free air per min.
The capacity was around 1,100 cubic feet of free air per minute when operating at 85 revolutions per minute and using intake air at normal pressure. However, when receiving air from the low-pressure compressors at a pressure of 30 pounds per square inch, the capacity increased to 3,305 cubic feet of free air per minute. If air was received at 50 pounds per square inch, the capacity would have been 4,847 cubic feet of free air per minute. This last setup, though, required more air than the low-pressure compressors could provide. With the low-pressure compressor running at 125 revolutions per minute (its highest speed), it could supply enough air at 43.8 pounds per square inch to support the high-pressure compressor running at 85 revolutions per minute (its highest speed); and with the high-pressure compressor delivering compressed air at 150 pounds, the total capacity of the system would have been 4,389 cubic feet of free air per minute.
The air passed through a receiver, 4 ft. 6 in. in diameter and 12 ft. high, tested under a water pressure of 225 lb. per sq. in., before being sent through the distributing pipes.
The air went through a receiver that was 4 ft. 6 in. in diameter and 12 ft. high, tested under a water pressure of 225 lb. per sq. in., before it was sent through the distributing pipes.
Hydraulic Power Pumps.—At each power-house there were three hydraulic power pumps to operate the tunneling shields. One pump was used for each tunnel, leaving the third as a stand-by. The duplex steam cylinders were 15 in. in diameter, with a 10-in. stroke; the duplex water rams were 2⅛ in. in diameter with a 10-in. stroke. The pumps were designed to work up to 6,000 lb. per sq. in., but the usual working pressure was about 4,500 lb. The piping, which was extra heavy hydraulic, was connected by heavy cast-steel screw coup [Pg 163]lings having a hexagonal cross-section in the middle to enable tightening to be done with a bolt wrench. The piping was designed to withstand a pressure of 5,500 lb. per sq. in.
Hydraulic Power Pumps.—At each power house, there were three hydraulic power pumps to operate the tunneling shields. One pump was assigned to each tunnel, with the third serving as a backup. The duplex steam cylinders were 15 inches in diameter, with a 10-inch stroke; the duplex water rams were 2⅛ inches in diameter with a 10-inch stroke. The pumps were built to function at pressures up to 6,000 pounds per square inch, although the typical working pressure was around 4,500 pounds. The piping, made from extra heavy hydraulic materials, was connected with heavy cast-steel screw couplings featuring a hexagonal cross-section in the middle to allow for tightening with a bolt wrench. The piping was designed to endure a pressure of 5,500 pounds per square inch. [Pg 163]
Electric Generators.—At each plant there were two electric generators supplying direct current for both lighting and power, at 240 volts, through a two-wire system of mains. They were of Type M-P, Class 6, 100 kw., 400 amperes, 250 rev. per min., 240 volts no load and 250 volts full load. They were connected direct to 10 by 20 by 14-in., center-crank, tandem-compound, engines of 150 h.p. at 250 rev. per min. A switch-board, with all the necessary fuses, switches, and meters, was provided at each plant.
Electric Generators.—At each plant, there were two electric generators supplying direct current for both lighting and power, at 240 volts, through a two-wire system of mains. They were Type M-P, Class 6, 100 kW, 400 amperes, 250 revolutions per minute, 240 volts with no load, and 250 volts under full load. They were directly connected to 10 by 20 by 14-inch, center-crank, tandem-compound engines of 150 horsepower at 250 revolutions per minute. A switchboard, equipped with all the necessary fuses, switches, and meters, was provided at each plant.
Lubrication.—In the lubricating system three distinct systems were used, each requiring its own special grade of oil.
Lubrication.—The lubrication system used three separate systems, each needing its own specific type of oil.
The journals and bearings were lubricated with ordinary engine oil by a gravity system; the oil after use passed through a "White Star" filter, and was pumped into a tank about 15 ft. above the engine-room floor.
The journals and bearings were lubricated with regular engine oil using a gravity system; after being used, the oil went through a "White Star" filter and was pumped into a tank about 15 ft. above the engine room floor.
The low-pressure air cylinders were lubricated with "High Test" oil, having a flash point of 600° Fahr. The oil was forced from a receiving tank into an elevated tank by high-pressure air. When the tank was full the high-pressure air was turned off and the low-pressure air was turned on, in this way the air pressure in the oil tank equalled that in the air cylinder being lubricated, thus allowing a perfect gravity system to exist.
The low-pressure air cylinders were lubricated with "High Test" oil, which had a flash point of 600° Fahrenheit. The oil was pushed from a receiving tank into an elevated tank using high-pressure air. When the tank was full, the high-pressure air was turned off, and the low-pressure air was activated, so that the air pressure in the oil tank matched the pressure in the air cylinder being lubricated, creating a perfect gravity system.
The steam cylinders and the high-pressure air cylinders were fed with oil from hand-fed automatic lubricators made by the Detroit Lubrication Company, Detroit, Mich.
The steam cylinders and the high-pressure air cylinders were supplied with oil from hand-fed automatic lubricators made by the Detroit Lubrication Company, Detroit, MI.
"Steam Cylinder" oil was used for the steam cylinders and "High Test" oil (the same as used for the low-pressure air cylinders) for the high-pressure air cylinders. The air cylinder and steam cylinder lubricators were of the same kind, except that no condensers were necessary. The steam cylinder and engine oil was caught on drip pans, and, after being filtered, was used again as engine oil in the bearings. The oil from the air cylinders was not saved, nor was that from the steam cylinders caught at the separator.
"Steam Cylinder" oil was used for the steam cylinders, and "High Test" oil (the same as what was used for the low-pressure air cylinders) was used for the high-pressure air cylinders. The lubricators for both the air and steam cylinders were similar, except that condensers weren’t needed. The oil from the steam cylinders and engine was collected in drip pans and, after filtering, was reused as engine oil in the bearings. The oil from the air cylinders wasn't saved, nor was the oil from the steam cylinders collected at the separator.
Cost of Operating the Power-House Plants.—In order to give an idea of the general cost of running these plants, Tables 3 and 4 are given as typical of the force employed and the general supplies needed [Pg 164] for a 24-hour run of one plant. Table 3 gives a typical run during the period of driving the shields, and Table 4 is typical of the period of concrete construction. In the latter case the tunnels were under normal air pressure. Before the junction of the shields, both plants were running continuously; after the junction, but while the tunnels were still under compressed air, only one power-house plant was operated.
Cost of Operating the Power-House Plants.—To provide an idea of the overall cost of running these plants, Tables 3 and 4 are given as examples of the workforce involved and the general supplies required for a 24-hour operation of one plant. [Pg 164] Table 3 presents a typical operation during the phase of driving the shields, while Table 4 is representative of the concrete construction phase. In the latter case, the tunnels were under normal air pressure. Prior to the junction of the shields, both plants operated continuously; after the junction, while the tunnels were still under compressed air, only one power-house plant was in operation.
No. | Labor. | Rate per day. | Amount. |
---|---|---|---|
6 | Engineers | $3.00 | $18.00 |
6 | Firemen | 2.50 | 15.00 |
2 | Oilers | 2.00 | 4.00 |
2 | Laborers | 2.00 | 4.00 |
4 | Pumpmen | 2.75 | 11.00 |
2 | Electricians | 3.50 | 7.00 |
1 | Helper | 3.00 | 3.00 |
Total per day | $62.00 | ||
Total for 30 days | $1,860.00 | ||
Supplies. | |||
Coal (14 tons per day) | $3.25 | $45.50 | |
Water | 7.00 | 7.00 | |
Oil (4 gal. per day) | 0.50 | 2.00 | |
Waste (4 lb. per day) | 0.07 | 0.28 | |
Other supplies | 1.00 | 1.00 | |
Total per day | $55.78 | ||
Total for 30 days | $1,673.00 | ||
Total cost of labor and supplies for 30 days | $3,533.00 |
Stone-Crusher Plant.—A short description of the stone-crusher plant will be given, as it played an important part in the economy of the concrete work. In order to provide crushed stone for the concrete, the contractor bought (from the contractor who built the Bergen Hill Tunnels) the pile of trap rock excavated from these tunnels, which had been dumped on the piece of waste ground to the north of Baldwin Avenue, Weehawken, N. J.
Stone-Crusher Plant.—This is a brief description of the stone-crusher plant because it was crucial for the concrete work's economy. To supply crushed stone for the concrete, the contractor purchased a pile of trap rock that was excavated from the Bergen Hill Tunnels. This pile had been dumped on a piece of waste land north of Baldwin Avenue, Weehawken, N. J.
The general layout of the plant is shown on Plate XXX. It consisted of a No. 6 and a No. 8 Austin crusher, driven by an Amex, single-cylinder, horizontal, steam engine of 120 h.p., and was capable of crushing about 225 cu. yd. of stone per 10-hour day. The crushers and conveyors were driven from a countershaft, in turn driven from the engine by an 18-in. belt.
The overall layout of the plant is shown on Plate XXX. It included a No. 6 and a No. 8 Austin crusher, powered by a 120 h.p. Amex single-cylinder horizontal steam engine, and was able to crush around 225 cubic yards of stone in a 10-hour day. The crushers and conveyors were operated from a countershaft, which was driven by an 18-inch belt connected to the engine.
No. | Labor. | Rate per day. | Amount. |
---|---|---|---|
2 | Engineers | $3.00 | $6.00 |
2 | Firemen | 2.50 | 5.00 |
2 | Pumpmen | 3.00 | 6.00 |
1 | Foreman Electrician | 6.00 | 6.00 |
1 | Electrician | 3.00 | 3.00 |
1 | Laborer | 2.00 | 2.00 |
Total per day | $28.00 | ||
Total for 30 days | $840.00 | ||
Supplies. | |||
Coal (14 tons per day) | $3.15 | $44.10 | |
Oil (4 gal. per day) | 0.50 | 2.00 | |
Water | 13.00 | 13.00 | |
Other supplies | 2.00 | 2.00 | |
Total per day | $61.10 | ||
Total for 30 days | $1,833.00 | ||
Total cost of labor and supplies for 30 days | $2,673.00 |
The process of crushing was as follows: The stone from the pile was loaded by hand into scale-boxes which were lifted by two derricks into the chute above the No. 6 crusher. One derrick had a 34-ft. mast and a 56-ft. boom, and was worked by a Lidgerwood steam hoister; the other had a 23-ft. mast and a 45-ft. boom, and was worked by a "General Electric" hoist. All the stone passed first through the No. 6 crusher, after which it was lifted by a bucket conveyor to a screen, placed about 60 ft. higher than and above the stone bin. The screen was a steel chute pierced by 2½-in. circular holes, and was on a slope of about 45°; in order to prevent the screen from choking, it [Pg 166] was necessary to have two men continually scraping the stone over it with hoes. All the stone passing the screen was discharged into a bin below with a capacity of about 220 cu. yd. The stone not passing the screen passed down a diagonal chute to a No. 8 crusher, from which, after crushing, it was carried back by a second bucket conveyor to the bin, into which it was dumped without passing a screen. The No. 8 crusher was arranged so that it could, when necessary, receive stone direct from the stone pile. The cars in which the stone was removed could be run under the bin and filled by opening a sliding door in the bottom of the bin. A track was laid from the bin to connect with the contractor's surface railway in the Weehawken Shaft yard, and on this track the stone could be transported either to the Weehawken Shaft direct, for use on that side of the river, or to the wharf, where it could be dumped into scows for transportation to New York.
The crushing process went like this: Workers loaded stones from the pile into scale-boxes by hand, which were then lifted by two derricks into the chute above the No. 6 crusher. One derrick had a 34-foot mast and a 56-foot boom, operated by a Lidgerwood steam hoist; the other had a 23-foot mast and a 45-foot boom, run by a General Electric hoist. All the stone first went through the No. 6 crusher and was then lifted by a bucket conveyor to a screen located about 60 feet higher than the stone bin. The screen was a steel chute with 2½-inch circular holes and sloped at about 45 degrees; to prevent the screen from clogging, two men had to continuously scrape the stone over it with hoes. All the stone that passed through the screen dropped into a bin below with a capacity of about 220 cubic yards. The stone that didn’t pass through went down a diagonal chute to a No. 8 crusher, from which, after being crushed, it was carried back by another bucket conveyor to the bin, dumped without passing through a screen. The No. 8 crusher was set up so it could, when necessary, receive stone directly from the pile. The cars used to remove the stone could be positioned under the bin and filled by opening a sliding door at the bottom. A track connected the bin to the contractor's surface railway in the Weehawken Shaft yard, allowing the stone to be transported either directly to the Weehawken Shaft for use on that side of the river, or to the wharf, where it could be dumped into scows for transportation to New York. [Pg 166]
The cars used were 3-cu. yd. side-dump, with flap-doors, and were hauled by two steam Dinky locomotives.
The cars used were 3-cubic yard side-dump cars with flap doors, and they were pulled by two steam Dinky locomotives.
The average force employed was:
The average force used was:
1 | foreman | @ | $3.00 | per | day. | Supervising. |
24 | laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " | Loading scale-boxes for derricks. |
4 | laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " | Feeding crushers. |
2 | laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " | Watching screens to prevent clogging. |
1 | engineer | " | 4.00 | " | " | Driving steam engine. |
2 | engineers | " | 3.50 | " | " | On the derricks. |
1 | night watchman. | Watching the plant at night. |
Owing to the constant break-down of machinery, chutes, etc., inseparable from stone-crushing work, there was always at work a repair gang consisting of either three carpenters or three machinists, according to the nature of the break-down.
Due to the ongoing malfunction of machinery, chutes, etc., that comes with stone-crushing work, there was always a repair crew of either three carpenters or three machinists, depending on what needed fixing.
The approximate cost of the plant was:
The estimated cost of the plant was:
Machinery | $5,850 |
Lumber | 3,305 |
Erection labor | 3,999 |
———— | |
Total | $13,154 |
The cost of the crushed stone at Weehawken amounted to about $0.91 per cu. yd., and was made up as follows:
The cost of the crushed stone at Weehawken was about $0.91 per cubic yard, broken down as follows:
Cost of stone | $0.22 |
Labor in operation of plant | 0.31 |
Plant supplies | 0.11 |
[B] Plant depreciation | 0.27 |
——— | |
Total | $0.91 |
The crushed stone at the Manhattan Shaft cost about $1.04 per cu. yd., the difference of $0.13 from the Weehawken cost being made up of the cost of transfer across the river, $0.08, and transport from the dock to the shaft, $0.05.
The crushed stone at the Manhattan Shaft cost around $1.04 per cubic yard, with a difference of $0.13 compared to the Weehawken cost accounted for by the transfer across the river, $0.08, and the transport from the dock to the shaft, $0.05.
Miscellaneous Plant.—The various pieces of plant used directly in the construction work, such as derricks, hauling engines, pumps, concrete mixers, and forms, will be found described or at least mentioned in connection with the methods used in construction.
Miscellaneous Plant.—The different types of equipment used directly in the construction work, like derricks, hauling engines, pumps, concrete mixers, and forms, will be described or at least referenced in relation to the construction methods employed.
The tunneling shields, however, will be described now, as much of the explanation of the shield-driven work will not be clear unless preceded by a good idea of their design.
The tunneling shields will be explained now because understanding the shield-driven work will be difficult without a solid grasp of their design.
Tunneling Shields.
During the period in which the original contract drawings were being made, namely, in the latter part of 1903 and the early part of 1904, considerable attention was given to working out detailed studies for a type of shield which would be suitable for dealing with the various kinds of ground through which the shield-driven tunnels had to pass. This was done in order that, when the contract was let, the engineer's ideas of the requirements of the shields should be thoroughly crystallized, and so that the contractor might take advantage of this long-thought-out design, instead of being under the necessity of placing a hurried order for a piece of plant on which so much of the safety as well as of the speed of his work depended. Eventually, the contractor took over these designs as they stood, with certain minor modifications, and the shields as built and worked gave entire satisfaction. The chief points held in view were ample strength, easy access to the working face combined with ease and quickness of closing the diaphragm, and general simplicity. A clear idea of the main features of the design can be gathered from Fig. 3 and Plate XXXI.
During the time when the original contract drawings were created, specifically in late 1903 and early 1904, a lot of focus went into developing detailed studies for a type of shield that would be effective for the different types of ground the shield-driven tunnels needed to go through. This was done so that when the contract was awarded, the engineer's vision for the shields would be fully formed, allowing the contractor to benefit from this well-thought-out design rather than having to rush and order a piece of equipment crucial for the safety and efficiency of the work. In the end, the contractor accepted these designs with a few minor adjustments, and the shields that were built and operated performed very well. The main objectives were to ensure sufficient strength, easy access to the working face while also allowing for quick closing of the diaphragm, and overall simplicity. A clear understanding of the key features of the design can be gathered from Fig. 3 and Plate XXXI.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
[Pg 168] The interior diameter of the skin was 2 in. greater than the external diameter of the metal lining of the tunnel, which was 23 ft. The skin was made up of three thicknesses of steel plate, a ¾-in. plate outside and inside, with a ⅝-in. plate between; thus the external diameter of the skin was 23 ft. 6¼ in. The length over all (exclusive of the hood, to be described later) was 15 ft. 11-7/16 in. The maximum overlap of the skin over the erected metal lining was 6 ft. 4½ in., and the minimum overlap, 2 ft.
[Pg 168] The inner diameter of the skin was 2 inches larger than the outer diameter of the tunnel's metal lining, which measured 23 feet. The skin consisted of three layers of steel plate: a ¾-inch plate on the outside and inside, with a ⅝-inch plate in between; therefore, the outer diameter of the skin was 23 feet 6¼ inches. The total length (not including the hood, which will be explained later) was 15 feet 11-7/16 inches. The maximum overlap of the skin over the installed metal lining was 6 feet 4½ inches, and the minimum overlap was 2 feet.
There were no inside or outside cover-plates, the joints of the various pieces of skin plates being butt-joints covered by the overlap of adjoining plates. All riveting was flush, both inside and outside. The whole circumference of each skin plate was made up of eight pieces, each of which extended the entire length of the shield, the only circumferential joint on the outside being at the junction of the removable cutting edge (or of the hood when the latter was in position) with the shield proper.
There were no inner or outer cover plates; the joints between the different skin plates were butt joints covered by the overlap of the adjacent plates. All riveting was flush on both the inside and outside. The entire circumference of each skin plate was made up of eight pieces, each extending the full length of the shield, with the only outside joint located where the removable cutting edge (or the hood when it was in place) met the main shield.
Forward of the back ends of the jacks, the shield was stiffened by an annular girder supporting the skin, and in the space between the stiffeners of which were set the 24 propelling rams used to shove the shield ahead by pressure exerted on the last erected ring of metal lining, as shown on Plate XXXI.
Forward of the back ends of the jacks, the shield was reinforced by a circular girder that supported the outer shell, and in the gaps between the stiffeners were the 24 propulsion rams used to push the shield forward by applying pressure on the last installed ring of metal lining, as shown on Plate XXXI.
To assist in taking the thrust of these rams, gusset-plates were placed against the end of each ram cylinder, and were carried forward to form level brackets supporting the cast-steel cutting-edge segments. The stiffening gussets, between which were placed the rams, were also carried forward as level brackets, for the same purpose. The cast-steel segmental cutting edge was attached to the front of the last mentioned plates.
To help handle the force from these rams, gusset plates were positioned against the end of each ram cylinder and extended forward to create flat brackets that supported the cast-steel cutting edge segments. The stiffening gussets, which were placed between the rams, were also extended forward as flat brackets for the same purpose. The cast-steel segmental cutting edge was attached to the front of the previously mentioned plates.
The interior structural framing consisted of two floors and three vertical partitions, giving nine openings or pockets for access to the face; these pockets were 2 ft. 7 in. wide, the height varying from 2 ft. 2 in. to 3 ft. 4 in., according to their location. The openings were provided with pivoted segmental doors, which were adopted because they could be shut without having to displace any ground which might be flowing into the tunnel, and while open their own weight tended to close them, being held from doing so by a simple catch.
The interior frame was made up of two floors and three vertical partitions, creating nine openings or pockets for access to the front; these pockets were 2 ft. 7 in. wide, with the height varying from 2 ft. 2 in. to 3 ft. 4 in., depending on their location. The openings featured pivoted segmental doors, chosen because they could close without disturbing any ground that might be flowing into the tunnel, and when open, their weight naturally inclined them to close, held back only by a simple catch.
For passing through the varied assortment of ground before entering on the true sub-river silt, it was decided to adopt the forward detachable extension, or hood, which has so often proved its worth in ground needing timber for its support, as shown in Fig. 2, Plate XXIX. This hood extended 2 ft. 1 in. beyond the cutting edge, and from the top down to the level of the upper platform. Additional pieces were provided by which the hood might have been brought down as far as the lower platform, but they were not used. Special trapezoidal steel castings formed the junction between the hood and the cutting edge. The hood was in nine sections, built up of two ¾-in. and one ⅝-in. skin plates, as in the main body of the skin, and was supported by bracket plates attached to the forward ends of the ram chambers. The hoods were bolted in place, and were removed and replaced by regular cutting-edge steel castings after the shields had passed the river lines.
To navigate the diverse types of ground before reaching the main sub-river silt, we decided to use the forward detachable extension, or hood, which has often proven effective in ground that requires timber for support, as demonstrated in Fig. 2, Plate XXIX. This hood extended 2 ft. 1 in. beyond the cutting edge and from the top down to the upper platform level. Additional pieces were available to lower the hood as far down as the lower platform, but they were not utilized. Special trapezoidal steel castings formed the connection between the hood and the cutting edge. The hood consisted of nine sections, made up of two ¾-in. and one ⅝-in. skin plates, similar to the main body of the skin, and was supported by bracket plates attached to the forward ends of the ram chambers. The hoods were bolted in place and were taken off and replaced with regular cutting-edge steel castings once the shields had passed the river lines.
The floors of the two platforms, of which there were eight, formed by the division of the platforms by the upright framing, could be extended forward 2 ft. 9 in. in front of the cutting edge, or 8 in. in front of the hood. This motion was given by hydraulic jacks. The sliding platform could hold a load of 7,900 lb. per sq. ft., which was equal to the maximum head of ground and water combined. The uses of these platforms will be described under the heading "Construction." The weight of the structural portion of each shield was about 135 tons.
The floors of the two platforms, which had eight in total, were separated by upright framing and could extend forward 2 ft. 9 in. in front of the cutting edge, or 8 in. in front of the hood. This movement was powered by hydraulic jacks. The sliding platform could support a load of 7,900 lb. per sq. ft., which matched the maximum combined weight of the ground and water. The functions of these platforms will be detailed under the section "Construction." The structural weight of each shield was about 135 tons.
The remainder of the shield was the hydraulic part, which provided its motive force and gave the power to the segment erector. The hydraulic fittings weighed about 58 tons per shield, so that the total weight of each shield was about 193 tons. The hydraulic apparatus was designed for a maximum pressure of 5,000 lb. per sq. in., a minimum pressure of 2,000 lb., and a test pressure of 6,000 lb. The actual average pressure used was about 3,500 lb. per sq. in.
The rest of the shield was the hydraulic part, which supplied its power and enabled the segment erector to work. The hydraulic fittings weighed around 58 tons for each shield, bringing the total weight of each shield to about 193 tons. The hydraulic system was built for a maximum pressure of 5,000 lb. per sq. in., a minimum pressure of 2,000 lb., and a test pressure of 6,000 lb. The average pressure used was roughly 3,500 lb. per sq. in.
There were 24 shoving rams, with a diameter of 8½ in. and stroke of 38 in. The main ram was single-acting. The packings could be tightened up from the outside without removing the ram, a thing which is of the greatest convenience, and cannot be done with the differential plunger type. Some of the chief figures relating to the shield rams, with a water pressure of 5,000 lb. per sq. in., are: [Pg 171]
There were 24 pushing rams, each with a diameter of 8½ inches and a stroke of 38 inches. The main ram was single-acting. The packings could be tightened from the outside without having to remove the ram, which is very convenient and isn't possible with the differential plunger type. Some of the key figures related to the shield rams, with a water pressure of 5,000 pounds per square inch, are: [Pg 171]
Forward force of one ram | 275,000 lb. |
Forward force of 24 rams (all) | 6,600,000 lb. |
Forward force of 24 rams | 3,300 tons of 2,000 lb. |
Equivalent pressure per square inch of face | 105 lb. |
Equivalent pressure per square foot of face | 15,200 lb. |
Pull-back force of one ram | 26,400 lb. |
Pull-back pressure on full area of ram | 480 lb. per sq. in. |
The rams developed a tendency to bend, under the severe test of shoving the shield all closed, or nearly so, through the river silt, and it is probable that it would have been better to make the pistons 10 in. in diameter instead of 8½ in.
The rams started to bend under the intense pressure of pushing the shield almost completely through the river silt, and it’s likely that it would have been better to make the pistons 10 inches in diameter instead of 8.5 inches.
Each sliding platform was actuated by two single-acting rams, 3½ in. in diameter and having a stroke of 2 ft. 9 in. The rams were attached to the rear face of the shield diaphragm inside the box floors, and the cylinders were movable, sliding freely on bearings in the floor. The front ends of the cylinders were fixed to the front ends of the sliding platforms. The cylinder thus supported the front end of the sliding platform, and was designed to carry its half of the load on the platform. Some of the leading figures in connection with the platform rams, at a working pressure of 5,000 lb. per sq. in., are:
Each sliding platform was powered by two single-acting rams, 3½ inches in diameter with a stroke of 2 feet 9 inches. The rams were connected to the back side of the shield diaphragm inside the box floors, and the cylinders were movable, sliding easily on bearings in the floor. The front ends of the cylinders were attached to the front ends of the sliding platforms. The cylinder supported the front end of the sliding platform and was intended to bear its share of the load on the platform. Some of the key people involved with the platform rams, operating at a working pressure of 5,000 lbs. per square inch, are:
Forward force of each pair of rams (in each platform) | 96,000 lb. |
Total area of nose of sliding platform | 1,060 sq. in. |
Maximum reaction per square inch on nose | 90 lb. |
Maximum reaction per square foot on nose | 13,040 lb. |
Each shield was fitted with a single erector mounted on the rear of the diaphragm. The erector consisted of a box-shaped frame mounted on a central shaft revolving on bearings attached to the shield. Inside of this frame there was a differential hydraulic plunger, 4 in. and 3 in. in diameter and of 48-in. stroke. To the plunger head were attached two channels sliding inside the box frame, and to the projecting ends of these the grip was attached. At the opposite end of the box frame a counterweight was attached which balanced about 700 lb. of the tunnel segment at 11 ft. radius. [Pg 172]
Each shield was equipped with a single erector mounted on the back of the diaphragm. The erector had a box-shaped frame mounted on a central shaft that rotated on bearings attached to the shield. Inside this frame was a differential hydraulic plunger, 4 inches and 3 inches in diameter, with a stroke of 48 inches. Two channels were attached to the plunger head and slid inside the box frame, while a grip was connected to the extended ends of these channels. A counterweight was attached to the opposite end of the box frame, balancing about 700 pounds of the tunnel segment at an 11-foot radius. [Pg 172]
The erector was revolved by two single-acting rams fixed horizontally to the back of the shield above the erector pivot through double chains and chain wheels keyed to the erector shaft.
The erector was rotated by two single-acting rams that were mounted horizontally at the back of the shield, above the erector pivot, using double chains and chain wheels attached to the erector shaft.
The principal figures connected with the erector, assuming a water pressure of 5,000 lb. per sq. in., are:
The main figures associated with the erector, considering a water pressure of 5,000 lb. per sq. in., are:
Weight of heaviest tunnel segment | 2,584 lb. |
Weight of erector plunger and grip | 616 lb. |
Total weight to be handled by the erector ram | 3,200 lb. |
Total force in erector ram moving from center of shield | 35,000 lb. |
Total force in erector ram moving toward center of shield | 27,500 lb. |
Weight at 11-ft. radius which is balanced by counterweight | 700 lb. |
Maximum net weight at 11-ft. radius to be handled by turning rams | 1,884 lb. |
Total force of each rotating ram, at 5,000 lb. per sq. in. | 80,000 lb. |
Load at 11-ft. radius, equivalent to above | 3,780 lb. |
When the shield was designed, a grip was also designed by which the erector could handle segments without any special lugs being cast on them. A bolt was passed through two opposite bolt holes in the circumferential flanges of a plate. The grip jaws closed over this bolt and locked themselves. The projecting fixed ends of the grip were for taking the direct thrust on the grip caused by the erector ram when placing a segment.
When the shield was created, a handle was also designed so the erector could manage the segments without needing special lugs cast onto them. A bolt was inserted through two opposite bolt holes in the circular flanges of a plate. The grip jaws closed around this bolt and locked into place. The fixed ends of the grip were designed to absorb the direct force from the erector ram when placing a segment.
It happened, however, that there was delay in delivering these grips, and, when the shield was ready to start, and the grip was not forthcoming, Mr. Patrick Fitzgerald, the Contractor's Superintendent, overcame this trouble by having another grip made.
It turned out that there was a delay in delivering these grips, and when the shield was ready to go but the grip hadn’t arrived, Mr. Patrick Fitzgerald, the Contractor's Superintendent, solved this problem by having another grip made.
In this design, also, a self-catching bolt is placed through the segment and the grip catches the bolt. In simplicity and effectiveness in working, this new design eventually proved a decided advance on the original one, and, as a result, all the shields were fitted with the new grip, and the original design was discarded.
In this design, a self-catching bolt is placed through the segment, and the grip holds the bolt in place. With its simplicity and effectiveness, this new design turned out to be a significant improvement over the original, leading to all the shields being equipped with the new grip, while the original design was abandoned.
The great drawback to the original grip was that the plate swung on the lifting bolt, and thus brought a great strain on the bolt when [Pg 173] held rigidly at right angles to the erector arm. The original design was able to handle both Aand Bsegments, and key segments, without alteration; in the new design, an auxiliary head had to be swung into position to handle the key, but this objection did not amount to a practical drawback.
The main issue with the original grip was that the plate pivoted on the lifting bolt, which created a lot of tension on the bolt when [Pg 173] held firmly at a right angle to the erector arm. The original design could accommodate both A and B segments, as well as key segments, without any changes; however, in the new design, an additional head needed to be adjusted into place to manage the key, but this concern didn't pose a significant problem.
The operating floor from which the shield was controlled, and at which the valves were situated, was placed above the rams which rotate the erector, and formed a protection for them. The control of the shield rams was divided into four groups: the seven lower rams constituted one group, the upper five, another, and the six remaining on each side, the other two. Each group was controlled by its own stop and release valve. Individual rams were controlled by stop-cocks.
The control floor for the shield, where the valves were located, was situated above the rams that rotate the erector, providing protection for them. The control of the shield rams was divided into four groups: the seven lower rams made up one group, the upper five formed another, and the six remaining on each side constituted the other two groups. Each group had its own stop and release valve. Individual rams were managed by stopcocks.
The control of the sliding platform rams was divided into two groups, of which all the rams on the upper floor made one, and all those in the lower floor, the other; here, again, each group had its own stop and release valve, and individual platforms were controlled by stop-cocks arranged in blocks from which the pipes were carried to the rams.
The control of the sliding platform rams was split into two groups: all the rams on the upper floor formed one group, and all those on the lower floor made up the other. Each group had its own stop and release valve, and individual platforms were managed by stop-cocks arranged in blocks that led to the rams through pipes.
The in-and-out movements of the erector ram were controlled by a two-spindle, balanced, stop and release valve, controlled by a hand-wheel. The erector rotating rams were controlled by a similar valve, with four spindles, also operated by a single hand-wheel. Both wheels were placed inside the top shield pockets, and within easy reach of the operating platform.
The back-and-forth movements of the erector ram were managed by a two-spindle, balanced stop-and-release valve, operated by a handwheel. The erector rotating rams were controlled by a similar valve, featuring four spindles, also operated by a single handwheel. Both wheels were located inside the top shield pockets, readily accessible from the operating platform.
The hydraulic pressure was brought through the tunnel by a 2-in. hydraulic pipe. Connection with the shield was made by a flexible copper pipe, the 2-in. line being extended as the shield advanced.
The hydraulic pressure was transported through the tunnel via a 2-inch hydraulic pipe. A flexible copper pipe connected to the shield, with the 2-inch line being lengthened as the shield moved forward.
Land Tunnels.
General.
The following is a brief account of the main features of the "Land Tunnel" work, by which is meant all the part of the structure built without using tunneling shields.
The following is a brief account of the main features of the "Land Tunnel" work, which refers to all the parts of the structure built without using tunneling shields.
The Land Tunnels consist of about 977 ft. of double tunnel on the New York side and 230 ft. on the New Jersey side, or a total of 1,207 lin. ft. of double tunnel. [Pg 174]
The Land Tunnels have about 977 feet of double tunnel on the New York side and 230 feet on the New Jersey side, making a total of 1,207 linear feet of double tunnel. [Pg 174]
The general design of the cross-section consists of a semi-circular arch, vertical side-walls and a flat invert. The tunnel is adapted for two lines of track, each being contained in its compartment or tunnel. The span of the arch is wider than is absolutely necessary to take the rolling stock, and the extra space is utilized by the provision of a sidewalk or "bench" forming by its upper surface a gangway, out of the way of traffic, for persons walking in the tunnels, and embedded in its mass are a number of vitrified earthenware ducts, for high-and low-tension electric cables. The provision of this bench enables its vertical wall to be brought much nearer to the side of the rolling stock than is usually possible, thus minimizing the effects of a derailment or other accident. Refuge niches for trackmen, and ladders to the top of the bench are provided at frequent intervals. In cases where a narrow street limits the width of the structure, as on the New York side, the two tunnels are separated by a medial wall of masonry, thus involving excavation over the entire width of both tunnels, and in such case the tunnels are spoken of as "Twin Tunnels"; where the exigencies of width are not so severe, the two tunnels are entirely distinct, and are separated by a wall of rock. This type is found on the Weehawken side. The arches are of brick, the remainder of the tunnel lining being of concrete.
The overall design of the cross-section features a semi-circular arch, vertical side walls, and a flat bottom. The tunnel is designed for two lines of track, each within its own compartment or tunnel. The arch spans wider than strictly necessary for the rolling stock, and this extra space is used to create a sidewalk or "bench" that serves as a walkway, away from traffic, for people walking in the tunnels. Embedded within this structure are several vitrified earthenware ducts for high- and low-tension electric cables. This bench allows the vertical wall to be placed much closer to the side of the rolling stock than is typically feasible, reducing the impact of derailments or other accidents. There are refuge niches for track workers and ladders leading to the top of the bench at regular intervals. In situations where a narrow street constrains the width of the structure, like on the New York side, the two tunnels are separated by a masonry wall, which means excavation is needed for the full width of both tunnels; in this case, they are referred to as "Twin Tunnels." Where width constraints are less severe, the two tunnels are distinct and separated by a rock wall. This design is seen on the Weehawken side. The arches are made of brick, while the rest of the tunnel lining consists of concrete.
New York Land Tunnels.
The work on the Land Tunnels on the Manhattan side was carried on from the shaft at 11th Avenue and 32d Street. [Pg 175]
The construction of the Land Tunnels on the Manhattan side continued from the shaft at 11th Avenue and 32nd Street. [Pg 175]
The plans and designs for these tunnels are shown on Plate XXXII. In this short length of about 977 ft. there are no less than nine different kinds of cross-section. The reason for these changes is the fact that the two lines of track are here not straight and parallel to the center line between the tunnels, but are curved, although symmetrical about this center line. The various changes of section are to enable the tunnels to be built in straight lengths, thus avoiding the disadvantages attending the use of curved forms, and at the same time minimizing the quantity of excavation, an item which accounts for from 60 to 70% of the total cost of tunnels of this type. Of course, there are corresponding and obvious disadvantages in the adoption of many short lengths of different cross-sections, and these disadvantages were well brought out in the course of the work; on the whole, however, they may be said to have justified their adoption. These New York Land Tunnels were divided into three contracts, viz.: From Station 190 + 15 (the Portal to the open work of the Terminal Station at the east side of Tenth Avenue, New York City) to Station 197 + 60, called "Section Gy-East." The next contract, called "Section Gy-West Supplementary," extended from Station 197 + 60 to Station 199 + 20, which is the east side of Eleventh Avenue. The third contract was called "Section Gy-West," and extended from Station 199 + 20 to Station 231 + 78 (the dividing line between the States of New York and New Jersey). Thus, for nearly all its length, this contract consists of shield-driven tunnel. The portion between Stations 199 + 20 and 199 + 91.5, however, was of the Land Tunnel type, and therefore will be included here. A fourth contract extended from Station 231 + 78 to the Weehawken Shaft at Station 263 + 50, and of this all but 230 ft. was of the shield-driven type, only the portion next to the Weehawken Shaft being of the Land Tunnel type.
The plans and designs for these tunnels are shown on Plate XXXII. In this short span of about 977 ft., there are no less than nine different types of cross-section. The reason for these variations is that the two lines of track are not straight and parallel to the center line between the tunnels, but are curved, although they are symmetrical around this center line. The different changes in cross-section are meant to allow the tunnels to be built in straight segments, which avoids the drawbacks of using curved forms and minimizes the amount of excavation needed, which makes up about 60 to 70% of the total cost of tunnels of this type. Of course, there are clear disadvantages in using so many short segments with different cross-sections, and these disadvantages became evident during the work; however, overall, they can be said to have justified their use. These New York Land Tunnels were divided into three contracts: From Station 190 + 15 (the Portal to the open work of the Terminal Station on the east side of Tenth Avenue, New York City) to Station 197 + 60, called "Section Gy-East." The next contract, known as "Section Gy-West Supplementary," ran from Station 197 + 60 to Station 199 + 20, which is on the east side of Eleventh Avenue. The third contract was called "Section Gy-West," which extended from Station 199 + 20 to Station 231 + 78 (the boundary between the States of New York and New Jersey). Thus, for nearly all its length, this contract consists of shield-driven tunnel. However, the section between Stations 199 + 20 and 199 + 91.5 was of the Land Tunnel type, and therefore will be included here. A fourth contract stretched from Station 231 + 78 to the Weehawken Shaft at Station 263 + 50, and of this, almost all but 230 ft. was of the shield-driven type, with only the portion next to the Weehawken Shaft being of the Land Tunnel type.
The four contracts were let to one contractor (The O'Rourke Engineering Construction Company), and the work was carried on simultaneously in all four, so that the division into contracts had no bearing on the methods of work adopted, and these will now be described as a whole and with no further reference to the different sections.
The four contracts were awarded to a single contractor (The O'Rourke Engineering Construction Company), and work was conducted simultaneously on all four, meaning the division into contracts didn't affect the methods used. These will now be described as a whole without any further mention of the different sections.
Excavation.
Work was started on the New York side on April 18th, 1904, the Weehawken shaft being at that date still under construction. As will have been noted in the description of the shafts, the contractor found a shaft already prepared for his use, and cross-drifts at grade and at right angles to the future tunnels, and extending across their entire width. The first essential was to get access to the shield chambers, which were to lie about 330 ft. to the west of the shaft, so that the construction of these enlargements in which the shields for the subaqueous tunnels were to be built might be finished as soon as possible and thus allow the earliest possible start to be made with the shield-driven tunnels.
Work began on the New York side on April 18, 1904, with the Weehawken shaft still under construction at that time. As mentioned in the description of the shafts, the contractor discovered a shaft already prepared for use, along with cross-drifts at the same level and at right angles to the future tunnels, extending across their full width. The first priority was to gain access to the shield chambers, which were located about 330 feet west of the shaft, so that the construction of these enlargements, where the shields for the underwater tunnels were to be built, could be completed as quickly as possible. This would allow for the earliest start on the shield-driven tunnels.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.

Thirty-Second Street Tunnels
Shield Chambers, etc.
Click to view larger image.
With this in view, two bottom headings, on the center line of each of the two tracks, were driven westward from the western cross-heading at the foot of the shaft. When about 138 ft. had been made in this way, the two headings were brought together and a break-up was made to the crown level of the tunnel, as the depth of rock cover was doubtful. From this break-up a top heading was driven westward to Station 200 + 30. While widening the heading out at Station 200 + 20 the rock was penetrated on the south side. The exposed wet sand and gravel started to run, and, as a consequence, a change in design was made, the shield chambers (and consequently the start of the shield-driven tunnels) being moved eastward from their original location 133 ft. to their present location. A certain amount of time was necessarily spent in making these changes of design, which involved a rearrangement of the whole layout from the Terminal Station to the start of the River Tunnels. On July 5th, 1904, however, the new design was formally approved. No sooner had this been decided than a strike arose on the work, and this was not settled until August 1st, 1904, but from that time the work progressed without delay. No further reference will be made to the work in the shield chambers, as that will come under the heading of "River Tunnels," being of the segmental, cast-iron lined type.
With this in mind, two bottom headings were driven westward along the center line of each of the two tracks from the western cross-heading at the bottom of the shaft. After about 138 ft. had been completed this way, the two headings met, and a break-up was made to the crown level of the tunnel, since the depth of the rock cover was uncertain. From this break-up, a top heading was driven westward to Station 200 + 30. While expanding the heading at Station 200 + 20, rock was penetrated on the south side. The wet sand and gravel that were exposed began to run, which led to a redesign; the shield chambers (and thus the beginning of the shield-driven tunnels) were moved eastward from their original position by 133 ft. to their current location. A certain amount of time was needed to implement these design changes, which required a complete rearrangement of the layout from the Terminal Station to the beginning of the River Tunnels. On July 5th, 1904, however, the new design was officially approved. No sooner had this been determined than a strike broke out at the site, which was not resolved until August 1st, 1904, but after that, work continued without delay. There will be no further mention of the work in the shield chambers, as that will be covered under the "River Tunnels," which are of the segmental, cast-iron lined type.
A top heading was now driven over the original bottom heading west of the shaft, and at the same time the original cross-drifts from the shaft were amalgamated with and broken down by a heading driven at the crown level of the "Intercepting Arch" which here cuts across the ordinary run of tunnel at right angles and affords access to the tunnels from the shafts.
A main tunnel was now dug over the original lower tunnel west of the shaft, and simultaneously, the original cross-tunnels from the shaft were combined with and disrupted by a tunnel dug at the top level of the "Intercepting Arch," which here crosses the regular tunnel at right angles and provides access to the tunnels from the shafts.
The excavation of the upper portion of the intercepting arch at its southern end gave some trouble, and caused some anxiety, as the rock cover was penetrated and the wet sand and gravel were exposed. This made it necessary to timber all this section heavily, and the tracks of the New York Central Railroad directly above were successfully supported. The general way in which this timbering was carried out will be described under the head of "Timbering." [Pg 177]
The digging of the upper part of the intercepting arch at its southern end was challenging and caused some concern because the rock cover was breached, exposing the wet sand and gravel. This required us to heavily support that entire section with timber, and we were able to successfully support the tracks of the New York Central Railroad directly above. The overall approach to this timbering will be explained under the section titled "Timbering." [Pg 177]
Meanwhile, the excavation of the tunnels west of the intercepting arch was continued until the North and South Tunnels were taken out to their full outlines, leaving a core of rock between them. This core was gradually removed, and timbering supporting the rock above the middle wall was put in as excavation went on. The ground, which was entirely of micaceous schist, typical of this part of Manhattan, seamed with veins of granite, was rather heavy at the west end, or adjacent to the shield chambers, and required complete segmental timbering across the whole span. One heavy fall of rock in the corewall between the North and South Tunnels took place on November 2d, but fortunately did not extend beyond the limits of the permanent work. On November 7th, 1904, the excavation east of the intercepting arch was begun by driving a bottom heading in the South Tunnel. This was continued to Station 197 + 14 and then was taken up to the crown level and worked as a top heading with the view of keeping track, by making exploratory borings upward from the roof at frequent intervals, of the rock surface, which was here irregular and not known with any degree of certainty. The work was not pressed with any vigor, because all efforts were then being bent toward excavating from the River Tunnels as much rock as possible. In Section Gy-East the conditions were exceptionally variable, as the rock was subject to sudden changes from a soft crumbling mica schist to broad bands of hard granite, and, in addition, the rock surface was very irregular, and, for a good length of this section, was below the crown of the tunnel, a condition which led to the adoption of the cut-and-cover method for part of the work.
Meanwhile, the digging of the tunnels west of the intercepting arch continued until the North and South Tunnels were fully outlined, leaving a core of rock between them. This core was gradually removed, and support timbers were installed to hold up the rock above the middle wall as excavation progressed. The ground, which was entirely made of micaceous schist—typical of this part of Manhattan—was laced with veins of granite. It was somewhat heavy at the west end, near the shield chambers, requiring full segmental timbering across the entire span. A significant rock fall occurred in the core wall between the North and South Tunnels on November 2nd, but fortunately, it didn’t extend beyond the limits of the permanent work. On November 7th, 1904, excavation east of the intercepting arch began by driving a bottom heading in the South Tunnel. This was continued to Station 197 + 14 and then brought up to the crown level, working as a top heading while taking exploratory borings upward from the roof at regular intervals to monitor the rock surface, which was irregular and not well understood. The work wasn’t pushed aggressively since all efforts were focused on excavating as much rock as possible from the River Tunnels. In Section Gy-East, conditions were particularly variable, with sudden changes from soft crumbling mica schist to wide bands of hard granite. Additionally, the rock surface was very uneven, and for a significant portion of this section, it lay below the crown of the tunnel, which led to the use of the cut-and-cover method for part of the work.
The irregularity in conditions called for varying methods of procedure, but in general the methods were as shown on Plate XXXIII, and described as follows:
The inconsistency in conditions required different approaches, but overall the methods were as outlined on Plate XXXIII, and described as follows:
In Solid Rock.—Where there was plenty of good rock cover, a top middle heading was driven, which was afterward widened out to the full cross-section of the twin tunnel arches. If necessary, a few lengths of segmental timbering were put in before taking down the bench, which was generally kept some 40 or 50 ft. behind the breast of the heading. After the bench was down, the middle conduit trench was excavated and the trimming done.
In Solid Rock.—Where there was enough solid rock cover, a top middle heading was created, which was later expanded to the full cross-section of the twin tunnel arches. If needed, some lengths of segmented timbering were added before removing the bench, which was typically kept about 40 to 50 feet behind the front of the heading. Once the bench was removed, the middle conduit trench was dug out and then trimmed.
In Soft Rock.—Where there was not enough rock cover, or where there was actual soft ground in the roof, wall-plate headings at the springing line level were driven ahead of the remainder of the work. The wall-plates were laid in these, the roof was taken out in short lengths, and segmental timbering spanning from wall-plate to wall-plate was put in. The roof being thus held, the bench excavation proceeded without trouble. Where the rock was penetrated and soft ground showed in the roof, poling boards were driven ahead over the crown-bars, as shown in Fig. 4.
In Soft Rock.—Where there wasn't enough rock support, or where the ground in the roof was actually soft, wall-plate headings were advanced at the springing line level ahead of the rest of the work. The wall-plates were installed in these areas, the roof was removed in short sections, and segmental timbering was installed from wall-plate to wall-plate. With the roof secured this way, the bench excavation continued smoothly. Where the rock was breached and soft ground appeared in the roof, poling boards were placed ahead over the crown-bars, as shown in Fig. 4.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
Cut-and-Cover Work.—After some 225 ft. had been driven from the intercepting arch, it was found that the crown of the tunnel was continually in soft ground. To ascertain the extent of this condition the contractor decided to make soundings as far as Tenth Avenue, which was done by sinking trial pits and making wash-borings in the street. These soundings showed that there would be soft ground in the crown from Station 194 + 75 to Station 194 + 25 (at one point to a depth of 12 ft. below the crown), and on each side of this section the cover was insufficient from Station 193 + 58 to Station 195 + 30. This condition being known, it was decided to adopt cut-and-cover work for this length, the principal reasons being that repairs to sewers, streets, and drains would be no more, and probably less, expensive than with the tunnel method; the underpinning of a heavy brick brewery building adjoining the works on the north side would be facilitated, and the opening in the street, through which muck and materials could be handled, would relieve the congested shaft, through which the large volume of muck from the River Tunnels was then being conveyed. On the other hand, the cut-and-cover method was adversely affected by the presence of a heavy timber trestle built down the south side of the street and over which passed all the excavation from the Terminal Station, amounting to a very heavy traffic. As this trestle had to be supported, it complicated the situation considerably. Very little active progress was made between June, 1905, and April, 1906, as the contractor's energies during that time were much taken up with the progress of the shield-driven tunnels. In April, 1906, preparations were made to start a 50-ft. length of open cut, rangers being fixed and sheathing driven; and the sewer which ran down the middle of this street was diverted to the outside of the open-cut length.
Cut-and-Cover Work.—After driving about 225 ft. from the intercepting arch, it became clear that the tunnel's crown was consistently in soft ground. To determine how widespread this issue was, the contractor decided to take soundings as far as Tenth Avenue, which involved digging trial pits and conducting wash-borings in the street. The soundings revealed soft ground in the crown from Station 194 + 75 to Station 194 + 25 (at one point extending 12 ft. below the crown), and on either side of this section, the cover was inadequate from Station 193 + 58 to Station 195 + 30. Knowing this situation, the decision was made to use cut-and-cover work for that stretch, mainly because repairing sewers, streets, and drains would likely be no more costly—and possibly less expensive—than using the tunnel method; underpinning a heavy brick brewery building next to the site on the north side would be easier, and the street opening would help manage muck and materials, easing the congestion at the shaft where a large volume of muck from the River Tunnels was being transported. However, the cut-and-cover method faced challenges due to a heavy timber trestle along the south side of the street, which carried all the excavation traffic from the Terminal Station. Supporting this trestle complicated matters significantly. Between June 1905 and April 1906, there was little progress, as the contractor's focus during that time was largely on the shield-driven tunnels. In April 1906, preparations began to start a 50-ft. length of open cut, with rangers installed and sheathing driven; the sewer running down the middle of the street was rerouted to the outside of the open-cut section.
April and May were occupied in driving the sheathing down to rock, supporting the trestle, underpinning the adjoining brewery, and excavating the soft material above the rock. On June 2d, 1906, rock was reached, and, by July 31st, the excavation was down to subgrade over nearly the whole 50 ft. in the first length. In the meantime another length was opened up, and eventually a third.
April and May were busy pushing the sheathing down to the rock, supporting the trestle, reinforcing the nearby brewery, and digging out the soft material above the rock. On June 2, 1906, they hit rock, and by July 31, they had excavated down to subgrade over almost the entire 50 ft. in the first section. In the meantime, they opened up another section and eventually a third.
The surface of the rock now seemed to be rising, and the heavy buildings had been passed, so that tunneling was reverted to for the rest of the work, though many difficulties were caused by soft rock in the roof from time to time.
The surface of the rock now appeared to be rising, and the heavy buildings had been surpassed, so tunneling was resumed for the remainder of the work, although soft rock in the ceiling caused various difficulties from time to time.
When the excavation for the open-cut work of the Terminal Station had advanced to the line of Tenth Avenue, the contractor started a heading from this point and drove westward under Tenth Avenue until the headings driven eastward from the cut-and-cover portion, were met.
When the digging for the open-cut work of the Terminal Station reached the line of Tenth Avenue, the contractor began a tunnel from that point and went west under Tenth Avenue until they met the tunnels coming from the cut-and-cover section that had been driven eastward.
This was done to expedite the work under Tenth Avenue, where the ground was not very good, where there were several important gas and water mains in the street, and where, moreover, the tunnels were of exceptionally large span (24 ft. 6 in.), making a total width of some 60 ft. for the excavation. The excavation for the New York Tunnels was practically finished in January, 1908.
This was done to speed up the work under Tenth Avenue, where the ground wasn't very stable, there were several important gas and water pipes in the street, and where, in addition, the tunnels had an unusually large span (24 ft. 6 in.), resulting in a total width of about 60 ft. for the excavation. The excavation for the New York Tunnels was nearly completed in January 1908.
Drilling and Blasting.—The foregoing short description will serve to show in a general way the scheme adopted in making the excavation. A few details on drilling and blasting methods may not be out of place.
Drilling and Blasting.—The brief description above gives a general idea of the approach used for the excavation. A few details about drilling and blasting techniques might be helpful.
Percussive drills run by air pressure were used. They were Ingersoll-Sergeant, Nos. 3½, A-86, C-24, and F-24. The air came from the high-pressure compressor previously described. This compressor, without assistance, could supply air for nine drills, but, when fed by compressed air from the lower pressure, its capacity was increased three or four times.
Percussive drills powered by air pressure were utilized. They included Ingersoll-Sergeant models 3½, A-86, C-24, and F-24. The air source was the high-pressure compressor mentioned earlier. This compressor could supply air for nine drills on its own, but when boosted by compressed air from the lower pressure, its capacity increased three to four times.
The air was compressed to 100 lb. per sq. in. in the power-house, and was delivered at about 80 lb. per sq. in. at the drills. A 3-in. air line was used. The drill steel was 1⅛-to 1⅜-in. octagonal. The holes were about 3¼ in. in diameter at starting and 2⅝ in. at the full depth of 10 ft. The powder used on the New York side was 40% Forcite, the near presence of heavy buildings and lack of much rock cover necessitating light charges and many holes spaced close together.
The air was compressed to 100 psi in the power house and delivered at around 80 psi to the drills. A 3-inch air line was used. The drill steel was 1⅛ to 1⅜ inches octagonal. The holes were about 3¼ inches in diameter at the start and 2⅝ inches at the full depth of 10 feet. The powder used on the New York side was 40% Forcite, as the nearby heavy buildings and minimal rock cover required lighter charges and many holes closely spaced together.
To compensate the contractor for the inevitable excavation done outside the neat lines of the masonry lining, the excavation was paid for to the "Standard Section Line" which was 12 in. outside the neat lines on top and sides and 6 in. outside at the bottom of the cross-section. The actual amount of excavation done was about 11% greater than that paid for. The distance excavated beyond the neat line, because of the very heavy timbering necessary, was about 2.1 ft. instead of the 1 ft. allowed, and at the bottom about 0.85 ft. instead of the 0.50 ft. paid for.
To compensate the contractor for the unavoidable excavation done outside the clean lines of the masonry lining, the excavation was paid for up to the "Standard Section Line," which was 12 inches outside the clean lines at the top and sides and 6 inches outside at the bottom of the cross-section. The actual amount of excavation performed was about 11% more than what was paid for. The distance excavated beyond the clean line, due to the heavy timbering required, was about 2.1 feet instead of the 1 foot allowed, and at the bottom, it was about 0.85 feet instead of the 0.50 feet paid for.
For a period of 5 months detailed records were kept of the drilling and blasting. About 12,900 cu. yd. of excavation are included. A [Pg 181] sketch and table showing the method of driving the heading, the number and location of the holes drilled, and the amount of powder used, is given in Fig. 5. From this and similar figures the information in Table 5 is derived.
For five months, detailed records were maintained of the drilling and blasting. About 12,900 cubic yards of excavation are included. A [Pg 181] sketch and table showing how the heading was driven, the number and locations of the holes drilled, and the amount of powder used, can be found in Fig. 5. From this and similar data, the information in Table 5 is obtained.
Portion of excavation. | Feet of Hole drilled per cubic Yard of Execavation | Pounds of Power Used per Cubic Yard of Excavation | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
15-ft. 4-in. span-- twin tunnel | 19-ft. 6-in. span-- twin tunnel | 24-ft. 6-in. span-- twin tunnel | 15-ft. 4-in. | 19-ft. 6-in. | 24-ft. 6-in. | |
Wall-plate heading [C] | 13.00 | 10.97 | 10.97 | 3.77 | 2.85 | 2.85 |
Total heading[C] | 7.87 | 8.17 | 7.81 | 2.31 | 2.02 | 1.78 |
Bench and raker bench[C] | 5.97 | 6.15 | 7.56 | 0.94 | 0.93 | 1.13 |
Trench[C] | 9.82 | 15.96 | 18.10 | 1.84 | 2.49 | 2.73 |
Average for section[C] | 6.69 | 7.43 | 8.95 | 1.28 | 1.30 | 1.45 |
Actual amount [D] | 6.82 | 7.27 | 8.95 | 1.22 | 1.24 | 1.27 |
[C] Figures taken from typical cross-sections.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__Figures from standard cross-sections.
[D] This gives the actual amount of drilling done and powder used per cubic yard for the whole period of 5 months of observation, but as this length included 280 ft. of heading and only 220 ft. of bench, the average figures (for powder especially) are too low.
[D] This provides the total amount of drilling and powder used per cubic yard over the entire 5-month observation period, but since this duration included 280 ft. of heading and only 220 ft. of bench, the average figures (especially for powder) are too low.
Table 6 gives the rate and cost of drilling, and the cost of powder. It will be seen that the average rate of drilling was 2.71 ft. per hour per drill or 27.1 ft. per drill per shift.
Table 6 shows the rate and cost of drilling, as well as the cost of materials. It can be observed that the average drilling rate was 2.71 feet per hour per drill, or 27.1 feet per drill per shift.
Table 7 shows the result of observation as to the time taken in various subdivisions of the drilling operations. These observations were not carried on for a long enough period to give correct results, but the percentages of time spent on each division of the operation are believed to be about right. The headings of this table are self-explanatory. The necessary delays include all time spent in changing bits, making air-line connections, etc. The unnecessary delays are stoppages caused by lack of supplies or insufficient air pressure.
Table 7 shows the results of observations regarding the time taken in different parts of the drilling operations. These observations were not conducted long enough to provide accurate results, but the percentage of time spent on each part of the operation is thought to be approximately correct. The titles in this table are clear. The necessary delays include all time spent changing bits, making air-line connections, etc. The unnecessary delays are stoppages caused by a lack of supplies or insufficient air pressure.
Timbering.—On the New York side nearly the whole length of the excavation needed timbering, to a greater or less extent, and for the most part required timbering of quite a heavy type. [Pg 182]
Timbering.—On the New York side, almost the entire length of the excavation needed support, to varying degrees, and mostly required strong timbering. [Pg 182]
Drilling and Blasting. | Powder Used. | ||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Type. | Date. | Total feet drilled. | No. of drill shifts (10-hour.) | Feet drilled per man per hour. | Quantity of excavation, in cubic yards. | Cost of labor only. Drilling and sharpening. | Total Quantity. | Cost per cubic Yard at 11 cents per pound. | |||||||||||
Total. | Per linear feet. | Per cubic yard | |||||||||||||||||
Actual. | Paid for. | Actual. | Paid for | ||||||||||||||||
1907 | Heading | Bench | Total | Heading | Bench | Total | Heading | Bench | Total | Actual. [E] | Paid for [F] | Pounds. | |||||||
$ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
Ke. | May | 2,971 | 5,578 | 8,549 | 98 | 204 | 302 | 3.031 | 2.734 | 2.831 | 1,736 | 1,664 | 2,331 | 0.27 | 1.34 | 1.40 | 1,595 | 0.10 | 0.10 |
June | 2,093 | 6,194 | 8,287 | 85 | 223 | 308 | 2.462 | 2.777 | 2.691 | 809 | 698 | 2,440 | 0.29 | 3.01 | 3.49 | 1,960 | 0.27 | 0.31 | |
July | 7,627 | 7,627 | 268 | 268 | 2.845 | 2.845 | 1,022 | 960 | 2,031 | 0.26 | 1.98 | 2.11 | 966 | 0.10 | 0.11 | ||||
Aug. | 2,552 | 2,552 | 95 | 95 | 2.688 | 2.688 | 743 | 716 | 640 | 0.25 | 0.86 | 0.89 | 430 | 0.06 | 0.07 | ||||
Sept. | 2,133 | 2,133 | 79 | 79 | 2.700 | 2.700 | 238 | 238 | 533 | 0.25 | 2.24 | 2.24 | 280 | 0.13 | 0.13 | ||||
Total | 5,064 | 24,084 | 29,148 | 183 | 869 | 1,052 | 2.767 | 2.770 | 2.770 | 4,548 | 4,276 | 7,975 | 0.27 | 1.75 | 1.87 | 5,231 | 0.13 | 0.13 | |
Ki. | May | 6,976 | 6,976 | 216 | 216 | 3.229 | 3.229 | 614 | 527 | 1,604 | 0.23 | 2.61 | 3.04 | 1,230 | 0.22 | 0.26 | |||
June | 4,089 | 4,089 | 135 | 135 | 3.029 | 3.029 | 357 | 259 | 1,234 | 0.30 | 3.45 | 4.76 | 1,036 | 0.32 | 0.44 | ||||
July | 3,733 | 3,733 | 140 | 140 | 2.666 | 2.666 | 530 | 404 | 1,084 | 0.29 | 2.04 | 2.68 | 550 | 0.11 | 0.15 | ||||
Aug. | 6,715 | 6,715 | 249 | 249 | 2.769 | 2.769 | 925 | 890 | 1,901 | 0.28 | 2.05 | 2.13 | 905 | 0.10 | 0.11 | ||||
Estim | 14,742 | 14,742 | 46 | 546 | 2.700 | 2.700 | 3,254 | 2,908 | 4,570 | 0.31 | 1.40 | 1.57 | 2,470 | 0.08 | 0.09 | ||||
Total | 11,065 | 25,190 | 36,255 | 351 | 935 | 1,286 | 3.152 | 2.694 | 2.819 | 5,680 | 4,988 | 10,393 | 0.29 | 1.83 | 2.08 | 6,191 | 0.12 | 0.14 | |
Ko. | May | 1,617 | 1,617 | 55 | 55 | 2.921 | 2.921 | 250 | 188 | 471 | 0.29 | 1.88 | 2.50 | 376 | 0.17 | 0.22 | |||
June | 2,948 | 2,948 | 107 | 107 | 2.755 | 2.755 | 496 | 347 | 883 | 0.29 | 1.78 | 2.54 | 357 | 0.08 | 0.11 | ||||
July | 3,734 | 3,734 | 131 | 131 | 2.850 | 2.850 | 626 | 606 | 1,003 | 0.27 | 1.60 | 1.65 | 609 | 0.11 | 0.11 | ||||
Aug. | 8,260 | 8,260 | 290 | 290 | 2.848 | 2.848 | 709 | 2,161 | 0.26 | 3.00 | 3.04 | 918 | 0.14 | 0.14 | |||||
Estim | 4,787 | 4,787 | 285 | 285 | 1.180 | 1.680 | 605 | 535 | 2,397 | 0.50 | 3.96 | 4.48 | 762 | 0.14 | 0.16 | ||||
Total | 21,346 | 21,346 | 868 | 868 | 2.460 | 2.460 | 2,695 | 2,385 | 6,915 | 0.32 | 2.57 | 2.90 | 3,022 | 0.12 | 0.14 | ||||
Grand Total | 16,129 | 70,620 | 86,749 | 534 | 2,672 | 3,206 | 3.020 | 2.710 | 2.710 | 12,923 | 11,649 | 25,283 | 0.29 | 1.96 | 2.17 | 14,444 | 0.12 | 0.14 |
The work done during the 5 months when these analyzed cost figures were kept includes 280 ft. of bench and 220 ft. of heading. This excess of bench over heading causes the general average amounts per cubic yard to be too low.
The work completed over the 5 months when these analyzed cost figures were recorded includes 280 ft. of bench and 220 ft. of heading. This excess of bench compared to heading makes the overall average amounts per cubic yard appear too low.
[E]Actual amount of excavation.
Actual amount of excavation.
[F] Amount of excavation paid for.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__Excavation cost approved.

Fig. 5.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Drilling and Firing Data for Each Sub-division of Section | Drilling and Firing Data for Total Sections | |||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Sub- divisions | Volume of each sub- division paid for | No. of sets | No. of holes in set | No. times fired | Total lbs. of power per hole fired | Linear feet of tunnel broken | Total length drilled | Total length of similar headings | Length drilled per linear foot of tunnel | Cu yds per linear foot of tunnel | Total feet drilled per cubic yard | Total lbs. of power per linear foot of tunnel | Total lbs. of power per foot drilled | Total lbs. of power per cubic yard |
a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m | n | o |
A | 17.775 | [G]1 | 6 | 3 | 4.50 | Σ(c + d) ÷ g | (b + i) ÷ g | j ÷ k | (c + d + f) ÷ g | m ÷ j | m ÷ k | |||
[H]1 | 9 | 1 | 1.50 | |||||||||||
[I]1 | 6 | 1 | 1.00 | |||||||||||
[J]1 | 6 | 1 | 0.75 | 6.0 | 195 | 2 | 65.00 | 5.925 | 10.97 | 17.00 | 0.261 | 2.848 | ||
A' | 1.00 | 2 | 3-4 | 1 | 0.25 | 5.0 | 21 | 2 | 8.40 | 0.400 | 21.00 | 0.70 | 0.166 | 1.750 |
B | 5.925 | [G]2 | 3-4 | 1 | 1.00 | 4.0 | 35 | 2 | 17.50 | 2.962 | 5.90 | 3.50 | 0.200 | 1.181 |
C | [K]1 | 3 | 2 | 1.125 | ||||||||||
33.33 | 4 | 7 | 1 | 1.125 | 5.0 | 186 | 1 | 37.20 | 6.666 | 5.58 | 6.975 | 0.187 | 1.046 | |
D | 6.665 | 2 | 5-6 | 1 | 0.75 | 3.0 | 33 | 2 | 22.00 | 4.444 | 4.95 | 5.500 | 0.250 | 1.237 |
Total for Heading | 150.10 | 20.397 | 7.81 | 33.675 | 0.227 | 1.778 | ||||||||
E | 50.00 | 9 | 5 | 1 | 1.50 | 5.0 | 405 | 1 | 81.00 | 10.000 | 8.10 | 13.500 | 0.167 | 1.350 |
F | 88.88 | 10.5 | 4 | 2 | 1.50 | |||||||||
[L]5.0 | 4 | 1 | 1.50 | 4.0 | 682 | 1 | 170.50 | 22.222 | 7.67 | 23.230 | 0.136 | 1.046 | ||
G | 22.22 | 5.5 | 4 | 2 | 1.00 | 5.0 | 132 | 1 | 26.40 | 4.444 | 5.94 | 4.400 | 0.166 | 0.990 |
Total for Bench | 277.90 | 36.666 | 7.56 | 41.150 | 0.150 | 1.133 | ||||||||
H | 9.77 | 5 | 3 | 1 | 0.50 | |||||||||
4 | 6 | 1 | 0.50 | 6.0 | 156 | 1 | 26.00 | 1.628 | 15.96 | 3.250 | 0.125 | 1.995 | ||
I | 26.66 | 8 | 5 | 1 | 1.00 | 6.0 | 252 | 2 | 84.00 | 4.444 | 18.90 | 13.333 | 0.158 | 3.000 |
Total of Trench | 110.00 | 6.072 | 18.10 | 16.583 | 0.151 | 2.731 | ||||||||
Total for Whole Section | 548.00 | 63.135 | 8.95 | 91.408 | 0.172 | 1.446 | ||||||||
Powder taken at 0.5 lb. per stick |
[L] line holes (Plus sign)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__line holes (+)
Position in Section. | Nature of Rock. | No. of Drill Shifts observed for average. | Average Time Taken: | Feet Drilled. | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Setting up. | Drilling. | Necessary delays. | Unnecessary delays. | Taking down machine. | Loading and firing. | Total drilling. | Mucking. | Total. | Per shift. | Per working hour. | |||
h. m. | h. m. | h. m. | h. m. | h. m. | h. m. | h. m. | h. m. | h. m. | |||||
Heading | Quartz | 8 | 0:38 | 4:52 | 1:40 | 0:05 | 0:04 | 7:19 | 2:41 | 10:00 | 22:00 | 2.86 | |
Heading | Hard mica schist | 1 | 0:15 | 8:00 | 1:45 | 10:00 | 10:00 | 42.0 | 4.20 | ||||
Bench | Quartz | 23 | 1:23 | 5:57 | 2:23 | 0:05 | 0:05 | 0:07 | 10:00 | 10:00 | 25.9 | 2.59 | |
Bench | Medium mica schist | 16 | 1:10 | 6:08 | 1:50 | 0:12 | 0:07 | 0:07 | 9:34 | 0:26 | 10:00 | 22.22 | 2.32 |
Center trench | Medium mica schist | 10 | 0:58 | 5:53 | 1:33 | 0:06 | 0:12 | 0:30 | 9:12 | 0:48 | 10:00 | 22.0 | 2.39 |
Center trench | Soft mica schist | 9 | 1:10 | 6:40 | 1:17 | 0:10 | 0:20 | 0:23 | 10:00 | 10:00 | 26.44 | 2.64 | |
General average | 67 | 1:08 | 5:58 | 1:53 | 0:07 | 0:09 | 0:12 | 9:27 | 0:33 | 10:00 | 24.1 | 2.54 | |
Percentage | 11.3% | 59.7% | 18.9% | 1.1% | 1.5% | 2% | 94.5% | 5.5% | 100% |
Item of Cost. | Cost per Foot of Hole Drilled | Cost per drill shift | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
15 ft. 4 in. | 19 ft. 6 in. | 24 ft. 6 in. | Average. | 15 ft. 4 in. | 19 ft. 6 in. | 24 ft. 6 in. | Average. | |
Drilling labor | $0.25 | $0.28 | $0.31 | $0.28 | $6.95 | $7.75 | $7.60 | $7.45 |
Sharpening | 0.02 | 0.02 | 0.01 | 0.016 | 0.58 | 0.42 | 0.34 | 0.43 |
Drill steel (5 in. per drill shift) | 0.007 | 0.007 | 0.006 | 0.007 | 0.19 | 0.20 | 0.15 | 0.19 |
Drill repairs | 0.02 | 0.02 | 0.02 | 0.02 | 0.61 | 0.59 | 0.42 | 0.54 |
High-pressure air | [M]0.05 | 0.04 | 0.07 | 0.07 | 1.39 | 1.86 | 1.67 | 1.82 |
Totals | $0.35 | $0.38 | $0.41 | $0.385 | $9.67 | $10.82 | $10.18 | $10.43 |
General Methods.—Whenever any considerable support was needed for the ground, segmental timbering was used. In most cases, this was supported by wall-plates at the springing line, and was set with an allowance for settlement, so that it would be clear of the work when the masonry lining was put in. As the twin-tunnel section involved the excavation of the North and South Tunnels at the same time, the cross-section of the upper part of the excavation consisted of two quadrants rising from the springing line and connected at the top by a horizontal piece from 19 to 28 ft. in length. This made a rather flat arch to support by timbering.
General Methods.—Whenever significant support was required for the ground, segmental timbering was used. In most cases, this was held up by wall plates at the springing line, and was set with an allowance for settlement, ensuring it would be clear of the work when the masonry lining was installed. Since the twin-tunnel section involved excavating the North and South Tunnels simultaneously, the cross-section of the upper part of the excavation consisted of two quadrants rising from the springing line and connected at the top by a horizontal piece ranging from 19 to 28 ft. in length. This created a fairly flat arch to be supported by timbering.
The timber for the segmental work was 12 by 12-in. yellow pine. In light ground the bents were spaced at 5-ft. centers, in heavy ground 2-ft. 6-in. centers.
The timber for the segmental work was 12 by 12-inch yellow pine. In light ground, the bents were spaced 5 feet apart, while in heavy ground, they were spaced 2 feet 6 inches apart.
When the soft ground in the roof was struck, posts had to be used in the heading to support the caps. When the bench was removed, the posts were replaced by others down to the bottom of the excavation. These long posts were a great hindrance to all the work, and each replacement of short posts by long ones meant a settlement of the caps; consequently, it was decided to use in the section east of the cut-and-cover, where all the ground was heavy, a temporary inner bent of segmental timber, within and reinforcing the permanent bent, and resting on separate wall-plates. This is shown by Fig. 6. These temporary bents were inside the work, and were removed as the arch was built. However, the caps settled considerably in some cases, so that it was not possible to do away with posting entirely. [Pg 186]
When the soft ground on the roof was hit, posts had to be used in the heading to support the caps. Once the bench was taken away, the posts were replaced by others that extended down to the bottom of the excavation. These long posts were a major obstacle to all the work, and each time short posts were swapped for long ones, the caps settled; therefore, it was decided to use a temporary inner bent of segmental timber in the section east of the cut-and-cover, where the ground was all heavy, which would support and reinforce the permanent bent, resting on separate wall-plates. This is shown by Fig. 6. These temporary bents were inside the work and were removed as the arch was constructed. However, the caps settled significantly in some cases, so it was impossible to completely eliminate the need for posting. [Pg 186]
In heavy ground the caps were set about 1 ft. above the neat line of the crown of the brick arch, in some cases they were set only 6 in. above, but the settlement was often more than this, causing great trouble in cutting out the encroaching timber when the arch had to be built.
In tough ground, the caps were placed about 1 foot above the neat line of the crown of the brick arch; in some cases, they were only 6 inches above. However, the settlement was often greater than this, making it very difficult to remove the encroaching timber when it was time to build the arch.
In the tunnels east of the cut-and-cover portion, wall-plate headings were driven (shown by areas marked Aon Fig. 5), and, when a length of wall-plate had been set, the full-width heading was advanced a foot or two at a time, the timber segmental bents being set up as soon as possible; lagging was then driven over the cap into the soft ground. Fig. 6 shows the double set of segmental bents adopted in the 15-ft. 4-in. twin tunnels east of the cut-and-cover section.
In the tunnels to the east of the cut-and-cover area, wall-plate headings were installed (indicated by areas marked Aon Fig. 5). Once a section of wall-plate was secured, the full-width heading was advanced one or two feet at a time, with the timber segmental bents put in place as soon as possible; lagging was then driven over the cap into the soft ground. Fig. 6 shows the double set of segmental bents used in the 15-ft. 4-in. twin tunnels to the east of the cut-and-cover section.
In the 19-ft. 6-in. tunnels the wall-plate for the inner bent was supported by a side-bench, termed the "Raker" bench. This was left in position until the rest of the bench and the middle subgrade conduit trench had been excavated; it was then possible to support the caps by two rows of posts from subgrade level, take out the inner bents, and excavate the raker bench.
In the 19-ft. 6-in. tunnels, the wall plate for the inner bent was supported by a side bench called the "Raker" bench. This remained in place until the rest of the bench and the middle subgrade conduit trench were dug out; then it became possible to support the caps with two rows of posts from subgrade level, remove the inner bents, and dig out the raker bench.
The 24-ft. 6-in. twin tunnels, which are at the extreme eastern end of this section, adjoining the open-cut work of the Terminal Station, and under Tenth Avenue, were driven from the Terminal Station-West, and the timbering had to be made very secure on account of the pipes and sewers in the street above. Detailed records were kept of the amount of timber used and the cost of labor and material expended in timbering. These records cover the same portion of tunnel as that for which the detailed records of drilling costs, previously referred to, were kept. These records are shown in Tables 9 and 10. It will be noted that the timber used in blocking, that is, filling up voids outside the main timbering, amounted to more than two-thirds of the total timber, and that the cost of labor in erecting the timbering exceeds the prime cost of the timber by about one-third. The following distinction is made between permanent and temporary timbering: The permanent timbering is that which is concreted in when the masonry is built; the temporary consists of the lower bents and posts, which have to be removed when the masonry is built.
The 24-ft. 6-in. twin tunnels, located at the far eastern end of this section, adjacent to the open-cut work of the Terminal Station and under Tenth Avenue, were dug from the Terminal Station-West. The timbering needed to be very secure because of the pipes and sewers in the street above. Detailed records were kept of the amount of timber used and the labor and material costs associated with the timbering. These records cover the same section of tunnel for which the detailed records of drilling costs, mentioned earlier, were maintained. These records are shown in Tables 9 and 10. It's important to note that the timber used for blocking, which means filling voids outside the main timbering, made up more than two-thirds of the total timber used, and that the labor cost for erecting the timbering exceeded the raw cost of the timber by about one-third. The following distinction is made between permanent and temporary timbering: Permanent timbering is that which is set in concrete when the masonry is constructed; temporary timbering consists of the lower bents and posts, which need to be removed once the masonry is built.
Force Employed in Excavation.—A typical day's working force for drilling, blasting, mucking, and timbering is shown in Table 11.
Force Employed in Excavation.—A typical day’s workforce for drilling, blasting, mucking, and timbering is shown in Table 11.
Where there was any large quantity of soft ground in the roof, the timber gang was much larger than shown in Table 11, and was helped by the mucking gang. The drillers did most of the mucking out of the heading before setting up the drills.
Where there was a lot of soft ground in the roof, the timber crew was significantly larger than indicated in Table 11, and they were assisted by the mucking crew. The drillers did most of the mucking out of the heading before setting up the drills.
Excavation of Weehawken Rock Tunnels.—This subject may be dismissed in a few words, as very few features of interest were called into play. The rock was of good quality, being the sandstone typical of this part of the country. Little or no timbering was needed, there were no buildings above the tunnel to be taken care of, and large charges of powder could be used. [Pg 188]
Excavation of Weehawken Rock Tunnels.—This topic can be summarized briefly, as there were very few interesting aspects involved. The rock was high quality, made up of the sandstone typical for this region. Minimal to no timbering was required, there were no structures above the tunnel that needed attention, and large amounts of explosives could be utilized. [Pg 188]
Ke | |||
---|---|---|---|
Per foot run of tunnel | Per bent, 3 ft, 6 in., center to center | Per cubic yard excavation | |
PERMANENT TIMBERING. | |||
Lumber in feet, B. M. | |||
Upper Bent. | 274 | 685 | 7.8 |
Blocking. | 294 | 735 | 8.3 |
Total. | 568 | 1,420 | 16.1 |
Cost, in dollars. | |||
Lumber. | 23.75 | 59.38 | 0.67 |
Labor. | 37.50 | 93.75 | 1.06 |
Total. | 61.25 | 153.13 | 1.73 |
TEMPORARY TIMBERING. | |||
Lumber in feet, B. M. | |||
Lower Bent. | 479 | 11.97 | 13.6 |
Blocking. | 193 | 483 | 5.5 |
Total. | 672 | 16.80 | 19.1 |
Cost, in dollars. | |||
Lumber. | 29.13 | 72.81 | 0.82 |
Erection labor. | 28.85 | 72.13 | 0.82 |
Removal labor. | 8.29 | 20.73 | 0.23 |
Total labor. | 37.14 | 92.86 | 1.05 |
Total. | 66.27 | 165.67 | 1.87 |
GRAND TOTAL. | |||
Lumber in feet, B. M. | 1,240 | 3,100 | 35.2 |
Cost, in dollars. | |||
Lumber. | 52.88 | 132.19 | 1.49 |
Labor. | 74.64 | 186.61 | 3.60 |
Total. | 127.52 | 318.80 | |
Ki | |||
Per foot run of tunnel | Per bent, 3 ft, 6 in., center to center | Per cubic yard excavation | |
PERMANENT TIMBERING. | |||
Lumber in feet, B. M. | |||
Upper Bent. | 227 | 830 | 5.3 |
Blocking. | 164 | 601 | 3.8 |
Total. | 391 | 1,431 | 9.1 |
Cost, in dollars. | |||
Lumber. | 16.84 | 61.56 | 0.39 |
Labor. | 12.82 | 46.88 | 0.30 |
Total. | 29.66 | 108.44 | 0.69 |
TEMPORARY TIMBERING. | |||
Lumber in feet, B. M. | |||
Lower Bent. | 186.33 | 681.25 | 4.33 |
Blocking. | 42.80 | 156.50 | 0.99 |
Total. | 229.13 | 837.75 | 5.32 |
Cost, in dollars. | |||
Lumber. | 9.65 | 35.31 | 0.22 |
Erection labor. | 10.38 | 37.97 | 0.24 |
Removal labor. | 9.74 | 34.09 | 0.23 |
Total labor. | 20.12 | 72.06 | 0.47 |
Total. | 29.77 | 107.37 | 0.69 |
GRAND TOTAL. | |||
Lumber in feet, B. M. | 6.20 | 22.69 | 14.4 |
Cost, in dollars. | |||
Lumber. | 26.49 | 96.87 | 0.61 |
Labor. | 32.94 | 118.94 | 0.77 |
Total. | 59.43 | 215.81 | 1.38 |
Ko | |||
Per foot run of tunnel | Per bent, 3 ft, 6 in., center to center | Per cubic yard excavation | |
PERMANENT TIMBERING. | |||
Lumber in feet, B. M. | |||
Upper Bent. | 261 | 962 | 4.1 |
Blocking. | 408 | 1,508 | 6.5 |
Total. | 669 | 24.70 | 10.5 |
Cost, in dollars. | |||
Lumber. | 28.00 | 103.38 | 0.44 |
Labor. | 29.79 | 110.00 | 0.47 |
Total. | 57.79 | 213.38 | 0.91 |
TEMPORARY TIMBERING. | |||
Lumber in feet, B. M. | |||
Lower Bent. | 350 | 1,291 | 5.5 |
Blocking. | 61 | 227 | 1.0 |
Total. | 411 | 1,518 | 6.5 |
Cost, in dollars. | |||
Lumber. | 18.45 | 68.16 | 0.29 |
Erection labor. | 20.83 | 76.92 | 0.33 |
Removal labor. | 12.16 | 44.59 | 0.19 |
Total labor. | 32.99 | 121.51 | 0.52 |
Total. | 51.44 | 189.67 | 0.81 |
GRAND TOTAL. | |||
Lumber in feet, B. M. | 1,080 | 3,988 | 17.1 |
Cost, in dollars. | |||
Lumber. | 46.45 | 171.54 | 0.73 |
Labor. | 62.78 | 231.50 | 0.99 |
Total. | 109.23 | 403.04 | 1.72 |
Date. | Timber Used, in Feet, B. M. | Excavation in Cubic Yards. | Cost of Timber. | Cost of Labor. | Total Cost. | Cost per Cubic Yard (Actual). | Cost per Cubic Yard (Paid for). | Cost, per 1,000 Ft., B. M., of Total Timber. | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Main timber. | Blocking timber. | Total timber. | Actual. | Paid for. | Main. | Block. | Total. | Timber. | Labor. | Total. | Timber. | Labor. | Total. | Total timber. | Labor. | Total. | ||||
1907 | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | h / d | i / d | j / d | h / e | i / e | j / e | h / c | i / c | j / c | |
Ke | May | 18,016 | 15,234 | 33,250 | 1,736 | 1,664 | $810 | $565 | $1,375 | $1,792 | $3,167 | $0.79 | $1.03 | $1.82 | $0.82 | $1.07 | $1.90 | $41.35 | $53.89 | $95.24 |
June | 14,048 | 11,528 | 25,576 | 809 | 698 | 680 | 457 | 1,087 | 1,576 | 2,663 | 1.34 | 1.95 | 3.29 | 1.55 | 2.25 | 3.81 | 42.50 | 61.62 | 104.12 | |
July | 20,092 | 7,339 | 27,431 | 1,022 | 960 | 900 | 300 | 1,200 | 1,580 | 2,780 | 1.16 | 1.55 | 2.72 | 1.25 | 1.64 | 2.89 | 43.74 | 57.60 | 101.34 | |
August | 6,485 | 2,632 | 9,117 | 743 | 716 | 290 | 110 | 400 | 300 | 700 | 0.53 | 0.40 | 0.94 | 0.57 | 0.41 | 0.98 | 43.87 | 32.90 | 76.77 | |
Sept. | 1,632 | 2,224 | 3,856 | 238 | 238 | 73 | 94 | 167 | 60 | 227 | 0.70 | 0.25 | 0.95 | 0.70 | 0.25 | 0.95 | 43.31 | 15.56 | 58.87 | |
Removal | 663 | 663 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 60,273 | 38,957 | 99,230 | 4,548 | 4,276 | $2,703 | $1,526 | $4,229 | $5,971 | $10,200 | $0.91 | $1.51 | $2.22 | $1.00 | $1.40 | $2.40 | $42.62 | $60.19 | $102.81 | |
Ki | May | 3,537 | 3,537 | 614 | 527 | $150 | $150 | $100 | $250 | $0.24 | $0.16 | $0.40 | $0.28 | $0.19 | $0.47 | $42.41 | $28.27 | $70.68 | ||
June | 300 | 300 | 357 | 259 | $14 | 14 | 44 | 58 | 0.04 | 0.12 | 0.16 | 0.05 | 0.17 | 0.22 | 46.66 | 146.33 | 193.33 | |||
July | 7,776 | 5,811 | 13,587 | 530 | 404 | 350 | 233 | 583 | 525 | 7,108 | 1.10 | 0.99 | 2.09 | 1.44 | 1.30 | 2.74 | 42.91 | 38.64 | 81.54 | |
August | 19,712 | 5,702 | 25,414 | 925 | 890 | 887 | 220 | 1,107 | 1,018 | 2,125 | 1.20 | 1.10 | 2.30 | 1.24 | 1.14 | 2.38 | 43.56 | 40.06 | 83.61 | |
Sept. | 20,556 | 9,218 | 29,774 | 1,585 | 1,501 | 925 | 325 | 1,250 | 1,028 | 2,278 | 0.79 | 0.65 | 1.44 | 0.83 | 0.68 | 1.51 | 41.98 | 34.53 | 76.51 | |
Removal | 1,669 | 1,407 | 1,139 | 1,139 | 0.68 | 0.68 | 0.81 | 0.81 | ||||||||||||
Total | 48,344 | 24,268 | 72,612 | 5,680 | 4,988 | $2,176 | $928 | $3,104 | $3,854 | $6,958 | $0.55 | $0.68 | $1.23 | $0.63 | $0.77 | $1.40 | $42.75 | $53.09 | $95.84 | |
Ko | May | 4,332 | 8,788 | 13,120 | 250 | 188 | $175 | $366 | $561 | $303 | $864 | $2.24 | $1.21 | $3.45 | $3.00 | $1.61 | $4.61 | $42.76 | $23.10 | $65.86 |
June | 7,132 | 10,017 | 17,149 | 496 | 347 | 324 | 396 | 720 | 562 | 1,282 | 1.45 | 1.18 | 2.58 | 2.07 | 1.61 | 3.68 | 41.98 | 32.77 | 74.75 | |
July | 3,070 | 200 | 3,270 | 626 | 606 | 134 | 10 | 144 | 156 | 300 | 0.23 | 0.25 | 0.48 | 0.23 | 0.26 | 0.49 | 44.04 | 47.70 | 91.74 | |
August | 10,704 | 2,102 | 12,806 | 718 | 709 | 481 | 80 | 561 | 727 | 1,288 | 0.78 | 1.01 | 1.79 | 0.80 | 1.02 | 1.82 | 43.80 | 56.77 | 100.57 | |
Sept. | 2,400 | 245 | 2,645 | 396 | 324 | 108 | 8 | 116 | 400 | 516 | 0.29 | 1.01 | 1.30 | 0.36 | 1.23 | 1.59 | 43.85 | 151.23 | 195.08 | |
Removal | 209 | 211 | 535 | 535 | 2.56 | 2.56 | 2.54 | 2.54 | ||||||||||||
Total | 27,638 | 21,352 | 48,990 | 2,695 | 2,385 | $1,242 | $860 | $2,102 | $2,683 | $4,785 | $0.78 | $1.00 | $1.78 | $0.88 | $1.12 | $2.00 | $42.91 | $54.75 | $97.65 | |
Grand total | 136,255 | 84,577 | 220,832 | 12,923 | 11,649 | $6,121 | $3,314 | $9,435 | $12,508 | $21,943 | $0.73 | $0.97 | $1.70 | $0.81 | $1.07 | $1.88 | $42.73 | $56.65 | $99.38 |
Work was begun on September 1st, 1904, immediately on the completion of the work on the shaft. The North and South Tunnels in this case are completely independent, as will be seen from Plate XXXIV. The procedure adopted was to drive a top heading on the center line of each tunnel and to break down the bench from this. The drilling was at first supplied with steam power from a temporary plant, as the contractor was at that time installing his permanent plant, which was finished at the end of November, 1904. At this time the rate of advance averaged 3½ lin. ft. of full section per day of 24 hours. By the end of January the Weehawken rock tunnels were completely excavated, and by the middle of April, 1905, the excavation for the shield chambers was finished; the erection of the shields was started at the end of that month.
Work started on September 1, 1904, right after the shaft work was completed. The North and South Tunnels are entirely separate, as you can see from Plate XXXIV. The method used was to create a top heading along the center line of each tunnel and then break down the bench from there. Initially, the drilling was powered by steam from a temporary setup while the contractor was installing the permanent plant, which was completed by the end of November 1904. At that time, the progress averaged 3½ linear feet of full section every 24 hours. By the end of January, the Weehawken rock tunnels were fully excavated, and by mid-April 1905, the excavation for the shield chambers was done; the installation of the shields began at the end of that month.
Grade. | Total No. | Rate per day. | Drilling and blasting: No. | Mucking: No. | Timbering: No. |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Superintendent | 1 | $7.70 | ½ | ⅛ | ⅜ |
Assistant engineer | 1 | 5.80 | ½ | ⅛ | ⅜ |
Electrician | 1 | 3.50 | ½ | ⅛ | ⅜ |
Engineer | 1 | 3.50 | 1 | ||
Signalman | 1 | 2.00 | 1 | ||
Foreman | 3 | 4.00 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
Driller | 5 | 3.00 | 5 | ||
Driller's helper | 5 | 2.00 | 5 | ||
Laborers | 14 | 2.00 | 14 | ||
Timbermen | 3 | 3.00 | 3 | ||
Timbermen's helpers | 4 | 2.00 | 4 | ||
Machinist | 1 | 4.00 | 1 | ||
Blacksmith | 2 | 3.50 | 2 | ||
Blacksmith's helper | 2 | 2.00 | 2 | ||
Nipper | 2 | 2.00 | 2 | ||
Waterboy | 1 | 2.00 | 1 | ||
Total | 47 | 20½ | 17⅜ | 9⅛ |
The general scheme of excavation is shown by Plate XXXIII. The bench was kept 50 or 60 ft. behind the face of the heading. The powder used was 60% Forcite. The general system of drilling was as shown in Fig. 7. The average length of hole drilled per cubic yard of excavation was 2.9 ft., as against 7.70 ft. at Manhattan; and the amount of powder used was 1.96 lb. per cu. yd., as against 1.24 lb. at Manhattan. There was little timbering. A length of about 30 or 40 ft. adjoining the Weehawken shaft was timbered, and also a shattered seam of about 17 ft. in width between Stations 262 + 10 and 262 + 27.
The overall plan for excavation is illustrated in Plate XXXIII. The bench was kept 50 to 60 feet behind the front of the heading. The explosive used was 60% Forcite. The general drilling system is shown in Fig. 7. The average length of hole drilled per cubic yard of excavation was 2.9 feet, compared to 7.70 feet at Manhattan; and the amount of explosive used was 1.96 pounds per cubic yard, compared to 1.24 pounds at Manhattan. There was minimal timbering involved. A section about 30 to 40 feet adjacent to the Weehawken shaft was timbered, as well as a damaged seam approximately 17 feet wide between Stations 262 + 10 and 262 + 27.
The two entirely separate tunnels gave a cross-section which was much more easily timbered than the wide flat span at Manhattan, and the segmental timbering was amply strong without posts or other reinforcement.
The two completely separate tunnels created a cross-section that was much easier to support with timber than the wide, flat span in Manhattan, and the segmental timbering was strong enough without the need for posts or additional reinforcement.
Table 12 is a summary of the cost of excavating the Land Tunnels, based on actual records carefully kept throughout the work.
Table 12 is a summary of the costs associated with excavating the Land Tunnels, based on actual records that were meticulously maintained during the project.
Manhattan. | Weehawken. | Total yardage and average cost. | |
---|---|---|---|
Cubic yards excavated | 43,289 | 8,311 | 51,600 |
Labor. | |||
Surface transport | $0.49 | $0.87 | $0.55 |
Drilling and blasting | 2.37 | 1.55 | 2.24 |
Mucking | 2.49 | 2.08 | 2.42 |
Timbering | 0.87 | 0.18 | 0.76 |
Total labor | $6.22 | $4.68 | $5.97 |
Material. | |||
Drilling | $0.15 | $0.15 | $0.15 |
Blasting | 0.21 | 0.21 | 0.21 |
Timber | 0.39 | 0.20 | 0.36 |
Total material | $0.75 | $0.56 | $0.72 |
Plant running | $0.76 | $0.65 | $0.74 |
Surface labor, repairs and maintenance | 0.15 | 0.08 | 0.14 |
Field office administration | 1.05 | 1.18 | 1.07 |
Total field charges | $8.96 | $7.15 | $8.64 |
Chief office administration | $0.34 | $0.38 | $0.34 |
Plant depreciation | 0.66 | 1.01 | 0.72 |
Street and building repairs | 0.27 | 0.23 | |
Total average cost per cubic yard | $10.23 | $8.54 | $9.93 |
Masonry Lining of Land Tunnels.
Plates XXXII and XXXIV show in detail the tunnels as they were actually built. It will be seen that in all work, except in the Gy-East contract, there was a bench at each side of each tunnel in which the cable conduits were embedded. In Gy-East the bank of ducts which came next to the middle wall was carried below subgrade, and the inner benches were omitted.
Plates XXXII and XXXIV show in detail the tunnels as they were actually built. It will be clear that in all projects, except for the Gy-East contract, there was a ledge on each side of every tunnel where the cable conduits were set. In Gy-East, the bank of ducts next to the center wall was placed below the subgrade, and the inner ledges were left out.
The side-walls and subgrade electric conduits were water-proofed with felt and pitch. The water-proofing was placed on the outside of the side-walls (that is, on the neat line), and the space between the rock and the water-proofing was filled with concrete. This concrete was called the "Sand-Wall." [Pg 193]
The side walls and subgrade electric conduits were waterproofed with felt and pitch. The waterproofing was applied on the outside of the side walls (that is, on the neat line), and the gap between the rock and the waterproofing was filled with concrete. This concrete was referred to as the "Sand-Wall." [Pg 193]
The general sequence of building the masonry lining is shown in Fig. 8. The operations were as follows:
The overall process for constructing the masonry lining is illustrated in Fig. 8. The steps were as follows:
1.—Laying concrete for the whole height of the sand-walls, and for the floor and foundations for walls and benches up to the level of the base of the conduits;
1.—Pouring concrete for the full height of the sand walls, as well as for the floor and foundations of the walls and benches up to the base level of the conduits;
2.—Water-proofing the side-walls, and, where there was a middle trench containing subgrade conduits, laying and water-proofing these conduits;
2.—Waterproofing the side walls, and where there is a central trench with subgrade conduits, installing and waterproofing those conduits;
3.—Building concrete wall for conduits to be laid against, and, where there was a middle trench, filling up with concrete between the conduits;
3.—Building a concrete wall for the conduits to be installed against, and, where there is a middle trench, filling it with concrete between the conduits;
4.—Laying conduits;
4.—Laying conduits;
5.—Laying concrete for benches and middle-wall;
5.—Pouring concrete for the benches and the middle wall;
6.—Building haunches from top of bench to springing of brick arch;
6.—Creating the haunches from the top of the bench to where the brick arch starts;
7.—Building brick arch and part of concrete back-filling;
7.—Constructing a brick arch and some concrete backfill;
8.—Finishing back-filling.
8.—Completing the backfilling.
The whole work will be generally described under the headings of Concrete, Brickwork, Water-proofing, and Electric Conduits.
The entire project will be generally outlined under the headings of Concrete, Brickwork, Waterproofing, and Electrical Conduits.
Concrete.—The number of types and the obstructions caused by the heavy posting of the timbering made it inadvisable to use built-up traveling forms at the Manhattan side, though they were used in the Weehawken Rock Tunnels.
Concrete.—The variety of types and the obstacles created by the heavy timbering made it impractical to use assembled traveling forms on the Manhattan side, although they were used in the Weehawken Rock Tunnels.
The specifications required a facing mixture of mortar to be deposited against the forms simultaneously with the placing of the concrete. This facing mixture was dry, about 2 in. thick, and was kept separate from the concrete during the placing by a steel diaphragm. The diaphragm was removed when the concrete reached the top of each successive layer, and the facing mixture and concrete were then tamped down together. This method was at first followed and gave good results, which was indeed a foregone conclusion, as the Weehawken shaft had been built in this way. However, it was found that as good results, in the way of smooth finish, were to be obtained without the facing mixture by spading the concrete back from the forms, so that the stone was forced back and the finer portion of the mixture came against the forms; this method was followed for the rest of the work. All corners were rounded off on a 1-in. radius by mouldings tacked to the forms. The side-bench forms were used about four times, and were carefully scraped, planed, filled at open joints, and oiled with soap grease each time they were set up. When too rough for face work they were used for sand-wall and other rough work.
The specifications required a layer of mortar to be placed against the forms at the same time as the concrete. This mortar layer was dry, about 2 inches thick, and was kept separate from the concrete during the pouring by a steel divider. The divider was removed when the concrete reached the top of each layer, and then the mortar and concrete were tamped down together. This method was initially used and produced good results, which was expected since the Weehawken shaft had been constructed this way. However, it was discovered that a smooth finish could also be achieved without the mortar layer by pushing the concrete back from the forms, allowing the stones to be pushed back and the finer material to come into contact with the forms; this method was used for the remainder of the work. All corners were rounded off with a 1-inch radius using mouldings attached to the forms. The side-bench forms were reused about four times and were carefully scraped, planed, filled at open joints, and oiled with soap grease each time they were set up. When they became too rough for finish work, they were used for sand-wall and other rough tasks.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
The mixing was done by a No. 4 Ransome mixer, driven by 30-h.p. electric motors. The mixer at Manhattan was set on an elevated platform at the north end of the intercepting arch; that at Weehawken was placed at the entrance to the tunnels. The sand and stone were stored in bins above the mixers, and were led to the hoppers of the mixers through chutes. The hoppers were divided into two sections, which gave the correct quantities of sand and stone, respectively, for one batch. The water was measured in a small tank alongside. A "four-bag" batch was the amount mixed at one time, that is, it consisted of 4 bags of cement, 8¾ cu. ft. of sand, and 17½ cu. ft. of broken stone, and was called a 1 : 2½ : 5 mixture. It measured when mixed about ¾ cu. yd.
The mixing was done by a No. 4 Ransome mixer, powered by 30-h.p. electric motors. The mixer at Manhattan was situated on an elevated platform at the north end of the intercepting arch, while the one at Weehawken was located at the entrance to the tunnels. The sand and stone were stored in bins above the mixers and were delivered to the mixers' hoppers through chutes. The hoppers were split into two sections, providing the right amounts of sand and stone for each batch. Water was measured in a small tank next to it. A "four-bag" batch was the amount mixed at once, consisting of 4 bags of cement, 8¾ cu. ft. of sand, and 17½ cu. ft. of broken stone, referred to as a 1 : 2½ : 5 mixture. When mixed, it measured about ¾ cu. yd.
The cement was furnished to the contractor by the Railroad Company, which undertook all the purchasing from the manufacturer, as well as the sampling, testing, and storing until the contractor needed it. The Railroad Company charged the contractor $2 a barrel for this material.
The Railroad Company provided the cement to the contractor, handling all the purchasing from the manufacturer, along with the sampling, testing, and storing until the contractor required it. The Railroad Company charged the contractor $2 per barrel for this material.
The sand was required by the specifications to be coarse, sharp, and silicious, and to contain not more than 0.5% of mica, loam, dirt, or clay. All sand was carefully tested before being used. The stone was to be a sound trap or limestone, passing a 1½-in. mesh and being retained on ⅜-in. mesh. The contractor was allowed to use a coarser stone than this, namely, one that had passed a 2-in. and was retained on a 1½-in. mesh.
The sand had to be coarse, sharp, and silica-based, and it couldn’t have more than 0.5% mica, loam, dirt, or clay. All sand was thoroughly tested before use. The stone needed to be a solid trap rock or limestone, going through a 1½-inch mesh and being kept on a ⅜-inch mesh. The contractor could use a coarser stone, specifically one that passed through a 2-inch mesh and was retained on a 1½-inch mesh.
The concrete was to be machine-mixed, except in cases of local necessity. The quantity of water used in the mixture was to be such that the concrete would quake on being deposited, but the engineer was to use his discretion on this point. Concrete was to be deposited in such a manner that the aggregates would not separate. It was to be laid in layers, not exceeding 9 in. in thickness, and thoroughly rammed. When placing was suspended, a joint was to be formed in a manner satisfactory to the engineer. Before depositing fresh concrete, the entire surface on which it was to be laid was to be cleaned, washed and brushed, and slushed over with neat cement grout. Concrete which had begun to set was not to be used, and retempering was not to be allowed.
The concrete was to be mixed using machines, except when local conditions required otherwise. The amount of water in the mix should be enough for the concrete to shake when placed, but the engineer was to use their judgment on this. The concrete should be poured in a way that prevents the aggregates from separating. It should be laid in layers no thicker than 9 inches and thoroughly compacted. When pouring was paused, a joint had to be created in a manner approved by the engineer. Before pouring new concrete, the entire surface it would be laid on needed to be cleaned, washed, brushed, and coated with a thin layer of cement grout. Concrete that had started to set should not be used, and retempering was not permitted.
The forms were to be substantial and hold their shape until the concrete had set. The face forms were to be of matched and dressed planking, finished to true lines and surfaces; adequate measures were to be taken to prevent concrete from adhering to the forms. Warped or distorted forms were to be replaced. Plastering the face was not allowed. Rock surfaces were to be thoroughly washed and cleaned before the concrete was deposited.
The forms needed to be strong and keep their shape until the concrete set. The face forms were to be made from matching, smooth planks, finished to precise lines and surfaces; proper precautions had to be taken to stop the concrete from sticking to the forms. Any warped or bent forms were to be replaced. Plastering the face was not permitted. Rock surfaces had to be thoroughly washed and cleaned before the concrete was poured.
These specifications were followed quite closely.
These specifications were carefully followed.
A typical working gang, as divided among the various operations, is shown below:
A typical work crew, as divided among the different tasks, is shown below:
Superintendence. | ||||||
½ | Superintendent | @ | $250 | per | month | |
½ | Assistant engineer | " | 150 | " | " | |
1 | Assistant superintendent | " | 150 | " | " | |
Surface Transport. | ||||||
1 | Foreman | @ | $2.50 | per | day | |
1 | Engineer | " | 3.00 | " | " | |
1 | Signalman | " | 2.00 | " | " | |
16 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " | |
3 | Teams | " | 7.50 | " | " | |
Laying. | ||||||
1 | Foreman | @ | $4.00 | per | day | |
8 | Laborers | " | 2.00 | " | " | |
Forms. | ||||||
1 | Foreman | @ | $4.50 | per | day | |
4 | Carpenters | " | 3.25 | " | " | |
5 | Helpers | " | 2.25 | " | " | |
Tunnel Transport. | ||||||
¼ | Foreman | @ | $3.25 | per | day | |
¼ | Engineer | " | 3.00 | " | " | |
¼ | Signalman | " | 2.00 | " | " | |
4 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " | |
Mixers. | ||||||
¼ | Foreman | @ | $3.25 | per | day | |
2 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
The superintendent and assistant engineer looked after the brickwork and other work as well as the concrete. The surface transport gang handled all the materials on the surface, including the fetching of the cement from the cement warehouses.
The superintendent and assistant engineer managed the brickwork and other tasks, along with the concrete. The surface transport crew dealt with all the materials above ground, including picking up the cement from the cement warehouses.
The tunnel transport gang handled all materials in the tunnel, but, when the haul became too long, the gang was reinforced with laborers from the laying gang. Of the laying gang, two generally did the spading, two the spreading and tamping, and the remaining force dumped the concrete. The general cost of this part of the work is shown in Table 13.
The tunnel transport team managed all the materials in the tunnel, but when the haul got too long, they brought in extra laborers from the laying team. Out of the laying team, usually two did the digging, two took care of spreading and tamping, and the rest handled dumping the concrete. The overall cost for this part of the work is shown in Table 13.
The figures in Table 13 include the various items built into the concrete and some that are certificate extras in connection with the concrete, such as drains, ironwork and iron materials, rods and bars, expanded metal, doors, frames and fittings, etc.
The figures in Table 13 include the different items included in the concrete and some that are additional certified extras related to the concrete, like drains, ironwork and metal materials, rods and bars, expanded metal, doors, frames, and fittings, etc.
Water-proofing.—According to the specifications, the water-proofing was to consist of seven layers of pitch and six layers of felt on the side-walls and a ½-in. layer of mastic, composed of coal-tar and Portland cement, to be plastered over the outside of the arches.
Water-proofing.—As per the specifications, the water-proofing was to be made up of seven layers of pitch and six layers of felt on the side walls, along with a ½-inch layer of mastic, made from coal tar and Portland cement, to be applied over the outside of the arches.
By the time the work was in hand, some distrust had arisen as to the efficiency of this mastic coating, and a great deal of study was devoted to the problem of how to apply a felt and pitch water-proofing to the arches. The difficulty was that there was no room between the rock and the arch or between the timber and the arch (as the case might be) in which to work. Several ingenious schemes of putting the felt on in layers, or in small pieces like shingles, were proposed and discussed, and a full-sized model of the tunnel arch was even built on which to try experiments, but it was finally decided to overcome the difficulty by leaving out the arch water-proofing altogether, and simply building in pipes for grouting through under pressure, in case it was found that the arch was wet.
By the time the project was underway, some doubts had come up about how effective this mastic coating would be, and a lot of effort was put into figuring out how to apply a felt and pitch waterproofing to the arches. The challenge was that there was no space between the rock and the arch or between the timber and the arch to work in. Several clever ideas for applying the felt in layers or in small pieces like shingles were suggested and discussed, and a full-sized model of the tunnel arch was even constructed for testing, but it was ultimately decided to address the issue by skipping the arch waterproofing entirely and instead installing pipes for grouting under pressure, in case it turned out that the arch was damp.
As to the arch built through the length excavated by cut-and-cover on the New York side, it was resolved to water-proof that with felt and pitch exactly as the side-walls were done, the spandrel filling between the arches being raised in a slight ridge along the concrete line between tunnels in order to throw the water over to [Pg 198] the sides. The portions of arch not water-proofed were rather wet, and grouting with a 1:1 mixture was done, but only with the effect of stopping large local leaks and distributing a general dampness over the whole surface of the arch.
As for the arch built along the length excavated by cut-and-cover on the New York side, it was decided to waterproof it with felt and pitch, just like the side walls were done. The spandrel filling between the arches was raised slightly along the concrete line between the tunnels to direct the water over to [Pg 198] the sides. The parts of the arch that weren’t waterproofed were quite damp, and a 1:1 grout mixture was applied, but it only managed to stop large local leaks and spread a general dampness over the entire surface of the arch.
Manhattan. | Weehawken. | Total yardage. | |
---|---|---|---|
Cubic yards placed | 14,706½ | 3,723 | 18,429½ |
Labor. | Average Cost per Cubic Yard. | ||
Surface transport | $0.31 | $1.43 | $0.54 |
Superintendence and general labor at point of work | 0.31 | 1.31 | 0.51 |
Mixing | 0.52 | 0.56 | 0.53 |
Laying | 1.38 | 1.45 | 1.39 |
Tunnel transport | 1.30 | 1.47 | 1.34 |
Cleaning | 0.21 | 0.17 | |
Forms: erecting and removal | 1.58 | 1.51 | 1.56 |
Total labor | $5.61 | $7.73 | $6.04 |
Material. | |||
Cement | $2.30 | $2.22 | $2.28 |
Sand | 0.34 | 0.40 | 0.36 |
Stone | 0.91 | 0.61 | 0.85 |
Lumber for forms | 0.47 | 0.45 | 0.47 |
Sundry tunnel supplies | 0.16 | 0.17 | 0.16 |
Total materials | $4.18 | $3.85 | $4.12 |
Plant running | $0.44 | $0.44 | $0.44 |
Surface labor, repairs and maintenance | 0.25 | 1.24 | 0.44 |
Field office administration | 0.50 | 1.72 | 0.75 |
Total field charges | $10.98 | $14.98 | $11.79 |
Plant depreciation | $0.62 | $1.57 | $0.81 |
Chief office administration | 0.24 | 0.31 | 0.25 |
Total average cost per cubic yard | $11.84 | $16.86 | $12.85 |
Cost of Miscellaneous Items in Concrete. | |||
Manhattan. | Weehawken. | Average. | |
Cubic yards | 14,706½ | 3,723 | 18,429½ |
Amount, in dollars | $6,184.83 | $1,756.79 | $7,941.62 |
Unit cost | 0.42 | 0.47 | 0.43 |
The 24-ft. 6-in. tunnel adjoining the Terminal Station-West was water-proofed by a surface-rendering method which, up to the present time, has been satisfactory. Generally speaking, the arches of the Land Tunnels, though not dripping with water, are the dampest parts of the whole structure from Tenth Avenue to Weehawken, and it would seem as if some form of water-proofing over these arches would have been a distinct advantage.
The 24-ft. 6-in. tunnel next to the Terminal Station-West was sealed using a surface-rendering method that has been effective so far. Overall, the arches of the Land Tunnels, while not actively leaking water, are the most humid parts of the entire structure from Tenth Avenue to Weehawken, and it seems like having some kind of waterproofing over these arches would have been clearly beneficial.
There was no difficulty in applying the water-proofing on the side-walls, after a little experience had been gained as to the best methods. The specifications required the sand-wall to be covered with alternate layers of coal-tar pitch and felt, seven layers of the former and six layers of the latter, the felt to be of Hydrex brand or other equally satisfactory to the engineer. The pitch was to be straight-run, coal-tar pitch which would soften at 60° Fahr., and melt at 100° Fahr., being a grade in which distillate oils, distilled from it, should have a specified gravity of 1.105. The pitch was to be mopped on the surface to a uniform thickness of 1/16 in., and a covering of felt, previously mopped with pitch, was to be applied immediately. The sheets were to lap not less than 4 in. on cross-joints and 12 in. on longitudinal joints, and had to adhere firmly to the pitch-covered surface. This layer was then to be mopped, and another layer placed, and so on until all the layers were in place. This water-proofing was to extend from the bottom of the cable conduits to the springing of the brick arch. Where sub-track conduits were used, these were to be surrounded with their own water-proofing. The work was carried out as specified; the sand-walls were not rendered, but were built smooth enough to apply the water-proofing directly to them. They were dried with gasoline torches before the application of the pitch, and in very wet sections grooves were cut to lead the water away.
There was no trouble applying the waterproofing on the side walls once we figured out the best methods. The specifications required the sand wall to be covered with alternating layers of coal-tar pitch and felt—seven layers of pitch and six layers of felt—with the felt being of Hydrex brand or another brand that was equally acceptable to the engineer. The pitch had to be straight-run coal-tar pitch that would soften at 60° F and melt at 100° F, with a grade where the distillate oils extracted from it should have a specified gravity of 1.105. The pitch needed to be applied to the surface uniformly to a thickness of 1/16 in., and a layer of felt, which had been treated with pitch beforehand, was to be applied immediately after. The sheets had to overlap by at least 4 in. on cross joints and 12 in. on longitudinal joints, bonding firmly to the pitch-covered surface. This layer was then to be mopped, and another layer placed, continuing this until all layers were in place. This waterproofing was to extend from the bottom of the cable conduits up to the springing of the brick arch. Where sub-track conduits were used, they needed to be surrounded with their own waterproofing. The work was done as specified; the sand walls were not plastered but were built smooth enough to allow the waterproofing to be applied directly. They were dried with gasoline torches before applying the pitch, and in very wet areas, grooves were cut to drain the water away.
The first attempts were with the felt laid in horizontal strips. This ended very disastrously, as the pitch could not sustain the weight of the felt, and the whole arrangement slipped down the wall. The felt was then laid vertically, being tacked to a piece of horizontal scantling at the top of the sand-wall and also held by a row of planks [Pg 200] braced against it at about half its height. A layer of porous brick was laid as a drain along the base of the water-proofing, covered by a single layer of felt to prevent it from becoming choked with concrete.
The first attempts involved laying the felt in horizontal strips. This ended very poorly because the pitch couldn't support the weight of the felt, causing the entire setup to slide down the wall. The felt was then laid vertically, secured to a horizontal piece of lumber at the top of the sand-wall and also supported by a row of planks braced against it at about halfway up. A layer of porous brick was placed as a drain along the base of the waterproofing, topped with a single layer of felt to keep it from getting clogged with concrete. [Pg 200]
The water-proofing of the sub-track conduits was troublesome, as the numerous layers and the necessity for preserving the proper laps in both directions between adjacent layers made the whole thing a kind of Chinese puzzle. Various modifications, to suit local conditions, were made from time to time. Conduits outside the general outline of the tunnel are difficult to excavate, to lay, and to water-proof, and should be avoided wherever possible.
The waterproofing of the sub-track conduits was challenging, as the many layers and the need to maintain the correct overlaps in both directions between adjacent layers turned everything into a sort of puzzle. Various adjustments were made over time to accommodate local conditions. Conduits outside the overall shape of the tunnel are hard to dig, set up, and waterproof, and should be avoided whenever possible.
The usual force in water-proofing consisted of a foreman, at $3.50 per day, and nine laborers at $1.75 per day. These men not only laid the water-proofing, but transported the materials, heated the pitch, and cut up the rolls of felt. In general, two men transported material, one tended the heater, and the other six worked in pairs, two preparing the surface of the concrete sand-wall, two laying pitch, and two laying felt.
The standard crew for waterproofing included a foreman making $3.50 a day and nine laborers earning $1.75 each per day. These workers not only applied the waterproofing but also moved the materials, heated the pitch, and cut the rolls of felt. Typically, two men moved materials, one operated the heater, and the remaining six worked in pairs: two prepared the surface of the concrete sand-wall, two applied the pitch, and two laid the felt.
The cost of the water-proofing operation was about as shown in Table 14.
The cost of the waterproofing operation was roughly as indicated in Table 14.
Manhattan. | Weehawken. | Total. | |
---|---|---|---|
Square feet covered | 47,042 | 13,964 | 60,736 |
Average cost per square foot. | |||
Labor | $0.07 | $0.07 | $0.07 |
Material | 0.12 | 0.09 | 0.11 |
Total field charges | $0.19 | $0.16 | $0.18 |
Chief office and plant depreciation | 0.01 | 0.03 | 0.02 |
Total average cost | $0.20 | $0.19 | $0.20 |
Brickwork in Arches.—Owing to the heavy timbering, the brickwork at Manhattan was interfered with to a considerable extent, and the gang was always kept at work at two or more places. The work was carried up to a point where it was necessary to back-fill, or prop or cut away encroaching timbers, and then the men were moved to another place while this was being done.
Brickwork in Arches.—Due to the heavy timbering, the brickwork at Manhattan was significantly affected, and the crew was consistently working at two or more locations. The work progressed to a stage where it was necessary to back-fill, support, or cut away encroaching timbers, and then the workers were moved to another area while this was underway.
The centers were set up in sets of seven, spaced 4 ft. apart. Two [Pg 201] 14-ft. lengths of 3 by 4-in. yellow pine lagging were used with each set of ribs, with 24 by 8-in. block lagging in the crown.
The centers were arranged in groups of seven, spaced 4 ft. apart. Two [Pg 201] 14-ft. lengths of 3 by 4-in. yellow pine lagging were used with each set of ribs, along with 24 by 8-in. block lagging at the top.
All centers were set ¼ in. high, to allow for settlement, except in the 24-ft. 6-in. span, in which they were set ½ in. high. This proved ample, the average settlement of the ribs being 0.01 ft. and of the masonry, 0.003 ft. In the 24-ft. 6-in. span the ribs were strengthened with 6 by 6-in. blocking and 12 by 12-in. posts to subgrade. Great trouble was here encountered with encroaching timbering, due to the settlement of the wide flat span. Grout pipes were built in, as previously mentioned.
All centers were set ¼ inch high to accommodate for settling, except in the 24-foot 6-inch span, where they were set ½ inch high. This was more than enough, as the average settling of the ribs was 0.01 feet and of the masonry, 0.003 feet. In the 24-foot 6-inch span, the ribs were reinforced with 6 by 6-inch blocking and 12 by 12-inch posts to the subgrade. There were significant issues with encroaching timbering because of the settling of the wide flat span. Grout pipes were incorporated, as mentioned earlier.
Each mason laid an average of 0.535 cu. yd. of brickwork per hour, or 4.28 cu. yd. per day. The number of bricks laid per mason per hour was 218, or 1,744 per day.
Each mason installed about 0.535 cubic yards of brickwork per hour, which totals 4.28 cubic yards per day. The number of bricks laid by each mason per hour was 218, or 1,744 per day.
The bricks were of the best quality of vitrified paving brick, and were obtained from the Jamestown Brick Company, of Jamestown, N. Y. The average size was 8¾ by 3-15/16 by 2-7/16 in.; the average number per cubic yard of masonry was 408, the arches being from 19 ft. to 24 ft. 6 in. in span and from 22 to 27 in. thick. The joints were 3/16 in. at the face and averaged 9/16 in. through the arch.
The bricks were top-quality vitrified paving bricks sourced from the Jamestown Brick Company in Jamestown, NY. They measured about 8¾ by 3-15/16 by 2-7/16 inches on average, with approximately 408 bricks per cubic yard of masonry. The arches spanned between 19 feet and 24 feet 6 inches and were 22 to 27 inches thick. The joints were 3/16 inch at the face and averaged 9/16 inch throughout the arch.
The proportions for mortar were 1 of cement and 2½ of sand. One cubic yard of masonry was composed of 73.5% brick and 26.5% mortar. The volume of the ingredients in a four-bag batch was 12.12 cu. ft., and the resulting mixture was 9.54 cu. ft. The number of barrels of cement was 0.915 per cu. yd. of masonry, and about 17.7% of the mortar made was wasted. The average force employed was:
The mix for the mortar was 1 part cement to 2.5 parts sand. One cubic yard of masonry consisted of 73.5% brick and 26.5% mortar. The total volume of ingredients in a four-bag batch was 12.12 cubic feet, and the final mixture measured 9.54 cubic feet. The amount of cement needed was 0.915 barrels per cubic yard of masonry, with around 17.7% of the mortar produced being wasted. The average workforce used was:
Laying. | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 | Foreman | @ | $8.00 | per | day | |
4 | Layers | " | 6.00 | " | " | |
8 | Tenders | " | 2.00 | " | " | |
2 | Mixers | " | 2.00 | " | " | |
Forms. | ||||||
1 | Foreman | @ | $4.50 | per | day | |
4 | Carpenters | " | 3.50 | " | " | |
5 | Helpers | " | 2.25 | " | " | |
Transport. | ||||||
¼ | Hoist engineer | @ | $3.00 | per | day | |
¼ | Signalman | " | 2.00 | " | " | |
4 | Laborers | " | 2.00 | " | " |
For materials, the following prices prevailed:
Cement, $2.00 per bbl.,
Sand, $0.90 to $1.00 per cu. yd.,
Brick, $16.00 per thousand, delivered at yard,
Centers, $26.00 each,
Lagging, $45.00 per 1,000 ft. B. M.
For materials, the following prices were effective:
Cement, $2.00 per barrel,
Sand, $0.90 to $1.00 per cubic yard,
Brick, $16.00 per thousand, delivered to the yard,
Centers, $26.00 each,
Lagging, $45.00 per 1,000 board feet.
The cost of the brickwork is given in Table 15.
The cost of the brickwork is shown in Table 15.
TABLE 15.—Cost of Brickwork.
TABLE 15.—Brickwork Costs.
Manhattan. | Weehawken. | Total. | |
---|---|---|---|
Cubic yards placed | 4,137 | 790 | 4,927 |
Labor. | Average Cost per Cubic Yard. | ||
Surface transport | $0.35 | $1.19 | $0.48 |
Superintendent and general labor at point of work | 0.17 | 0.04 | 0.16 |
Laying and mixing | 2.58 | 3.20 | 2.60 |
Forms: erection and removal | 2.62 | 0.32 | 2.25 |
Tunnel transport | 1.19 | 1.12 | 1.18 |
Total labor | $6.91 | $5.87 | $6.75 |
Material. | |||
Brick | $6.56 | $6.56 | $6.56 |
Cement | 1.76 | 1.75 | 1.76 |
Sand | 0.20 | 0.28 | 0.22 |
Forms | 0.92 | 0.98 | 0.98 |
Overhead conductor pockets | 0.15 | 0.09 | 0.13 |
Total material | $9.59 | $9.66 | $9.60 |
Plant running | $0.55 | $0.30 | $0.51 |
Surface labor, repairs and maintenance | 0.36 | 1.30 | 0.51 |
Field office administration | 0.55 | 0.88 | 0.60 |
Total field charges | $17.96 | $18.01 | $17.97 |
Chief office administration | $0.60 | $0.66 | $0.61 |
Plant depreciation | 0.35 | 0.64 | 0.39 |
Total average cost per cubic yard | $18.91 | $19.31 | $18.97 |
Manhattan. (Gy-East only.) | Weehawken. | Total. | |
---|---|---|---|
Barrels used | 3,000½ | 261½ | 3,262 |
Average Cost per Barrel of Cement Used. | |||
Labor | $0.55 | $0.46 | $0.53 |
Material | 2.30 | 2.25 | 2.28 |
Field office administration | 0.08 | 0.06 | 0.08 |
Plant and supplies | 0.10 | 0.07 | 0.09 |
Total field charges | $3.03 | $2.84 | $2.98 |
Chief office and plant depreciation | 0.21 | 0.22 | 0.28 |
Total average cost | $3.24 | $3.06 | $3.20 |
Vitrified Earthenware Conduits for Electric Cables.—The general drawings will show how the ducts were arranged, and that manholes were provided at intervals. They were water-proofed, in the case of those embedded in the bench, by the general water-proofing of the tunnels, which was carried down to the level of the bottom of the banks of ducts; and in the case of those below subgrade, by a special water-proofing of felt and pitch wrapped around the ducts themselves.
Vitrified Earthenware Conduits for Electric Cables.—The general drawings will illustrate how the ducts were set up and that manholes were placed at regular intervals. They were made water-proof, for those embedded in the bench, by the overall water-proofing of the tunnels, which extended down to the level of the bottom of the ducts’ banks; and for those below the subgrade, by a specific water-proofing of felt and pitch wrapped around the ducts themselves.
The portion of wall in front of the ducts was bonded to that behind by bonds, mostly of expanded metal, passing between the ducts. Examples of the bonding will be seen in the drawings.
The section of wall in front of the ducts was connected to the one behind it by bonds, mainly made of expanded metal, that passed between the ducts. You can see examples of the bonding in the drawings.
The joints between successive lengths of 4-way and 2-way ducts were wrapped with two thicknesses of cotton duck, 6 in. wide, those of single-way ducts were not wrapped, but plastered with cement mortar. The ducts were laid on beds of mortar, and were made to break joints at top and bottom and side to side with the adjacent ducts. They were laid with a wooden mandrel; a square leather washer at the near end acted as a cleanser when the mandrel was pulled through.
The connections between each segment of 4-way and 2-way ducts were wrapped with two layers of 6-inch-wide cotton duck, while the joints of single-way ducts weren't wrapped but were covered with cement mortar. The ducts were placed on beds of mortar, ensuring that they staggered at the top, bottom, and sides with the neighboring ducts. They were installed using a wooden mandrel; a square leather washer at the end closest to the builder served as a cleaner when the mandrel was pulled through.
The specifications required the ducts to be laid at the same time as the concrete and be carried up with it, but this was found to be a very awkward operation, as the tamping of the concrete and the [Pg 204] walking of men disturbed the ducts, especially as the bonds lay across them. It was resolved, therefore, to build the portion of the wall behind the ducts first, with the bonds embedded in it at the proper heights and projecting from it, then to lay up the banks of ducts against this wall, bending the bonds down as they were reached, and finally, after all the ducts were in, to lay the concrete in front of and over the top of the ducts. Several detailed modifications of this general scheme were followed at one time or another when necessary or advisable.
The specs required the ducts to be installed simultaneously with the concrete and to be carried up alongside it, but this turned out to be quite a tricky job. The tamping of the concrete and the movement of workers disturbed the ducts, especially with the bonds laid across them. So, the decision was made to build the section of the wall behind the ducts first, with the bonds properly embedded in it and extending out, then to place the banks of ducts against this wall, bending the bonds down as they were reached. Finally, after all the ducts were in place, concrete was poured in front of and over the ducts. Several detailed adjustments to this general plan were made from time to time as needed. [Pg 204]
The laying of ducts below subgrade was not complicated by the presence of bonds, the water-proofing caused the trouble here, as before described.
The installation of ducts below the ground level wasn’t complicated by the presence of bonds; the waterproofing caused issues here, as previously described.
The specifications called for a final rodding after completion. A group of the apparatus used in this process is shown in Fig. 1, Plate XXXV; the various parts are identified by the following key:
The specifications required a final cleaning after completion. A group of the equipment used in this process is shown in Fig. 1, Plate XXXV; the different parts are identified by the following key:
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
1.—4-way duct, for telephone and telegraph cables, |
2.—2-way duct, for telephone and telegraph cables, |
3.—1-way duct, for high- and low-tension cables, |
4.—Plug for closing open ends of ducts, |
5.—Plug for closing open ends of ducts in position, |
6, 7, and 8.—Cutters for removing obstructions, |
9.—Hedgehog cutter for removing grout in ducts, |
10.—Rodding mandrel for multiple ducts, |
11.—Laying mandrel, |
12.—Rodding mandrel, with jar-link attached, |
13.—Laying mandrel, |
14 and 15.—Rubber-disk cleaners, used after final rodding, |
16 and 17.—Sectional wooden rods used for rodding, |
18.—Section of iron rods used for rodding, |
19.—Jar-link, |
20.—Cotton duck for wrapping joints of multiple ducts, |
21.—Hook for pulling forward laying mandrel, |
22.—Top view of trap for recovering lost or broken rods left in ducts. |
Ordinary ¾-in. gas pipe was used for the rod, and a cutter with rectangular cross-section and rounded corners was run through ahead of the mandrel: following the cutter came a scraper consisting of several square leather washers, of the size of the ducts, spaced at intervals on a short rod. The mandrel itself was next put through, three or four men being used on the rods. All the ducts in a bank were thus rodded from manhole to manhole. When a duct was rodded it was plugged at each end with a wooden plug. A solid wooden paraffined plug was used at first, but afterward an expansion plug was used.
Ordinary ¾-inch gas pipe was used for the rod, and a cutter with a rectangular cross-section and rounded corners was pushed through ahead of the mandrel. Following the cutter was a scraper made of several square leather washers, the size of the ducts, spaced at intervals on a short rod. The mandrel itself was then inserted, with three or four men working on the rods. All the ducts in a bank were rodded from manhole to manhole. When a duct was rodded, it was plugged at each end with a wooden plug. A solid wooden paraffined plug was used initially, but later an expansion plug was employed.
Very little trouble was met in rodding the power conduits, except for a few misplaced ducts, or a small mound of mortar or a laying mandrel left in. At such points a cut was made in the concrete and the duct replaced.
Very little trouble was encountered while installing the power conduits, except for a few misplaced ducts, a small pile of mortar, or a laying mandrel left behind. At those spots, a cut was made in the concrete, and the duct was replaced.
In the subgrade telephone and telegraph ducts east of the Manhattan Shaft, much trouble was caused by grout in the ducts. The mandrel and cutters were deflected and broke through the web of the ducts rather than remove this hard grout. Trenches had to be cut from the floor to the top of the water-proofing, the latter was then cut and folded back, and the ducts replaced. To do this, a number of ducts had to be taken out to replace the broken ones and get the proper laps. The water-proofing was then patched and the concrete replaced. This grout had not penetrated the water-proofing, but had got in through the ends of the ducts where they had not been properly plugged and protected. The duct gang, both for laying and rodding, generally consisted of
In the subgrade telephone and telegraph ducts east of the Manhattan Shaft, there were a lot of issues caused by grout in the ducts. The mandrel and cutters got deflected and broke through the walls of the ducts instead of removing this tough grout. Trenches had to be cut from the floor up to the top of the waterproofing, which was then cut and folded back, and the ducts were replaced. To do this, several ducts had to be removed to replace the broken ones and ensure the proper overlaps. The waterproofing was then patched, and the concrete was replaced. This grout hadn’t penetrated the waterproofing but had gotten in through the ends of the ducts where they hadn't been properly sealed and protected. The duct crew, for both installation and maintenance, generally consisted of
1 Foreman, at $3.50 per day,
and 9 laborers, at $1.75 per day.
1 Foreman, at $3.50 a day,
and 9 laborers, at $1.75 a day.
When laying: 4 men were laying, 2 men mixing and carrying mortar, and 3 were transporting material. When rodding: 4 men were rodding, 2 men at adjacent manholes were connecting and disconnecting cutters and mandrels, 1 was joining up rods, and 2 men assisting generally.
When laying: 4 men were laying, 2 men were mixing and carrying mortar, and 3 were transporting materials. When rodding: 4 men were rodding, 2 men at nearby manholes were connecting and disconnecting cutters and mandrels, 1 was connecting rods, and 2 men were providing general assistance.
Transportation and Disposal.
The track on the surface and in the tunnels was of 20-lb. rails on a 2-ft. gauge.
The track on the surface and in the tunnels had 20-pound rails on a 2-foot gauge.
The excavation was handled in scale-boxes carried on flat cars, and the concrete in 1¼-cu. yd. mining cars dumping either at the side or end.
The excavation was managed in scale boxes loaded onto flat cars, and the concrete was transported in 1¼-cu. yd. mining cars that dumped either at the side or the end.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
Manhattan. | Weehawken. | Total. | |
---|---|---|---|
Duct feet | 115,962 | 35,155 | 151,117 |
Average Cost per Duct Foot. | |||
Labor | $0.035 | $0.032 | $0.034 |
Material | 0.043 | 0.052 | 0.045 |
Total field charges | 0.078 | 0.084 | 0.079 |
Chief office and plant depreciation | 0.005 | 0.008 | 0.006 |
Total average cost | $0.083 | $0.092 | $0.085 |
When the haulage was up grade, 6 by 6-in. Lidgerwood hoisting engines, with 10-in. single friction drums, and driven by compressed air from the high-pressure lines, were used. Down grade, cars were moved and controlled by hand.
When the haulage was upgraded, 6 by 6-inch Lidgerwood hoisting engines, with 10-inch single friction drums, were used and powered by compressed air from the high-pressure lines. Going downhill, cars were moved and controlled manually.
The muck which came through the shaft at Manhattan was dumped into hopper bins on the surface and thence loaded into trucks at convenience. At the open cut, the muck was dumped into trucks direct. The trucking was sublet by the contractor to a sub-contractor, who provided trucks, teams, and trimmers at the pier. At Weehawken, arrangements were made with the Erie Railroad which undertook to take muck which was needed as fill. The tunnel cars, therefore, were dumped directly on flat cars which were brought up to a roughly made platform near the shaft.
The dirt that came through the shaft in Manhattan was dumped into hopper bins on the surface and then loaded into trucks as needed. In the open cut, the dirt was dumped straight into trucks. The contractor hired a subcontractor to provide the trucks, crews, and equipment at the pier. In Weehawken, the Erie Railroad was arranged to transport the dirt needed for fill. Therefore, the tunnel cars were dumped directly onto flat cars that were brought to a makeshift platform near the shaft.
The hoisting at Manhattan was by derrick at Tenth Avenue and the open cut, and by the elevator at the Manhattan Shaft. At Weehawken, all hoisting was done by the elevator in the shaft.
The hoisting at Manhattan was done with a derrick at Tenth Avenue and the open cut, and by the elevator at the Manhattan Shaft. At Weehawken, all hoisting was done by the elevator in the shaft.
The sand and stone were received at the wharves by scows. At Manhattan, these materials were unloaded on trucks by an overhead traveler, and teamed to the shaft, where they were unloaded by derricks into the bins. At Weehawken, they were unloaded by an orange-peel grab bucket, loaded into cars on the overhead trestle, transported in these to the top of the shaft, and discharged into the bins.
The sand and stone arrived at the docks on barges. In Manhattan, these materials were taken off the barges by a crane and loaded onto trucks, then brought to the shaft, where they were unloaded by derricks into the bins. In Weehawken, they were unloaded using an orange-peel grab bucket, loaded onto cars on the overhead structure, transported to the top of the shaft, and dumped into the bins.
The cement at Manhattan was trucked from the Company's warehouse, at Eleventh Avenue and 38th Street, to the shaft, where it was [Pg 207] put into a supplementary storage shed at the top of the shaft, whence it was removed to the mixer by the elevator when needed. At Weehawken, it was taken on flat cars directly from the warehouse to the mixer.
The cement at Manhattan was delivered by truck from the Company's warehouse at Eleventh Avenue and 38th Street to the shaft, where it was [Pg 207] stored in an additional shed at the top of the shaft, where it was then transported to the mixer by the elevator as needed. At Weehawken, it was loaded onto flatcars directly from the warehouse to the mixer.
Lighting.
Temporarily and for a short time at the start, kerosene flares were used for light until replaced by electric lights, the current for which was furnished by the contractor's generators, which have been described under the head of "Power Plant."
Temporarily, and for a short time at the beginning, kerosene flares were used for lighting until they were replaced by electric lights. The electricity for these was provided by the contractor's generators, which have been discussed in the section on "Power Plant."
The lamps used along the track were of 16 c.p., and were protected by wire screens; these were single, but, wherever work was going on, groups of four or five, provided with reflectors, were used.
The lamps used along the track were 16 candlepower and were protected by wire screens; these were single, but wherever work was happening, groups of four or five with reflectors were used.
Pumping.
Two pumps were installed at the Manhattan Shaft. They had to handle the water, not only from the rock tunnels, but also from those under the river. One was a Deane compound duplex pump, having a capacity of 500 gal. per min., the other, a Blake pump, of 150 gal. per min. They were first driven by steam direct from the power-house, but compressed air was used later. When the power-house was shut down, an electrically-driven centrifugal pump was used. This was driven by a General Electric shunt-wound motor, Type C-07½, with a speed of 1,250 rev. per min. at 250 volts and 37.5 amperes (10 h.p.) when open, and 22.9 amperes (6 h.p.) when closed, and had a capacity of 450 gal. per min. To send the water to the shaft sump during the construction, small compressed-air Cameron pumps, of about 140 gal. per min., were used.
Two pumps were installed at the Manhattan Shaft. They needed to manage the water from both the rock tunnels and those under the river. One was a Deane compound duplex pump with a capacity of 500 gallons per minute, and the other was a Blake pump with a capacity of 150 gallons per minute. Initially, they were powered by steam directly from the power house, but later on, they switched to compressed air. When the power house was shut down, an electrically-driven centrifugal pump took over. This was powered by a General Electric shunt-wound motor, Type C-07½, running at 1,250 RPM at 250 volts and 37.5 amperes (10 HP) when open, and 22.9 amperes (6 HP) when closed, with a capacity of 450 gallons per minute. To pump the water to the shaft sump during construction, smaller compressed-air Cameron pumps, with a capacity of about 140 gallons per minute, were used.
At the Weehawken shaft two pumps were used; these dealt with the water from the Bergen Hill Tunnels as well as that from the Weehawken Tunnels. At first a Worthington duplex pump having a capacity of about 500 gal. per min. was used. Later, this was replaced by a General Electric shunt-wound motor, Type O-15, with a speed of 925 rev. per min. at 230 volts and 74 amperes (20 h.p.) when open, and 38.5 amperes (10 h.p.) when closed. Its capacity was 240 gal. per min. During the progress of the construction, the water was pumped from the working face to the shaft by small Cameron pumps similar to those used at Manhattan. When the work was finished, [Pg 208] a subgrade reversed-grade drain carried the water to the shaft sump by gravity.
At the Weehawken shaft, two pumps were used to manage the water from the Bergen Hill Tunnels and the Weehawken Tunnels. Initially, a Worthington duplex pump with a capacity of around 500 gallons per minute was in operation. This was later replaced by a General Electric shunt-wound motor, Type O-15, which operated at a speed of 925 revolutions per minute at 230 volts and 74 amperes (20 horsepower) when open, and 38.5 amperes (10 horsepower) when closed. Its capacity was 240 gallons per minute. During construction, small Cameron pumps, similar to those used in Manhattan, were used to pump water from the working face to the shaft. Once the work was completed, [Pg 208] a subgrade reversed-grade drain carried the water to the shaft sump by gravity.
The work in the Manhattan Land Tunnels was practically finished by May 1st, 1908, though the ventilating arrangements and overhead platform in the intercepting arch were not put in until after the River Tunnel concrete was completed, so that the work was not finished until September, 1909.
The work in the Manhattan Land Tunnels was nearly done by May 1, 1908, although the ventilation systems and overhead platform in the intercepting arch weren't installed until after the River Tunnel concrete was finished, meaning the project wasn't completed until September 1909.
The Weehawken Land Tunnels work was finished in July, 1907, but the benches and ventilating arrangements in the Weehawken Shaft were not put in until after the completion of the Bergen Hill Tunnels, and so were not finished until August, 1909.
The Weehawken Land Tunnels project was completed in July 1907, but the benches and ventilation systems in the Weehawken Shaft were not installed until after the Bergen Hill Tunnels were finished, which meant they weren't completed until August 1909.
The reinforced concrete wall around the Weehawken Shaft, together with the stairs from the bench level of the shaft to the surface, was let as a separate contract; the work was started on September 15th, 1909, and finished by the end of December, 1909.
The reinforced concrete wall around the Weehawken Shaft, along with the stairs from the bench level of the shaft to the surface, was awarded as a separate contract; the work began on September 15, 1909, and was completed by the end of December 1909.
River Tunnels.
The River Tunnel work, from some points of view, has the most interest. It is interesting because it is the first main line crossing of the formidable obstacle of the Hudson River, and also by reason of the long and anxiously discussed point as to whether, in view of the preceding experiences and failures to construct tunnels under that river, foundations were needed under these tunnels to keep them from changing in elevation under the action of heavy traffic.
The River Tunnel project is intriguing for several reasons. First, it's the first major railway line to cross the challenging Hudson River. Secondly, there's been a long and intense debate about whether these tunnels need additional foundations to prevent them from shifting in height due to the weight of heavy traffic, especially considering past experiences and failures in constructing tunnels beneath the river.
The River Tunnels here described start on the east side of the shield chambers on the New York side and end at the east side of the shield chambers on the New Jersey side. They thus include the New York and exclude the New Jersey shield chambers, the reason for such discrimination being that the New York shield chambers are lined with cast iron while those on the New Jersey side are of the typical rock section type, as already described. The design of the tunnels and their accessories will be first described, then will come the construction of the tunnels as far as the completion of the metal lining, followed by a description of the concrete lining and completion of the work.
The River Tunnels described here begin on the east side of the shield chambers on the New York side and end on the east side of the shield chambers on the New Jersey side. They thus include the New York shield chambers and exclude the New Jersey ones. The reason for this distinction is that the New York shield chambers are lined with cast iron, whereas those on the New Jersey side are made of the typical rock section type, as previously mentioned. The design of the tunnels and their components will be described first, followed by the construction of the tunnels up to the completion of the metal lining, and finally a description of the concrete lining and the project's completion.
Design of Metal Lining.
New York Shield Chambers.—The shield chambers may be seen on Plate XXXII, previously referred to, which shows the junction of the iron-lined tunnels and the shield chambers. They consist of two [Pg 209] iron-lined pieces of tunnel placed side by side, with semi-circular arches and straight side-walls. The segments of the arch are made to break joint with one another by making the side-wall or column castings of two different heights, as shown in Fig. 9. The length of each ring is 18 in.
New York Shield Chambers.—The shield chambers can be seen on Plate XXXII, which was mentioned earlier, showing where the iron-lined tunnels meet the shield chambers. They consist of two iron-lined tunnel sections placed side by side, featuring semi-circular arches and straight side walls. The segments of the arch are designed to fit together by making the side wall or column castings of two different heights, as shown in Fig. 9. Each ring is 18 inches long. [Pg 209]
The reason for the adoption of this type of construction was the necessity for keeping the width of the permanent structure within the 60-ft. width of the street. The length of this twin structure is 28.5 ft., and the weight of the metal in it is as follows:
The reason for choosing this type of construction was the need to maintain the width of the permanent structure within the 60-ft. width of the street. The length of this twin structure is 28.5 ft., and the weight of the metal in it is as follows:
19 long-column arch rings at 22,802 lb. | 433,238 | lb. |
19 short-column arch rings at 23,028 lb. | 437,532 | " |
--------- | ||
Total weight | 870,770 | lb. |
General Type of River Tunnel Lining.—The main ruling type adopted for the tunnels under the Hudson River, and in the soft water-bearing ground for some distance on the shoreward side of the river lines, consists of two parallel metal-lined tunnels, circular in cross-section, each tunnel being 23 ft. outside diameter, and the two tunnels 37 ft. apart from center to center, as shown on Fig. 10. The metal lining is of cast iron (except for a few short lengths of cast steel) and of the usual segmental type, consisting of "Rings" of iron, each ring being 2 ft. 6 in. in length, and divided by radial joints into eleven segments, or "Plates," with one "Key," or closing segment, having joints not radial but narrower at the outside circumference of the metal lining than at the inside. The whole structure is joined, segment to segment, and ring to ring, by mild-steel bolts passing through bolt holes in flanges of all four faces of each segment. The joints between the segments are made water-tight by a caulking of sal-ammoniac and iron borings driven into grooves formed for the purpose on the inner edges of the flanges. The clearances between the bolts and the bolt holes are also made water-tight by using grummets or rings of yarn smeared with red lead, having a snug fit over the shank of the bolt and placed below the washer on either end of each bolt. When passing through ground more or less self-sustaining, the space outside the iron lining (formed by the excavation being necessarily rather larger than the external diameter of the lining itself) was filled with grout of 1:1 Portland cement and sand forced by air pressure through grout holes in each segment. These holes were tapped, and were closed with a screw plug before and after grouting. [Pg 210]
General Type of River Tunnel Lining.—The primary design used for the tunnels under the Hudson River, and in the soft, water-rich ground for a distance on the shore side of the river, consists of two parallel metal-lined tunnels, circular in cross-section. Each tunnel has an outside diameter of 23 feet, and the two tunnels are 37 feet apart from center to center, as shown on Fig. 10. The metal lining is made of cast iron (except for a few short sections of cast steel) and follows the standard segmental design, which comprises "Rings" of iron, each ring measuring 2 feet 6 inches in length and divided by radial joints into eleven segments, or "Plates," with one "Key," or closing segment that has joints narrower at the outside circumference of the metal lining than at the inside. The entire structure is connected, segment to segment and ring to ring, by mild-steel bolts that pass through bolt holes in flanges on all four sides of each segment. The joints between the segments are sealed against water by caulking with sal-ammoniac and iron borings packed into grooves made for this purpose on the inner edges of the flanges. The gaps between the bolts and the bolt holes are also sealed using grommets or rings of yarn coated with red lead, ensuring a snug fit over the bolt shank and placed under the washer on both ends of each bolt. When the tunnels pass through ground that is relatively stable, the space outside the iron lining (created because the excavation needs to be slightly larger than the outer diameter of the lining itself) is filled with a grout mixture of 1:1 Portland cement and sand, which is forced through grout holes in each segment by air pressure. These holes were tapped and sealed with a screw plug before and after grouting. [Pg 210]
Having thus stated in a general way the main ruling features of the design, a detailed description of the various modifications of the ruling type will be given.
Having outlined the key aspects of the design, a detailed description of the different variations of the main type will be provided.

Fig. 10.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The two main divisions of the iron lining are the "ordinary" or lighter type and the heavy type. The details of the ordinary iron are shown in Fig. 11, which shows all types of lining. It was on this design that the contract was let, and it was originally intended that this should be the only type of iron used. The dimensions of the iron are clearly shown on the drawing, and it will be seen that the external diameter is 23 ft., the interior diameter, 21 ft. 2 in., the length of each ring, 2 ft. 6 in., and the thickness of the iron skin or web, 1½ in. The bolt holes in the circumferential flanges are evenly spaced through the [Pg 212] circle, so that adjacent rings may be bolted together in any relative position as regards the radial joints, and, as a matter of fact, in the erection of the tunnel lining, all the rings "break joint," with the exception of those at the bore segments, as will be described later. This type of iron, when the original type was modified, came to be known as the ordinary pocketless iron; that is, the weight is of the ordinary or lighter type, in contradistinction to the heavier one, which later supplanted it, and the caulking groove runs along the edges of the flanges and does not form pockets around the bolt holes, as did the groove in a later type.
The two main types of iron lining are the "ordinary" or lighter version and the heavy version. The specifics of the ordinary iron are detailed in Fig. 11, which shows all types of lining. This design was the basis for the contract, and it was originally meant to be the only type of iron used. The dimensions of the iron are clearly displayed in the drawing, showing an external diameter of 23 ft., an interior diameter of 21 ft. 2 in., a length of each ring at 2 ft. 6 in., and a thickness of the iron skin or web at 1½ in. The bolt holes in the circumferential flanges are evenly spaced around the circle, allowing adjacent rings to be bolted together in any position relative to the radial joints. In fact, while constructing the tunnel lining, all the rings "break joint," except for those at the bore segments, which will be explained later. When the original type was modified, this type of iron became known as ordinary pocketless iron; it has the weight of the ordinary or lighter type, unlike the heavier version that later replaced it, and the caulking groove runs along the edges of the flanges without forming pockets around the bolt holes, unlike the groove in a later type. [Pg 212]
Each ring is made up of eleven segments and a key piece. Of these, nine have radial joints at both ends, and are called "A" segments; two, called "B" segments, have a radial joint at one end and a non-radial joint at the other. The non-radial joint is placed next to the key, which is 12.25 in. wide at the outside circumference of the iron and 12.50 in. wide at the inside.
Each ring consists of eleven segments and a key piece. Out of these, nine have radial joints at both ends and are referred to as "A" segments; two, known as "B" segments, have a radial joint at one end and a non-radial joint at the other. The non-radial joint is positioned next to the key, which is 12.25 inches wide at the outer circumference of the iron and 12.50 inches wide at the inner side.
The web is not of uniform thickness. The middle part of each A and B segment is 1½ in. thick; at the distance of 6 in. from the root of each flange, the thickness of web begins to increase, so that at the root it is 2⅜ in. thick. The web of the key plate is 1¾ in. thick.
The web isn't consistently thick. The center section of each A and B part is 1½ in. thick; 6 in. from the root of each flange, the thickness of the web starts to increase, making it 2⅜ in. thick at the root. The web of the key plate is 1¾ in. thick.
The bolts are of mild steel, and are 1½ in. in diameter; there are 67 in one circumferential joint and 5 in each radial joint. As there are 12 such radial joints, there are altogether 60 bolts in the cross-joints, making a total of 127 bolts per ring.
The bolts are made of mild steel and are 1½ inches in diameter; there are 67 in each circumferential joint and 5 in each radial joint. Since there are 12 radial joints, this adds up to 60 bolts in the cross-joints, bringing the total to 127 bolts per ring.
This original type of ordinary iron was modified for a special purpose as follows: It was known that for some distance on either side of the river, and especially at Weehawken, the tunnels would pass through a gravel formation, rather open, and containing a heavy head of water. It was thought that, by carrying the caulking groove around the bolt holes, it would be possible to make them more water-proof than by the simple use of the red-leaded grummets. Hence the "Pocket Iron" was adopted for this situation, the name being derived from the pocket-like recess which the caulking groove formed when extended around the bolt hole. The details of this lining are shown on Fig. 11, and the iron (except for the pockets) is exactly like the pocketless type. [Pg 213]
This basic type of ordinary iron was adapted for a specific purpose like this: It was known that for some distance on both sides of the river, especially at Weehawken, the tunnels would go through a fairly open gravel formation that had a significant amount of water pressure. It was believed that by extending the caulking groove around the bolt holes, they could be made more waterproof than just using the red-leaded grommets. Therefore, the "Pocket Iron" was used in this case, with the name coming from the pocket-like recess created by the extended caulking groove around the bolt hole. The details of this lining are shown on Fig. 11, and the iron (aside from the pockets) is identical to the pocketless version. [Pg 213]

Shield-driven Tunnels
Fig. 11.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
On the New York side, in both North and South Tunnels, two short lengths were built with cast-steel lining. This was done where unusual stresses were expected to come on the lining, namely, at the point where the invert passed from firm ground to soft, and also where the tunnels passed under the heavy river bulkhead wall.
On the New York side, in both the North and South Tunnels, two short sections were constructed with cast-steel lining. This was done where unusual stress was anticipated on the lining, specifically at the point where the invert transitioned from solid ground to soft soil, and also where the tunnels went under the heavy river bulkhead wall.
The design was precisely the same as for the ordinary pocketless iron, and Fig. 11 shows the details. After the tunnels had entered into the actual under-river portion, several phenomena (which will be described later) led to the fear that the tunnels, being lighter than the semi-liquid mud they displaced, might be subject to a buoyant action, and therefore a heavier type of lining was designed. The length of ring, number of bolts, etc., were just the same as for the lighter iron, but the thickness of the web was increased from 1½ to 2 in., the thickness of the flanges was proportionately increased, and the diameter of the bolts was increased from 1½ to 1¾ in. This iron was all of the pocketless type, shown in Fig. 11. Table 18 gives the weights of the various types of lining.
The design was exactly the same as for the typical pocketless iron, and Fig. 11 shows the details. After the tunnels entered the actual under-river section, several issues (which will be discussed later) raised concerns that the tunnels, being lighter than the semi-liquid mud they displaced, might experience buoyant forces, prompting the creation of a heavier type of lining. The length of the ring, number of bolts, etc., were identical to those of the lighter iron, but the thickness of the web was increased from 1½ to 2 inches, the thickness of the flanges was increased proportionally, and the diameter of the bolts was increased from 1½ to 1¾ inches. This iron was all pocketless type, as shown in Fig. 11. Table 18 provides the weights of the various types of lining.
Reference No. | Type of Lining. | Weight of one "A" Segment, in pounds. | Weight of one "B" Segment, in pounds | Weight of one key, in pounds. | Weight of one complete ring, in pounds. | Diameter of bolts, in inches. | Weight of 1 bolt, nut, and 2 washers, in pounds. | Weight of bolts, nuts, and washers per ring, in pounds. | Total weight of one ring (segments and bolts), in pounds. |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 | Ordinary cast iron without caulking pockets. | 2,063 | 2,068 | 480 | 23,183 | 1½ | 6.62 | 840.7 | 24,024 |
2 | Ordinary cast iron with caulking pockets. | 2,038 | 2,043 | 469 | 22,897 | 1½ | 6.62 | 840.7 | 23,738 |
3 | Ordinary cast steel without caulking pockets. | 2,247 | 2,252 | 522 | 25,249 | 1½ | 6.62 | 840.7 | 26,090 |
4 | Heavy cast iron without caulking pockets. | 2,579 | 2,584 | 606 | 28,985 | 1¾ | 10.50 | 1,333.5 | 30,319 |
Weights of Various Types of Lining per Linear Foot of Tunnel.
Weights of Different Types of Lining per Linear Foot of Tunnel.
Reference No. | Type of Lining. | Weights of complete rings (segments only), in pounds. | Weights of bolts, nuts, and washers, in pounds. | Weights of segments and bolts in tunnel complete, in pounds. |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | Ordinary cast iron without pockets. | 9,273.0 | 336.3 | 9,609.6 |
2 | Ordinary cast iron with pockets. | 9,158.8 | 336.3 | 9,495.2 |
3 | Ordinary cast steel without pockets. | 10,099.6 | 336.3 | 10,436.0 |
4 | Heavy cast iron without pockets. | 11,594.0 | 533.4 | 12,127.6 |
The weights in Table 18 are calculated by assuming cast iron to weigh 450 lb. per cu. ft., and cast steel 490 lb. In actual practice the "ordinary" iron was found to weigh a little more than the weights given, and the "heavy" a little less.
The weights in Table 18 are calculated by assuming cast iron weighs 450 lb. per cu. ft., and cast steel weighs 490 lb. In reality, the "ordinary" iron was found to weigh slightly more than the listed weights, while the "heavy" iron weighed a bit less.
The silt in the sub-river portion averaged about 100 lb. per cu. ft., so that the weight of the silt displaced by the tunnel was about 41,548 lb. per lin. ft.
The silt in the sub-river section averaged around 100 lbs. per cubic foot, which means the weight of the silt displaced by the tunnel was approximately 41,548 lbs. per linear foot.
Taper Rings.—In order to pass around curves (whether horizontal or vertical), or to correct deviation from line or grade, taper rings were used; by this is meant rings which when in place in the tunnels were wider than the standard rings, either at one side (horizontal tapers or "Liners"), or at the top ("Depressors"), or at the bottom ("Elevators").
Taper Rings.—To navigate curves (either horizontal or vertical) or to fix misalignment from the line or grade, taper rings were used. These are rings that, when installed in the tunnels, were wider than the standard rings, either on one side (horizontal tapers or "Liners"), at the top ("Depressors"), or at the bottom ("Elevators").
In the original design a ½-in. taper was called for, that is, the wide side of the ring was ½ in. wider than the narrow side, which was of the standard width of 2 ft. 6 in. As a matter of fact, during construction, not only ½-in., but ¾-in. and 1-in. tapers were often used.
In the original design, a ½-inch taper was specified, meaning the wider side of the ring was ½ inch wider than the narrower side, which had a standard width of 2 feet 6 inches. In reality, during construction, not just ½-inch, but also ¾-inch and 1-inch tapers were frequently used.
These taper rings necessitated each plate having its own unalterable position in the ring, hence each plate of the taper ring was numbered, so that no mistake could be made during erection.
These taper rings required each plate to have its own fixed position in the ring, so each plate of the taper ring was numbered to prevent any mistakes during assembly.
The taper rings were made by casting a ring with one circumferential flange much thicker than usual, and then machining off this flange to the taper. This was not only much cheaper than making a special pattern for each plate, but made it possible to see clearly where and what tapers were used in the tunnel.
The taper rings were created by casting a ring with one circumferential flange that was significantly thicker than normal, and then machining this flange down to the taper. This method was not only much more cost-effective than creating a special pattern for each plate, but it also allowed for a clear view of where and what tapers were used in the tunnel.
Taper rings were provided for all kinds of lining (except the cast steel), and the lack of taper steel rings was felt when building the steel-lined parts of the tunnel, as nothing could be done to remedy deviations from line or grade until the steel section was over and cast iron could again be used. Table 19 gives the weights of the different kinds of tapers used.
Taper rings were available for all types of lining (except the cast steel), and the absence of taper steel rings was noticeable during the construction of the steel-lined sections of the tunnel, as there was no way to correct any deviations from the alignment or grade until the steel part was completed and cast iron could be used again. Table 19 lists the weights of the different types of tapers used.
Classification. | Weight of cast iron per complete ring, in pounds. |
---|---|
Ordinary pocketless ½-in. taper | 23,767.7 |
Ordinary pocketless 1-in. taper | 24,352.4 |
Ordinary pocket ½-in. taper | 23,481.7 |
Heavy pocketless ½-in. taper | 29,564.8 |
Heavy pocketless ¾-in. taper | 29,854.7 |
Heavy pocketless 1-in. taper | 30,144.6 |
Cast-Steel Bore Segments and Accessories.—The following feature of these tunnels is different from any hitherto built. It was the original intention to carry the rolling load independent of the tunnel, or to assist the support of the silt portion of the structure by a single row of screw-piles, under each tunnel, and extending down to firmer ground than that through which the tunnels were driven. Therefore, provision had to be made whereby these piles could be put down through the invert of the tunnel with no exposure of the ground.
Cast-Steel Bore Segments and Accessories.—The following aspect of these tunnels is unlike any built before. The original plan was to support the rolling load separately from the tunnel, or to help support the silt part of the structure with a single row of screw-piles beneath each tunnel, reaching down to more solid ground than that through which the tunnels were constructed. Therefore, arrangements had to be made so that these piles could be installed through the bottom of the tunnel without exposing the ground.

Fig. 12.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
This provision was afforded by the "Bore Segments," which are shown in detail in Fig. 12. There are two segments, called No. 1 and No. 2, respectively. These two segments are bolted together in the bottom of two adjacent rings, and thus form a "Pile Bore." As the piles were to be kept at 15-ft. centers, and as the tunnel rings were 2 ft. 6 in. in length, it will be seen that, between each pair of bore-segment rings, there came four "Plain" rings. The plain rings were built up so that the radial joints broke joint from ring to ring, but with the bore-segment rings this could not be done, without unnecessarily adding to the types of segments. [Pg 217]
This provision was provided by the "Bore Segments," which are detailed in Fig. 12. There are two segments, referred to as No. 1 and No. 2. These two segments are bolted together at the bottom of two adjacent rings, creating a "Pile Bore." Since the piles needed to be spaced 15 ft. apart and the tunnel rings are 2 ft. 6 in. long, it's clear that between each pair of bore-segment rings, there are four "Plain" rings. The plain rings were constructed so that the radial joints staggered from ring to ring, but this method couldn't be applied to the bore-segment rings without complicating the types of segments unnecessarily. [Pg 217]
The bore segments were made of cast steel, and were quite complicated castings, the principle, however, was quite simple. The segments provided an opening just a little larger than the shaft of the pile, the orifice being 2 ft. 7 in. in diameter at the smallest (lowest) point, while the shaft of the pile was to be 2 ft. 5¼ in. In order to allow of the entry of the screw-blade or helix of the pile, a slot was formed in the depth of Bore Segment No. 1, so that, when a pile was put in position above the bore, the blade, when revolved, would enter the slot and thus pass under the metal lining, although the actual orifice was only slightly larger than the pile shaft.
The bore segments were made of cast steel and were pretty complicated castings, but the principle was simple. The segments had an opening that was just a bit larger than the shaft of the pile, with the smallest point being 2 ft. 7 in. in diameter, while the shaft of the pile was 2 ft. 5¼ in. To allow the screw-blade or helix of the pile to fit, a slot was cut into Bore Segment No. 1, so that when a pile was positioned above the bore, the blade could enter the slot and pass underneath the metal lining, even though the actual opening was only slightly larger than the pile shaft.
The wall of the pile orifice in Segment No. 2 was made lower than that in No. 1 so as to allow the blade to enter the slot in Segment No. 1. When the pile is not actually in process of being sunk, this lower height in No. 2 is made up with the removable "distance piece." This had a tongue at one end which engaged in a recess cast to take it in Segment No. 2 and was held in place by a key piece at the other end of the distance piece. Details of the distance piece and key are shown in Fig. 12.
The wall of the pile opening in Segment No. 2 was made shorter than in No. 1 to let the blade fit into the slot in Segment No. 1. When the pile isn't being lowered, this shorter height in No. 2 is filled with a removable "distance piece." One end of this piece has a tongue that fits into a recess designed for it in Segment No. 2 and is secured by a key piece at the other end of the distance piece. Details of the distance piece and key are shown in Fig. 12.
The flanges around the pile bore were made flat and furnished with twelve tapped holes, six in Segment No. 1 and six in Segment No. 2, for the purpose of attaching the permanent arrangements in conjunction with which the pile was to be attached to the track system, independently of the tunnel shell, or directly to the tunnel. It was never decided which of these alternatives would be used, for, before this decision was reached, it was agreed that, at any rate for the present, it was better not to put down piles at all.
The flanges around the pile bore were flattened and equipped with twelve tapped holes—six in Segment No. 1 and six in Segment No. 2—to attach the permanent structures that would connect the pile to the track system, separate from the tunnel shell, or directly to the tunnel. It was never determined which option would be used, as before this decision was made, it was agreed that, for now, it was better not to install any piles at all.
To close the bore, the "Bore Plug" was used. This is shown on Fig. 12. It was of cast steel, and was intended to act as a permanent point of the screw-pile, that is, the blade section was to be attached to the bore plug, the distance piece and key were to be removed, and the pile was to be rotated until the blade had cleared the slot; the distance piece and key were then to be replaced and sinking resumed.
To close the bore, the "Bore Plug" was used. This is shown on Fig. 12. It was made of cast steel and was meant to serve as a permanent part of the screw-pile. The blade section was supposed to be attached to the bore plug, the distance piece and key were to be removed, and the pile was to be turned until the blade had cleared the slot; then the distance piece and key were to be put back in place, and sinking would continue.
The plug was held in place against the pressure of the silt by the two "dogs," while the dogs themselves were attached to the tunnel, as shown in Fig. 12. The ends of the dogs, which rested on the flanges of the metal lining of the tunnel, were prevented from being knocked off the flanges (and thus releasing the plug) by steel clips.
The plug was kept secure against the pressure of the silt by the two "dogs," which were attached to the tunnel, as shown in Fig. 12. The ends of the dogs, resting on the flanges of the tunnel's metal lining, were prevented from sliding off the flanges (and thus releasing the plug) by steel clips.
It was expected that it might be desirable to keep the lower end [Pg 218] of the piles open during their sinking, so that the bore plugs were not made permanently closed, but a seating was formed on the inner circumference of the plug, and on the seating was placed the "Plug Cover," made of cast iron, 18¾ in. in diameter and 3 in. thick, furnished with a lug for lifting and a 3-in. tapped hole closed by a screw-plug, through which any soundings or samples of ground could be taken prior to sinking the piles. This plug cover was held in place by a heavy steel "Yoke" under it, which engaged on the under side of the flange, on top of which the cover was set. The yoke was attached to the cover by a 1¾-in. tap-bolt, screwed into the yoke and passing through a 2-in. hole bored in the center of the cover. This rather peculiar mode of attaching the cover was adopted so that the cover could be removed by taking off the nut of the yoke, in case it was desired to open the end of the pile during the process of sinking.
It was anticipated that it might be beneficial to keep the lower end [Pg 218] of the piles open while they were being sunk, so that the bore plugs wouldn't be permanently sealed. Instead, a seat would be formed on the inner edge of the plug, and on this seat, a "Plug Cover" made of cast iron, measuring 18¾ inches in diameter and 3 inches thick, would be placed. This cover came with a lug for lifting and a 3-inch tapped hole that was sealed with a screw-plug, allowing for soundings or samples of the ground to be taken before sinking the piles. The plug cover was secured with a heavy steel "Yoke" underneath it, which attached to the underside of the flange where the cover rested. The yoke was connected to the cover by a 1¾-inch tap-bolt, which was screwed into the yoke and passed through a 2-inch hole drilled in the center of the cover. This somewhat unusual method of securing the cover was chosen so that it could easily be removed by unscrewing the nut of the yoke, should there be a need to open the end of the pile during the sinking process.
The plug was a fairly close fit at the bottom of the orifice, that is, at the outside circumference of the tunnel, where the bore was 2 ft. 7 in. in diameter and the plug 2 ft. 6¾ in., but at the top of the bore-segment there was more clearance, as the plug was cylindrical while the bore tapered outward. To fill this space, it was intended that steel wedges should be used while the shield was being driven, so that they would withstand the crushing action of the thrusting shield, and, when the shield was far enough ahead, that they should be removed and replaced by hardwood wedges. This method was only used in the early weeks of the work; the modification of not using the shield-jacks which thrust against the bore segments was then introduced, and the wooden wedges were put in, when the bore plugs were set in place, and driven down to the stage of splitting.
The plug fit pretty snugly at the bottom of the opening, meaning at the outer edge of the tunnel, where the diameter was 2 ft. 7 in. and the plug was 2 ft. 6¾ in. However, at the top of the tunnel section, there was more space since the plug was cylindrical while the tunnel widened out. To fill this gap, they planned to use steel wedges while the shield was being pushed forward, so they would handle the pressure from the thrusting shield, and once the shield was far enough ahead, they would remove them and replace them with hardwood wedges. This approach was only used in the first few weeks of work; then they switched to a method that didn’t use the shield jacks pressing against the tunnel sections, and the wooden wedges were installed when the tunnel plugs were secured and pushed down to the splitting stage.
When it was resolved not to sink the screw-piles, the bores had to be closed before putting in the concrete lining. This was done by means of the covers shown in Fig. 13. The bore plug and all its attachments were removed, and the flat steel cover, 2 in. thick and with stiffening webs on the under side, was placed over the circular flanges of the pile bore. The cover was attached to the bore segments by twelve 1½-in. stud-bolts, 6 in. long, in the bolt holes already mentioned as provided on these flanges.
When it was decided not to sink the screw-piles, the bores had to be sealed before pouring in the concrete lining. This was done using the covers shown in Fig. 13. The bore plug and all its parts were removed, and a flat steel cover, 2 inches thick and with reinforcing webs on the underside, was placed over the circular flanges of the pile bore. The cover was secured to the bore segments with twelve 1½-inch stud bolts, 6 inches long, in the bolt holes mentioned earlier on these flanges.
When these were in place, with lead grummets under the heads of the bolts, and the grooves caulked, the bore segments were water-tight [Pg 219]tight, except in Bore Segment No. 2, at the joint of the distance piece; and, to keep water from entering here, this segment was filled to the level of the top of the flanges with 1:1 Portland cement mortar.
When everything was set up correctly, with lead washers under the bolt heads and the grooves sealed, the bore segments were water-tight [Pg 219]tight, except for Bore Segment No. 2, where the distance piece connects. To prevent water from seeping in there, this segment was filled up to the top of the flanges with a 1:1 mix of Portland cement mortar.
The weights of the various parts of the bore segments are given in Table 20.
The weights of the different parts of the bore segments are listed in Table 20.
Part. | No. | Material. | Weight, in pounds. |
---|---|---|---|
Bore Segment No. 1 | 1 | Cast Steel | 3,004.0 |
Bore Segment No. 2 | 1 | " " | 2,628.0 |
Distance piece | 1 | " " | 423.5 |
Key | 1 | " " | 34.3 |
Plug | 1 | " " | 1,192.5 |
Yoke | 1 | " " | 57.3 |
Dogs | 2 | " " | 106.0 |
Slot cover | 1 | Rolled steel | 6.4 |
Plug cover | 1 | Cast iron | 162.0 |
Dog holders | 2 | Rolled steel | 6.4 |
Complete weight of one pair, without bolts | 7,620.4 |
Sump Segments.—In order to provide sumps to collect the drainage and leakage water in the subaqueous tunnels, special "sump segments" were installed in each tunnel at the lowest point—about Station 241 + 00. The details of the design are shown in Fig. 14. The segment was built into the tunnel invert as though it were an ordinary "A" segment. In building the sump, three lining castings were bolted, one on top of the other, and attached to the flat upper surface of the sump segment; meanwhile, the bolts attaching the sump segment to the adjacent tunnel plates were taken out and the plate and lining segments were forced through the soft mud by hydraulic jacks, the three 6-in. holes in the bottom of the sump segment being opened in order to minimize the resistance. The sump when built appeared as shown in Fig. 14, the top connection being made with a special casting, as shown.
Sump Segments.—To collect drainage and leakage water in the underwater tunnels, special "sump segments" were installed at the lowest point of each tunnel—around Station 241 + 00. The design details are shown in Fig. 14. The segment was constructed into the tunnel floor just like a regular "A" segment. For the sump construction, three lining pieces were bolted together, one on top of the other, and attached to the flat upper surface of the sump segment. Meanwhile, the bolts connecting the sump segment to the nearby tunnel plates were removed, and the plate and lining segments were pushed through the soft mud using hydraulic jacks, with the three 6-inch holes in the bottom of the sump segment opened to reduce resistance. Once built, the sump looked as shown in Fig. 14, with the top connection made using a special casting as shown.
The capacity of each sump is 500 gal., which is about the quantity of water entering the whole length of each subaqueous tunnel in 24 hours.
The capacity of each sump is 500 gallons, which is roughly the amount of water flowing into the entire length of each underwater tunnel in 24 hours.
Cross-Passages.—When the contract was let, provision was made for cross-passages between the tubular tunnels, in the form of special castings to be built into the tunnel lining at intervals. However, the idea was given up, and these castings were not made. Later, however, after tunnel building had started, the question was raised again, and it was thought that such cross-connections would be very useful to the maintenance forces, that it might be possible to build them safely, and that their subsequent construction would be made much easier if some provision were made for them while the shields were being driven. It was therefore arranged to build, at intervals of about 300 ft., two consecutive rings in each tunnel, at the same station in each tunnel, with their longitudinal flanges together, instead of breaking joint, as was usually done. The keys of these rings were displaced twelve bolt holes from their normal positions toward the other tunnel. This brought the keys about 6 ft. above the bench, so that if they were removed, together with the B plates below them, an opening of about 5 by 7 ft. would be left in a convenient position with regard to the bench. [Pg 221]
Cross-Passages.—When the contract was signed, plans were made for cross-passages between the tubular tunnels, using special castings to be incorporated into the tunnel lining at regular intervals. However, that idea was scrapped, and these castings were never created. Later, once tunnel construction had begun, the topic came up again, and it was agreed that such connections would be helpful for maintenance teams, that they could be built safely, and that it would be easier to construct them if some allowance was made for them while the shields were being installed. It was therefore decided to build, every 300 ft., two consecutive rings in each tunnel, at the same point in each tunnel, with their longitudinal flanges joined, instead of offset, as was typically done. The keys of these rings were shifted twelve bolt holes from their usual positions towards the other tunnel. This placed the keys about 6 ft. above the bench, so that if they were removed along with the B plates beneath them, an opening approximately 5 by 7 ft. would be created in a convenient spot relative to the bench. [Pg 221]
Nothing more was done until after the tunnels were driven. It was then decided to limit the cross-passages between the tubular tunnels to the landward side of the bulkhead walls. They were arranged as follows: three on the New York side, at Stations 203 + 22, 206 + 80, and 209 + 80, and two on the New Jersey side, at Stations 255 + 46 and 260 + 14. The cross-passages are square in cross-section.
Nothing more was done until after the tunnels were completed. It was then decided to restrict the cross-passages between the tubular tunnels to the landward side of the bulkhead walls. They were set up as follows: three on the New York side, at Stations 203 + 22, 206 + 80, and 209 + 80, and two on the New Jersey side, at Stations 255 + 46 and 260 + 14. The cross-passages are square in cross-section.
Part. | No. | Material. | Weight, in pounds. |
---|---|---|---|
Middle top casting | 1 | Cast steel | 880 |
End top castings | 2 | " " | 1,718 |
Lining castings | 3 | " " | 18,232 |
Sump segment | 1 | Cast iron | 3,560 |
Total weight per sump, exclusive of bolts | 24,390 |
Turnbuckle Reinforcement for Cast-Iron Segments.—During the period of construction, a certain number of cast-iron segments, mostly in the roof, but in some cases at Manhattan in the invert, behind the river lines, became cracked owing to uneven pressures of the ground. Before the concrete lining was put in, considerable discussion occurred as to the wisest course to pursue with regard to these broken plates. It was finally thought best not to take the plates out, as more harm than good might be done, but to reinforce them with turnbuckles, as shown in Fig. 15. The number of broken segments was distributed as follows:
Turnbuckle Reinforcement for Cast-Iron Segments.—During the construction phase, several cast-iron segments, mostly in the roof but also in some spots at Manhattan in the invert behind the river lines, cracked due to uneven ground pressure. Before the concrete lining was installed, there was considerable debate about the best approach to take regarding these damaged plates. Ultimately, it was decided that removing the plates could cause more problems than it solved, so reinforcing them with turnbuckles, as shown in Fig. 15, was deemed the best option. The distribution of broken segments was as follows:
North Manhattan Tunnel 87, chiefly in silt (not under the river),
South Manhattan Tunnel 7, chiefly in silt (not under the river),
North Weehawken Tunnel 24, chiefly in sand (not under the river),
South Weehawken Tunnel 48, chiefly in silt, under the Fowler Warehouse.
North Manhattan Tunnel 87, mainly in silt (not under the river),
South Manhattan Tunnel 7, mainly in silt (not under the river),
North Weehawken Tunnel 24, mainly in sand (not under the river),
South Weehawken Tunnel 48, mainly in silt, under the Fowler Warehouse.
The chief features of the tunnel lining have now been described, and, before giving any account of the methods of work, it will be well to mention briefly the salient features of the concrete lining which is placed within the actual lining.
The main characteristics of the tunnel lining have now been described, and before detailing the work methods, it’s important to briefly highlight the key features of the concrete lining that is installed within the actual lining.
Design of Concrete Lining.
This concrete lining will be considered and described in the following order:
This concrete lining will be looked at and described in the following order:
The New York Shield Chambers,
The New York Shield Chambers,
Standard Cross-Section of Concrete Lining of Shield-Driven Tunnels,
Standard Cross-Section of Concrete Lining for Shield-Driven Tunnels,
Final Lines and Grades, and How Obtained,
Final Lines and Grades, and How They Were Established,
Steel Rod Reinforcement of Concrete,
Steel Rod Reinforcement in Concrete,
Cross-Passage Lining,
Cross-Passage Lining,
Special Provision for Surveys and Observations.
Special Provisions for Surveys and Observations.
The New York Shield Chambers.—The cross-section of the concrete lining of these chambers is shown by Plate XXXII, referred to in the Land Tunnel Section. They are of the twin-tunnel double-bench type. The deep space beneath the floor is used as a sump for drainage, and manholes for access to the cable conduits are placed in the benches.
The New York Shield Chambers.—The cross-section of the concrete lining of these chambers is shown by Plate XXXII, mentioned in the Land Tunnel Section. They are of the twin-tunnel double-bench design. The deep space below the floor is utilized as a sump for drainage, and access manholes for the cable conduits are placed in the benches.
Standard Cross-Section of Concrete Lining of Shield-Driven Tunnels.—The cross-section of the concrete lining of the tube tunnel is shown in Fig. 16. There are two main types, one extending from the shield chambers to the first bore segment, that is, to where the tunnel leaves solid ground and passes into silt, and the other which extends the rest of the way. The first type has a drain in the invert, the second has not.
Standard Cross-Section of Concrete Lining of Shield-Driven Tunnels.—The cross-section of the concrete lining of the tube tunnel is shown in Fig. 16. There are two main types: one runs from the shield chambers to the first bore segment, where the tunnel transitions from solid ground to silt, and the other continues the rest of the way. The first type includes a drain in the invert, while the second does not.
The height from the top of the rail to the soffit of the arch being less than 16 ft. 11 in., overhead pockets for the suspension of electrical conductors were set in the concrete arch on the vertical axis line at 10-ft. centers. These pockets are shown in Fig. 16. The benches are utilized for the cable conduits in the usual way. Ladders are provided on one side at 25-ft. and on the other side at 50-ft. [Pg 225] intervals, to give access from the track level to the top of the benches. Refuge niches for trackmen are placed at 25-ft. intervals on the single-way conduits side only, as there is not enough room in front of the 4-way ducts. Manholes for giving access to the cable conduits, both power, and telephone and telegraph, are at 400-ft. intervals.
The distance from the top of the rail to the bottom of the arch is less than 16 ft. 11 in., so overhead pockets for hanging electrical conductors were built into the concrete arch along the vertical centerline every 10 ft. These pockets are depicted in Fig. 16. The benches are used for the cable conduits as usual. Ladders are provided on one side at 25 ft. and on the other side at 50 ft. [Pg 225] intervals to allow access from the track level to the top of the benches. Safe spots for track workers are placed every 25 ft. only on the side of the single-way conduits, as there isn't enough space in front of the 4-way ducts. Access manholes for the cable conduits, including power and telephone/telegraph, are available every 400 ft.
Final Lines and Grades, and How Obtained.—It may be well to explain here how the final lines and grades for the track, and therefore for the concrete lining, were obtained and determined. It is first to be premised that the standard cross-section of the tunnel (that is, of the concrete and iron lining combined) is not maintained throughout the tunnel. In other words, the metal lining is of course uniform, or practically so, throughout; the interior surface of the concrete lining is also uniform from end to end, but the metal lining, owing to the difficulty of keeping the shields, and hence the tunnels built within them, exactly on the true line and grade, is not on such lines and grades; the concrete lining is built exactly on the pre-arranged lines and grades, consequently, the relative positions of the concrete and metal linings vary continually along the length of the structure, according to whether the metal lining is higher or lower than it should be, further to the north or to the south, or any combination of these.
Final Lines and Grades, and How Obtained.—It might be helpful to clarify how the final lines and grades for the track—and consequently for the concrete lining—were established. First, it should be noted that the standard cross-section of the tunnel (which includes both the concrete and metal lining) is not consistently maintained throughout the tunnel. In other words, while the metal lining is mostly uniform along its length, the interior surface of the concrete lining is also consistent from one end to the other. However, because it’s challenging to keep the shields—and thus the tunnels built within them—perfectly aligned with the intended lines and grades, the metal lining does not follow these lines and grades. The concrete lining is constructed precisely according to the planned lines and grades; as a result, the relative positions of the concrete and metal linings change continuously along the length of the structure, depending on whether the metal lining is higher or lower than it should be, further north or south, or any combination of these factors.
As before stated, it was strongly desired to encroach as little as possible on the standard 2-ft. concrete arch, and after some discussion it was decided that a thickness of 1 ft. 6 in. was the thinnest it was advisable to allow. This made it possible to permit the metal lining of the tunnel to be 6 in. lower, in respect to the level of the track at any point, than the standard section shows, and also allowed the center line of the track to have an eccentricity of 6 in. either north or south of the center line of the tunnel. This only left to be settled the extent to which the metal lining might be higher in respect to the track than that shown on the standard section.
As previously mentioned, it was strongly desired to minimize the impact on the standard 2-ft. concrete arch. After some discussion, it was agreed that a thickness of 1 ft. 6 in. was the thinnest advisable option. This allowed the metal lining of the tunnel to be 6 in. lower than the level of the track at any point, compared to what the standard section indicates, and also gave the track's center line an eccentricity of 6 in. either north or south of the tunnel's center line. The only remaining issue was to determine how much higher the metal lining could be in relation to the track than what's shown on the standard section.
This amount was governed by the desirability of keeping sufficient clearance between the top of the rail and the iron lining in the invert to admit of the attachment of pile foundations and all the accompanying girder-track system which would necessarily be caused by the use of piles, should it ever become apparent after operation was begun, that, after all, it was essential to have the tunnels supported in this way. Careful studies were made of the clearance necessary, [Pg 226] and it was decided that 4 ft. 9 in. was the minimum allowable depth from the top of the rail to the outside of the iron at the bottom. This meant that the iron lining could be 3 in. higher, with respect to the track level, than that shown on the standard section.
This amount was determined based on the need to maintain enough space between the top of the rail and the iron lining in the invert to allow for the attachment of pile foundations and the entire girder-track system that would result from using piles. If it became clear after starting operations that supporting the tunnels in this way was necessary, careful studies were conducted to establish the required clearance. [Pg 226] It was concluded that 4 ft. 9 in. was the minimum allowable depth from the top of the rail to the outside of the iron at the bottom. This meant that the iron lining could be 3 in. higher in relation to the track level than what was indicated on the standard section.
All the determining factors for fixing the best possible lines and grades for the track within the completed metal lining were now at hand. In March, 1908, careful surveys of plan and elevation were made of the tunnels at intervals of 25 ft. throughout. The following operations were then performed to fix on the best lines and grades:
All the deciding factors for establishing the best lines and grades for the track within the finished metal lining were now available. In March 1908, detailed surveys of the plan and elevation were conducted every 25 feet throughout the tunnels. The following tasks were then carried out to determine the optimal lines and grades:
First, for Line: It has been explained that the permissible deviation of the center line of the track on either side of the center line of the tunnel was 6 in. Had the metal lining been invariably of the true diameter, it would have been necessary to survey only one side of the tunnel; this would have given a line parallel to the center line, and might have been plotted as such; then, by setting off 6 in. on either side of this line, there would have been obtained a pair of parallel lines within which the center line of the track must lie. Owing to variations in the diameter of the tunnel, however, such a method was not permissible, and therefore the following process was used:
First, for Line: It has been explained that the allowed deviation of the center line of the track on either side of the center line of the tunnel was 6 inches. If the metal lining had consistently been of the exact diameter, it would have been necessary to survey only one side of the tunnel; this would have provided a line parallel to the center line and could have been plotted as such. Then, by marking off 6 inches on either side of this line, a pair of parallel lines would have been created within which the center line of the track must lie. However, due to variations in the diameter of the tunnel, this method was not allowed, and so the following process was used:
When running the survey lines through the tunnel (which were the center lines used in driving the shields), offsets were taken to the inner edges of the flanges of the metal lining, both on the north and south sides, at axis level at each 25-ft. interval. On the plat on which the survey lines were laid down, and at each point surveyed, a distance was laid off to north and south equal to the following distances:
When running the survey lines through the tunnel (which were the center lines used for driving the shields), offsets were taken to the inner edges of the flanges of the metal lining, both on the north and south sides, at axis level at each 25-ft. interval. On the plan where the survey lines were drawn, and at each point surveyed, a distance was marked off to the north and south equal to the following distances:
Offset, as measured in the tunnel to north (or south), minus 10.08 ft.
Offset, measured in the tunnel to the north (or south), minus 10.08 ft.
This 10.08 ft. (or 10 ft, 1 in.) represents 10 ft. 7 in., the true radius to inside of iron, minus 6 in., the permissible lateral deviation of the track from the axis of the tunnel.
This 10.08 ft. (or 10 ft, 1 in.) represents 10 ft. 7 in., the actual radius to the inside of the iron, minus 6 in., the allowable lateral deviation of the track from the centerline of the tunnel.
The result of this process was two lines, one on either side of the survey lines, not parallel to it or to each other, but approaching each other when the horizontal diameter was less than the true diameter, receding from each other when the diameter was more, and exactly 12 in. apart when the diameter was correct. As long as the center line of the track lay entirely within these two limiting lines, the condition [Pg 227] that the concrete arch should not be 6 in. less in thickness than the standard 2 ft. was satisfied, and in order to arrive at the final line, the longest possible tangents that would be within these limits were adopted as the final lines; and, as the survey lines were those used in driving the tunnel shields (that is, the lines to which it was intended that the track should be built), the amount by which the new lines thus obtained deviated from the survey lines was a measure of the deviation of the finally adopted track and concrete line from the original contract lines.
The outcome of this process resulted in two lines, one on each side of the survey lines, which were not parallel to each other or the survey lines. They got closer when the horizontal diameter was less than the actual diameter, moved apart when the diameter was larger, and were exactly 12 inches apart when the diameter was correct. As long as the center line of the track fell completely within these two boundary lines, the requirement that the concrete arch should not be more than 6 inches less in thickness than the standard 2 feet was met. To determine the final line, the longest possible tangents that would fit within these limits were chosen as the final lines. Since the survey lines were the ones used for guiding the tunnel shields (the lines intended for constructing the track), the difference between the new lines obtained and the survey lines indicated how much the finalized track and concrete line deviated from the original contract lines. [Pg 227]
Next, for Grades: The considerations for grade were very similar to those for line. If the vertical diameter of the tunnel had been true at each 25-ft. interval surveyed, it would have been correct to plot the elevations of the crown (or invert) as a longitudinal section of the tunnel, and to have set up over those points others 6 in. above (as the metal lining could have been 6 in. lower than the standard section, which is equivalent to the track being an equal amount higher), and below these crown or invert elevations others 3 in. lower (as the metal lining could be 3 in. higher).
Next, for Grades: The considerations for grading were quite similar to those for the line. If the vertical diameter of the tunnel had been accurate at each 25-ft interval surveyed, it would have been correct to plot the elevations of the crown (or invert) as a longitudinal section of the tunnel. Additionally, points could have been set up 6 inches above those elevations (since the metal lining might have been 6 inches lower than the standard section, which means the track would be that much higher), and below these crown or invert elevations, others could have been set up 3 inches lower (since the metal lining could be 3 inches higher).
Then, by joining the points 6 in. above in one line and those 3 in. below in another, there would have been obtained lines of limitation between which the track grades must lie. However, as the tunnel diameter was not uniformly correct, a modification of this method had to be made, as in the case of the line determination, the principle, however, remaining the same.
Then, by connecting the points 6 inches above in one line and those 3 inches below in another, lines of limitation would have been created between which the track grades must be placed. However, since the tunnel diameter was not consistently accurate, a modification of this method had to be made, while the principle still remained the same.
The elevations were taken on the inner edges of the circumferential flanges of the metal lining, not only in the bottom, but also in the top, of the tunnel, at each 25-ft. interval; then, for the upper limit of the track at each such interval the following was plotted:
The elevations were measured on the inner edges of the circular flanges of the metal lining, both at the bottom and the top of the tunnel, every 25 feet; then, for the upper limit of the track at each of these intervals, the following was plotted:
Elevation of inner edge of flange at top, minus 16.58 ft.
Elevation of the inner edge of the flange at the top, minus 16.58 ft.
This 16.58 ft. (or 16 ft. 7 in.) was obtained thus: The standard height from the top of the rail to the inner edge of the iron flange is 17 ft. 1 in., but, as the track may be 6 in. above the standard or normal, the minimum height permissible is 16 ft. 7 in. For the lower limit of track at each 25-ft. interval the following was plotted:
This 16.58 ft. (or 16 ft. 7 in.) was calculated as follows: The standard height from the top of the rail to the inner edge of the iron flange is 17 ft. 1 in., but since the track can be 6 in. above the standard or normal level, the lowest acceptable height is 16 ft. 7 in. For the lower limit of the track at each 25-ft. interval, the following was plotted:
Elevation of inner edge of flange at bottom, plus 3.83 ft.
Elevation of the inner edge of the flange at the bottom, plus 3.83 ft.
This 3.83 ft. (or 3 ft. 10 in.) was obtained thus: The standard height from the top of the rail to the inner edge of the iron flange is 4 ft. 1 in. (5 ft. to outside of iron, less 11 in. for depth of flange), [Pg 228] but, as the track may be 3 in. below the standard, the minimum height permissible is 4 ft, 1 in. less 3 in., or 3 ft. 10 in.
This 3.83 ft. (or 3 ft. 10 in.) was calculated like this: The standard height from the top of the rail to the inner edge of the iron flange is 4 ft. 1 in. (5 ft. to the outside of the iron, minus 11 in. for the depth of the flange), [Pg 228] but since the track may be 3 in. below the standard, the minimum allowable height is 4 ft. 1 in. minus 3 in., or 3 ft. 10 in.
By plotting the elevations thus obtained, two lines were obtained which were not parallel but were closer together or further apart according as the actual vertical diameter was less or greater than the standard, and the track grade had to lie within these two lines in order to comply with the requirements indicated above. The results of these operations for the North Tunnel are shown on Plate XXXVI.
By plotting the elevations we got, we ended up with two lines that weren't parallel but got closer together or further apart depending on whether the actual vertical diameter was smaller or larger than the standard. The track grade needed to fit between these two lines to meet the requirements mentioned earlier. The results of these operations for the North Tunnel are shown on Plate XXXVI.
The greatest deviations between the lines and grades in the subaqueous tunnels as determined by these means and those as originally laid out in the contract drawings are on the Weehawken side, and were caused by the unexpected behavior of the tunnel when the shields were driven "blind" into the silt, causing a rise which could not be overcome, and the thrusting aside of one tunnel by the passage of the neighboring one. Had this unfortunate incident not occurred, it is clear that it would have been possible to adhere very closely indeed to the contract lines and grades, although the deviation is small, considering all things.
The biggest differences between the actual lines and grades in the underwater tunnels, as measured by these methods compared to what was originally shown in the contract drawings, are on the Weehawken side. These deviations were caused by the unexpected behavior of the tunnel when the shields were pushed "blind" into the silt, leading to a rise that couldn't be corrected, and causing one tunnel to push aside the neighboring one. If this unfortunate situation hadn't happened, it’s evident that it would have been possible to stick very closely to the contract lines and grades, although the deviation is still minor, all things considered.
The internal outline of the concrete cross-section is uniform throughout, and is built on the lines and grades thus described.
The internal structure of the concrete cross-section is consistent throughout and is constructed according to the specified lines and grades.
Steel Rod Reinforcement of Concrete.—The original intention had been to line the metal lining of the tube tunnels with plain concrete, but, as the discussion on the foundation question continued, it was felt advisable, while still it was intended to put in the foundations, to guard against any stresses which were likely to come on the structure, by using a system of steel rods embedded circumferentially within the concrete. Designs were made on this basis, and even the necessary material prepared, before the decision to omit the piles altogether was reached. However, in order to provide a safeguard for the structure where it is partly or wholly beyond the solid rock, it was decided to use reinforcement, even with the piles omitted.
Steel Rod Reinforcement of Concrete.—Initially, the plan was to line the metal tube tunnels with plain concrete, but as discussions about the foundation progressed, it became clear that it would be wise to anticipate any stresses that might affect the structure. To address this, a system of steel rods was proposed to be embedded around the concrete. Designs were created based on this approach, and the necessary materials were even prepared before it was ultimately decided to eliminate the piles entirely. However, to safeguard the structure where it is partially or completely beyond solid rock, it was decided to incorporate reinforcement, even though the piles were no longer included.
For this purpose the tunnel was considered as a girder, and longitudinal reinforcement was provided at the top and bottom. The top reinforcement extends from a point 25 ft. behind the point where the crown of the tunnel passes out of rock on the New York side to where the crown passes into rock on the New Jersey side. The bottom reinforcement extends from where the invert of the tunnel passes out of rock on the New York side to where it passes into rock on the New Jersey side. [Pg 229]
To achieve this, the tunnel was treated like a girder, with reinforcement added at the top and bottom. The top reinforcement runs from a point 25 feet behind where the tunnel's crown exits the rock on the New York side to where the crown enters the rock on the New Jersey side. The bottom reinforcement stretches from where the tunnel's invert exits the rock on the New York side to where it goes into the rock on the New Jersey side. [Pg 229]
The reinforcement both at top and bottom consists of twenty 1-in. square twisted rods, ten placed symmetrically on either side of the vertical axis, 9 in. apart from center to center and set 4 in. (to their centers) back from the face of the concrete.
The reinforcement at both the top and bottom includes twenty 1-inch square twisted rods, with ten arranged symmetrically on each side of the vertical axis, spaced 9 inches apart from center to center and set 4 inches (to their centers) back from the face of the concrete.
As a further precaution, circumferentially-placed rods were used on the landward side of the river lines, mainly to assist in preventing the distortion of shape which might occur here, either under present conditions, such as under the Fowler Warehouse at Weehawken, or under any possible different future conditions, such as might be brought about by building some new structure in the vicinity of the tunnels.
As an extra precaution, rods were placed around the landward side of the river lines to help prevent any shape distortion that could happen here, whether under current conditions, like those at the Fowler Warehouse in Weehawken, or due to any possible future changes, such as building a new structure near the tunnels.
For purposes of classification of the circumferential reinforcement, the tunnel was divided into two types, "B" and "C"; (Type "A" covering the portion which, being wholly in solid rock, was not reinforced at all).
For classifying the circumferential reinforcement, the tunnel was divided into two types, "B" and "C"; (Type "A" refers to the section that, being entirely in solid rock, was not reinforced at all).
Type "B" covers the part of the tunnels on both sides of the river lying between the point where the top of the tunnel passes out of rock and the point where the invert passes out of rock on the Manhattan side, or out of gravel on the Weehawken side. The reinforcement consists of twenty 1-in. square longitudinal rods in the crown of the tunnel, as described for the general longitudinal reinforcement, together with 1-in. square circumferential rods at 10-in. centers, and extending over the arch to 2 ft. 3 in. below the horizontal axis.
Type "B" covers the section of the tunnels on both sides of the river that lies between the point where the top of the tunnel exits the rock and the point where the bottom exits the rock on the Manhattan side, or out of gravel on the Weehawken side. The reinforcement consists of twenty 1-inch square longitudinal rods in the crown of the tunnel, as described for the general longitudinal reinforcement, along with 1-inch square circumferential rods placed every 10 inches, extending over the arch to 2 feet 3 inches below the horizontal axis.
Type "C" extends from the latter limit of Type "B" to the river line on each side, and consists of longitudinal reinforcement in both top and bottom, as described before, together with circumferential reinforcement entirely around the tunnel, and formed of 1-in. square twisted rods at 15-in. centers.
Type "C" stretches from the end of Type "B" to the river line on either side and includes longitudinal reinforcement both at the top and bottom, as previously mentioned, along with circumferential reinforcement all around the tunnel, made of 1-inch square twisted rods spaced 15 inches apart.
Type "D" consists of longitudinal reinforcement only, and extends from river line to river line, thus occupying 72.5% of the length in which concrete is used. The reinforcement consists of twenty 1-in. twisted rods at 9-in. centers in the crown, and twenty 1-in. rods at 9-in. centers in the invert. In addition to the three standard types, "B," "C," and "D," there were two sub-types which were used in Type "D," and in conjunction with it wherever the thickness of the center of the concrete arch became less than 1 ft. 6 in., measuring to the outside of the metal lining. This thickness was one of the limits used in laying out the lines and grades, and in general the arch was not less than this. There were one or two short lengths, however, where it was less, for, if the arch thickness requirement had been adhered to, it would have resulted in a break of line or grade for the sake of perhaps only a few feet of thin arch, and it was here that the sub-types came into play.
Type "D" consists of only longitudinal reinforcement and stretches from river line to river line, covering 72.5% of the length where concrete is used. The reinforcement is made up of twenty 1-inch twisted rods placed 9 inches apart in the crown, and twenty 1-inch rods also at 9-inch intervals in the invert. Besides the three standard types, "B," "C," and "D," there were two sub-types that were used in Type "D" and alongside it whenever the thickness of the center of the concrete arch was less than 1 foot 6 inches, measured to the outside of the metal lining. This thickness was one of the limits used for laying out the lines and grades, and generally, the arch was not less than this. However, there were one or two short sections where it was thinner; if the arch thickness requirement had been followed, it would have caused a break in line or grade for just a few feet of thin arch, and it was in these cases that the sub-types were utilized.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sub-type 1 was used where the arch was less than 1 ft. 6 in. thick at the top. The extra reinforcement here consisted of 1-in. square twisted rods, 16 ft. long, laid circumferentially in the crown at 10-in. centers.
Sub-type 1 was used when the arch was less than 1 ft. 6 in. thick at the top. The additional reinforcement included 1-in. square twisted rods, 16 ft. long, placed around the crown at 10-in. intervals.
Sub-type 2 was used where the arch was less than 1 ft. 6 in. thick at the side. The extra reinforcement here consisted of 1-in. square twisted rods, 16 ft. long, laid circumferentially, at the side on which the concrete was thin, at 10-in. centers. Very little of either of these two sub-types was used. The entire scheme is shown graphically and clearly on Plate XXXVII.
Sub-type 2 was used when the arch was less than 1 ft. 6 in. thick on the side. The additional reinforcement included 1-in. square twisted rods, 16 ft. long, placed around the side where the concrete was thin, with 10-in. spacing. Very little of either of these two sub-types was used. The entire scheme is shown graphically and clearly on Plate XXXVII.
Cross-Passage Lining.—There are two main types of cross-passages: Lined with steel plates, and unlined.
Cross-Passage Lining.—There are two main types of cross-passages: those lined with steel plates and those that are unlined.
There is only one example of lining with steel plates, namely, the most western one at Weehawken. This is built in rock which carried so much water that, in order to keep the tunnels and the passage dry, it was decided to build a concrete-lined passage, without attempting to stop the flow of water, and within this to place a riveted steel lining, not in contact with the concrete, but with a space between the two. This space was drained and the water led back to the shield chamber and thence to the Weehawken Shaft sump. The interior of the steel lining is covered with concrete.
There is only one example of lining with steel plates, specifically the one at Weehawken, which is the westernmost. This was built in rock that held so much water that, to keep the tunnels and passage dry, they decided to create a concrete-lined passage without trying to stop the water flow. Inside this passage, they placed a riveted steel lining that doesn't touch the concrete, leaving a gap between the two. This gap was drained, and the water was directed back to the shield chamber and then to the Weehawken Shaft sump. The inside of the steel lining is covered with concrete.
In the passages not lined with steel plates the square concrete lining is rendered on the inside with a water-proof plaster. Each of the passages is provided with a steel door.
In the areas not lined with steel plates, the square concrete walls are covered on the inside with waterproof plaster. Each passage has a steel door.
Provisions in Concrete Lining for Surveys and Observations.—The long protracted discussion as to the provision for foundations in these tunnels led to many surveys, tests, and observations, which were carried out during the constructive period, and, as it was desired to continue as many of these observations as possible up to and after the time when traffic started, certain provisions were made in the [Pg 231] concrete lining whereby these requirements might be fulfilled. The chief points on which information was desired were as follows:
Provisions in Concrete Lining for Surveys and Observations.—The lengthy discussions about the foundation provisions in these tunnels resulted in numerous surveys, tests, and observations conducted during the construction phase. Since there was a desire to keep many of these observations going as long as possible—both before and after traffic began—specific provisions were made in the [Pg 231] concrete lining to meet these needs. The main points of information that were sought included the following:
The change in elevation of the tunnel,
The change in lateral position of the tunnel,
The change in shape of the tunnel,
The tidal oscillation of the tunnel.
The rise and fall of the tunnel,
The shift in location of the tunnel,
The alteration in the tunnel's shape,
The tidal movement of the tunnel.
A detailed account of these observations will be found in another paper on this work, but it may be said now that it was very desirable to be able to get this information independently of the traffic as far as possible, and therefore provision was made for carrying on the observations from the side benches.
A detailed account of these observations will be found in another paper on this work, but it can be mentioned now that it was very important to gather this information independently of the traffic as much as possible, so arrangements were made to conduct the observations from the side benches.
For studying the changes in level of the tunnel, a permanent bench-mark is established in each tunnel where it is in the solid rock and therefore not subject to changes of elevation; throughout the tunnel, brass studs are set in the bench at intervals of about 300 ft. A series of levels is run every month from the stable bench-mark on each of these brass plugs, thus obtaining an indication of the change of elevation that the tunnels have undergone during the month.
For tracking the changes in the tunnel's level, a permanent benchmark is set up in each tunnel where it’s in solid rock and not affected by elevation shifts. Throughout the tunnel, brass studs are embedded in the benchmark at roughly 300 ft intervals. A series of levels are checked every month from the stable benchmark on each of these brass plugs, providing an indication of the elevation changes the tunnels have experienced during the month.
These results are checked on permanent bench-marks in the subaqueous portion of the tunnels. These consist of rods, encased in pipes of larger diameter, which extend down through the tunnel invert into the bed-rock below the tunnel. Leakage is kept out by a stuffing-box in the invert. By measuring between a point on these rods where they pass through the invert and the tunnel itself a direct reading of the change of elevation of the tunnel is obtained. These measurements are taken at weekly intervals, and, as the tunnels are subject to tidal influences, being lower at high tide than at low tide, are always taken under the same conditions as to height of water in the river. These permanent bench-marks are at Stations 209 + 05 and 256 + 02 (about 100 ft. on the shoreward side of the river line in each case) in the South Tunnel, at Stations 220 + 00 and 243 + 86, also in the South Tunnel, and at Station 231 + 78 in the North Tunnel. In order to study the lateral change of position, a base line was established on the side bench at each end of each tunnel in the portion built through the solid rock.
These results are verified on permanent benchmarks in the underwater sections of the tunnels. These consist of rods, housed in larger pipes, which extend down through the tunnel floor into the bedrock below. Leakage is prevented by a stuffing box in the tunnel floor. By measuring between a point on these rods where they go through the floor and the tunnel itself, a direct reading of the tunnel's elevation change is obtained. These measurements are taken weekly, and since the tunnels are affected by tidal movements, being lower at high tide than at low tide, they are always taken under the same conditions regarding the water level in the river. These permanent benchmarks are located at Stations 209 + 05 and 256 + 02 (about 100 ft. on the landward side of the river line in each case) in the South Tunnel, at Stations 220 + 00 and 243 + 86, also in the South Tunnel, and at Station 231 + 78 in the North Tunnel. To monitor the lateral position changes, a baseline was set up on the side bench at each end of each tunnel in the section built through solid rock.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
At intervals of about 300 ft. throughout each tunnel, alignment pockets are formed in the concrete arch, also above the bench, on the south bench of the North Tunnel and the north bench of the South Tunnel. In each pocket is placed a graduated and verniered brass bar, so that, when the base line is projected on these bars, the lateral movement of the tunnel can be read directly. As it was desirable to have as much cross-connection as possible between the tunnels at the points where the instruments were to be set up, five of the main survey stations were set opposite each of the five cross-passages. Then, for the purpose of increasing the cross-connection still further, pipes 6 in. in diameter were put through from one tunnel to the other at axis level at Stations 220 + 60, 231 + 78, 234 + 64, 241 + 99, and 251 + 13, and a survey station was put in opposite each one.
At intervals of about 300 feet throughout each tunnel, alignment pockets are created in the concrete arch, also above the bench, on the south side of the North Tunnel and the north side of the South Tunnel. Each pocket contains a graduated and verniered brass bar, so that when the baseline is projected onto these bars, the lateral movement of the tunnel can be read directly. Since it was important to maximize cross-connection between the tunnels at the points where the instruments would be set up, five of the main survey stations were placed directly opposite each of the five cross-passages. To enhance the cross-connection even further, 6-inch diameter pipes were installed between the tunnels at axis level at Stations 220 + 60, 231 + 78, 234 + 64, 241 + 99, and 251 + 13, and a survey station was placed opposite each one.
Points were established at Station 220 + 00, which is the point of intersection for the curve on the original center line of the tunnel, and also at Station 220 + 23, where the intersection of the track center line comes in the North Tunnel. As it was desirable to have the survey stations not much more than 300 ft. apart, so as to obtain clear sights, other stations were established so that the distances between survey stations were at about that interval.
Points were set up at Station 220 + 00, which marks where the curve intersects with the original center line of the tunnel, and also at Station 220 + 23, where the center line of the track intersects in the North Tunnel. Since it was important to keep the survey stations no more than 300 ft. apart for clear visibility, additional stations were added to ensure that the distances between them remained around that interval.
For studying changes of shape in the tunnel, brass "diameter markers" were inserted at each survey station in the concrete lining at the extremities of the vertical and horizontal axes. These were pieces of brass bar, ⅜ in. in diameter and 6 in. long, set in the concrete and projecting ⅝ in. into the tunnel, so that a tape could be easily held against the marker and read.
For studying shape changes in the tunnel, brass "diameter markers" were placed at each survey station in the concrete lining at the ends of the vertical and horizontal axes. These were pieces of brass bar, ⅜ inch in diameter and 6 inches long, embedded in the concrete and extending ⅝ inch into the tunnel, making it easy to hold a tape against the marker and take readings.
For obtaining the tidal oscillation of elevation of the tunnel, recording gauges are attached to the invert of the tunnel at each of the five permanent bench-marks referred to above in such a way that the recording pencil of the gauge is actuated by the rod of the permanent bench-mark. A roll of graduated paper is driven by clock-work below the recording pencil which thus marks automatically the relative movement between the moving tunnel and the stable rods. These have shown that in the subaqueous part of the tunnel there is a regular tidal fluctuation of elevation, the tunnel moving down as the tide rises, and rising again when the tide falls. For an average tide of about 5 ft. the tunnel oscillation would be about ⅛ in. Before the concrete lining was placed, there was a tidal change in the shape of the tunnel, which flattened about 1/64 in. at high tide. After the concrete lining was placed, this distortion seemed to cease. [Pg 233]
To measure the tidal changes in the elevation of the tunnel, recording gauges are attached to the bottom of the tunnel at each of the five permanent benchmarks mentioned earlier. The recording pencil of each gauge is activated by a rod from the permanent benchmark. A roll of graduated paper, operated by clockwork, moves beneath the recording pencil, which automatically tracks the relative movement between the shifting tunnel and the stable rods. The data has shown that in the underwater section of the tunnel, there's a consistent tidal fluctuation in elevation— the tunnel sinks as the tide rises and then rises again as the tide falls. For an average tide of about 5 ft., the tunnel's oscillation is around ⅛ in. Before the concrete lining was installed, the tunnel's shape changed with the tides, flattening by about 1/64 in. at high tide. After installing the concrete lining, this distortion appeared to stop. [Pg 233]
The general design and plan of the work have been described, and before giving any account of the contractor's methods in carrying it out, Table 22, showing the chief quantities of work in the river tunnels, is presented.
The overall design and plan of the project have been outlined, and before discussing the contractor's methods for executing it, Table 22, which highlights the main quantities of work in the river tunnels, is presented.
Methods of Construction.
The following is an account of the methods used by the contractor in carrying out the plans which have already been described. First, it may be well to point out the sequence of events as they developed in this work. These events may be divided into six periods.
The following is an overview of the methods the contractor used to implement the plans that have already been outlined. First, it’s important to highlight the sequence of events as they occurred during this project. These events can be divided into six periods.
1.—Excavation and Iron Lining: June, 1903, to November, 1906;
1.—Excavation and Iron Lining: June 1903 to November 1906;
2.—Caulking and grummeting the iron lining: November, 1906, to June, 1907;
2.—Sealing and securing the iron lining: November 1906 to June 2007;
3.—Surveys, tests and observations: April, 1907, to April, 1908;
3.—Surveys, tests, and observations: April 2007 to April 2008;
4.—Building cross-passages and capping pile bores: April, 1908, to November, 1908;
4.—Building cross-passages and covering pile holes: April 2008 to November 2008;
5.—Placing the concrete lining: November, 1908, to June, 1909;
5.—Installing the concrete lining: November 2008 to June 2009;
6.—Cleaning up and various small works: June, 1909, to November, 1909.
6.—Cleanup and various minor tasks: June 2009 to November 2009.
The tunnels were under an average air pressure of 25 lb. per sq. in. above normal for all except Periods 5 and 6, during which times there was no air pressure in the tunnels.
The tunnels were under an average air pressure of 25 lb. per sq. in. above normal for all except Periods 5 and 6, during which times there was no air pressure in the tunnels.
All the work will be described in this paper except that under Period 3 which will be found in another paper.
All the work will be detailed in this paper except for that in Period 3, which can be found in another paper.
Period 1.—Excavation and Iron Lining, June, 1903, to November, 1906.—Table 23 gives the chief dates in connection with this period.
Period 1.—Excavation and Iron Lining, June, 1903, to November, 1906.—Table 23 provides the key dates related to this period.
Manhattan Shield Chambers.—The Manhattan shield chamber construction will be first described. The Weehawken shield chambers have been described under the Land Tunnel Section, as they are of the regular masonry-lined Land Tunnels type, whereas the Manhattan chambers are of segmental iron lining with a concrete inner lining.
Manhattan Shield Chambers.—The construction of the Manhattan shield chambers will be described first. The Weehawken shield chambers have been covered in the Land Tunnel Section, as they are the standard masonry-lined Land Tunnels type, while the Manhattan chambers feature a segmental iron lining with a concrete inner lining.
During the progress of excavation, the location of the New York shield chambers was moved back 133 ft., as previously described in the "Land Tunnel" Section, and when the location had been finally decided, there was a middle top heading driven all through the length now occupied by the shield chamber. Narrow cross-drifts were taken out at right angles to the top heading, and from the ends of these the wall-plate headings were taken out. Heavy timbering was used, as the rock cover was only about 6 ft., and the whole span to be covered was 60 ft. The process adopted was to excavate and timber the north side first, place the iron lining, and then excavate the south side, using the iron of the north side as the supports for the north ends of the segmental timbering of the south. The only incident of note was that at 2:00 A.M., on October 20th, 1904, the rock at the west end of the south wall-plate heading was pierced. Water soon flooded the workings, and considerable disturbance was caused in the New York Central Railroad yard above. The cavity on the surface was soon filled in, but to stop the flow of mud and water was quite a troublesome job.
During the excavation process, the location of the New York shield chambers was relocated 133 ft back, as mentioned earlier in the "Land Tunnel" section. Once the location was finalized, a middle top heading was driven throughout the entire length now occupied by the shield chamber. Narrow cross-drifts were made at right angles to the top heading, and from the ends of these, the wall-plate headings were created. Heavy timbering was utilized since the rock cover was only about 6 ft, and the entire span to be covered was 60 ft. The method used was to excavate and timber the north side first, then install the iron lining, and finally excavate the south side, using the iron from the north side to support the north ends of the segmental timbering of the south. The only notable incident occurred at 2:00 A.M. on October 20th, 1904, when the rock at the west end of the south wall-plate heading was breached. Water quickly flooded the site, causing significant disruption in the New York Central Railroad yard above. The surface cavity was soon filled, but stopping the flow of mud and water proved to be quite a challenge.
Description, Quantity, Length, etc. | TYPE. | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Manhattan shield chambers. | Cast iron, ordinary pocketless. | Cast iron, ordinary pocket. | Cast iron, heavy pocketless. | Cast steel, ordinary pocketless. | Total. | ||
Length, in feet. | 59.00 | 4,374.99 | 2,146.3 | 5,522.05 | 152.66 | 12,255.00 ft. | |
Excavation, in cubic yards. | Total. | 1,884 | 67,344 | 33,038 | 85,001 | 2,349 | 189,616 cu. yd. |
Per linear foot. | 31.9 | 15.4 | 15.4 | 15.4 | 15.4 | ||
Cast-iron tunnel lining, in pounds. | Total. | 847,042 | 39,643,120 | 19,715,405 | 61,559,845 | 121,765,412 lb. | |
Per linear foot. | 14,357 | 9,061 | 9,186 | 11,148 | |||
Cast-steel tunnel lining, in pounds. | Total. | 1,544,962 | 757,938 | 2,730,905 | 1,549,711 | 6,583,516 lb. | |
Per linear foot. | 353.1 | 353.1 | 494.5 | 10,151.4 | |||
Steel bolts and washers, in pounds. | Total. | 23,627 | 1,475,991 | 724,095 | 2,935,455 | 51,266 | 5,210,434 lb. |
Per linear foot. | 400.46 | 337.37 | 397.00 | 581.59 | 335.82 | ||
Rust joints, in linear feet. | Total. | 3,376 | 170,755 | 83,935 | 218,656 | 5,996 | 482,718 ft. |
Per linear foot. | 57.2 | 39.0 | 39.1 | 39.6 | 39.3 | ||
Concrete, in cubic yards. | Total. | 766 | 20,030 | 9,827 | 25,282 | 713 | 56,618 cu. yd. |
Per linear foot. | 12.98 | 4.58 | 4.58 | 4.58 | 4.58 | ||
Steel beams, plates, etc., in pounds. | Total. | 12,346 | 83,774 | 41,098 | 105,738 | 7,432 | 250,388 lb. |
Per linear foot. | 2,092.5 | 19.1 | 19.1 | 19.1 | 48.7 | ||
Steel bolts, hooks, etc., in pounds. | Total. | 1,328 | 36,980 | 18,142 | 46,675 | 1,471 | 104,596 lb. |
Per linear foot. | 22.5 | 84.5 | 84.5 | 84.5 | 96.4 | ||
Expanded metal, in pounds. | Total. | 594 | 2,215 | 1,086 | 2,795 | 62 | 6,752 lb. |
Per linear foot. | 10.07 | 0.506 | 0.506 | 0.506 | 0.406 | ||
Vitrified conduits, in duct feet. | Total. | 2,560 | 235,903 | 115,728 | 297,752 | 7,757 | 659,700 duct ft. |
Per linear foot. | 43.49 | 53.92 | 53.92 | 53.92 | 50.81 |
North Manhattan. | North Weehawken. | South Manhattan. | South Weehawken. | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Shaft and preliminary headings. | Begun. | June 10, '03. | June 11, '03. | June 10, '03. | June 11, '03. |
Shaft and preliminary headings. | Finished. | December 11, '03. | September 1, '04. | December 11, '03. | September 1, 04 |
Excavation of shield chamber. | Begun. | May 24, '04. | January 16, '05. | May 24, '04. | January 16, '05. |
Excavation of shield chamber. | Finished. | January 21, '05. | March 25, '05. | May 13, '05. | April 19, '05. |
Cast-iron lining of shield chambers. | Begun. | February 4, '05. | None. | May 15, '05. | None. |
Cast-iron lining of shield chambers. | Finished. | March 13, '05. | None. | June 14, '05. | None. |
Excavation of tunnels begun before installation of shield. | October 17, '04. | January 13, '05. | January 5, '05. | January 25, '05. | |
Commenced building falsework for shield. | March 6, '05. | March 23, '05. | June 19, '05. | April 17, '05. | |
Shield parts received at shaft. | March 11, '05. | March 20, '05. | June 22, '05. | April 24, '05. | |
Erection of shield begun. | March 13, '05. | March 27, '05. | June 22, '05. | April 24, '05. | |
Erection of shield (structural steel). | Finished. | March 27, '05. | April 12, '05. | June 8, '05. | May 6, '05. |
Erection of shield (hydraulic fittings). | Finished. | May 11, '05. | May 25, '05. | August 27, '05. | June 13, '05. |
First ring of permanent cast-iron lining put in. | May 12, '05. | May 29, '05. | August 27, '05. | June 14, '05. | |
First air lock bulkhead wall. | Begun. | May 29, '05. | June 15, '05. | September 18, '05 | June 21, '05. |
First air lock bulkhead wall. | Finished. | June 7, '05. | June 23, '05. | September 23, '05 | July 3, '05. |
Air pressure first put in tunnel. | June 25, '05. | June 29, '05. | October 6, '05. | July 8, '05. | |
Rock disappeared from invert of tunnel. | December 1, '05. | October 31, '05. | February 8, '06. | September 21, 05 | |
First pair of bore segments built in tunnel. | December 9, '05. | January 12, '06. | February 16, '06. | December 12, '05 | |
Rip-rap of river bulkhead wall met. | February 8, '06. | None. | April 11, '06. | None. | |
First pile met (in river bulkhead wall at Manhattan, and Fowler warehouse foundation at Weehawken). | February 18, '06. | January 3, '06. | April 18, '06. | December 4, '06. | |
Last pile met. | March 2, '06. | February 5, '06. | May 1, '06. | January 9 '06. | |
First ring erected on river side of shore line. | March 3, '06. | February 6, '06. | May 9, '06. | January 19, '06. | |
Removing hood of shield. | Begun. | March 27, '06. | February 6, '06. | May 9, '06. | January 19, '06. |
Removing hood of shield. | Finished. | April 1, '06. | February 8, '06. | May 12, '06. | January 24, '06. |
Second air-lock bulkhead wall. | Begun. | May 12, '06. | March 19, '06. | July 13, '06. | March 11, '06. |
Second air-lock bulkhead wall. | Finished. | May 21, '06. | March 24, '06. | July 21, '06. | March 18, '06. |
Tunnel holed through with meeting tunnel. | September 12, 1906. | October 9, 1906. | |||
Last ring of permanent cast-iron lining built in. | October 9, 1906. | November 18, 1906. |
The excavation was begun on May 24th, 1904, and finished on May 15th, 1905. The segments were placed by an erector consisting of a timber boom supported by cross-timbers running on car wheels on longitudinal timbers at each side of the tunnel. Motion was transmitted to the boom by two sets of tackle, and the heavy (5,000-lb.) segments were easily handled. The erection of the lining was started on February 4th, 1905, and finished on June 14th, 1905.
The excavation started on May 24, 1904, and was completed on May 15, 1905. The segments were positioned by an erector made up of a timber boom supported by cross-timbers that moved on car wheels along longitudinal timbers on each side of the tunnel. Motion was transmitted to the boom by two sets of tackles, allowing for easy handling of the heavy (5,000-lb) segments. The installation of the lining began on February 4, 1905, and was finished on June 14, 1905.
While the shield chambers were being excavated, bottom headings were run along the lines of the river tunnels and continued until the lack of rock cover prevented their being driven further. These were afterward enlarged to the full section as far as possible. The typical working force in the shield chambers was as follows:
While the shield chambers were being dug out, bottom tunnels were created along the paths of the river tunnels and continued until there wasn't enough rock above to go any further. These were later expanded to their maximum size as much as possible. The usual working crew in the shield chambers was as follows:
Ten-hour Shifts. | |||
Drilling and Blasting. | |||
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.50 |
6 | Drillers | " | 3.00 |
6 | Drillers' helpers | " | 2.00 |
1 | Blacksmith | " | 3.50 |
1 | Blacksmith's helper | " | 2.25 |
1 | Powderman | " | 2.00 |
1 | Waterboy | " | 2.00 |
1 | Nipper | " | 2.00 |
1 | Machinist | " | 3.00 |
1 | Machinist's helper | " | 1.80 |
Mucking. | |||
1 or 2 | Foremen | @ | $3.00 |
16 | Muckers | " | 2.00 |
Erection of Shields.—The tunneling shields have been described in some detail in the section of this paper dealing with the contractor's plant. They consist essentially of two parts, the structural steelwork and the hydraulic fittings. The former was made by the Riter Conley Manufacturing Company, of Pittsburg, Pa., and put up by the Terry and Tench Company, of New York City; the hydraulic fittings were made and put in by the Watson-Stillman Company, of New York City.
Erection of Shields.—The tunneling shields have been described in some detail in the section of this paper dealing with the contractor's equipment. They basically consist of two parts: the structural steelwork and the hydraulic fittings. The steelwork was manufactured by the Riter Conley Manufacturing Company in Pittsburgh, PA, and assembled by the Terry and Tench Company in New York City; the hydraulic fittings were produced and installed by the Watson-Stillman Company in New York City.
On the New York side, the shields were built inside the iron lining of the shield chambers, hence no falsework was needed, as the necessary hoisting tackle could be slung from the iron lining; at Weehawken, however, the erection was done in the bare rock excavation, so that timber falsework had to be used. The assembly and riveting took about 2 weeks for each shield; the riveting was done with pneumatic riveters, using compressed air direct from the tunnel supply.
On the New York side, the shields were constructed within the iron lining of the shield chambers, so no temporary support was required, as the necessary hoisting equipment could be hung from the iron lining. At Weehawken, on the other hand, the assembly took place in the bare rock excavation, which required the use of timber supports. The assembly and riveting took about two weeks for each shield; the riveting was done with pneumatic riveters, using compressed air directly from the tunnel supply.
After the structural steel had been finished, the shields, which had hitherto been set on the floor of the chambers in order to give room for working over the top, were jacked up to grade; this involved lifting a weight of 113 tons. While the hydraulic fittings were being put in, the shields were moved forward on a cradle, built of concrete with steel rails embedded, on which the shield was driven for the length in which the tunnel was in solid rock.
After the structural steel was completed, the shields, which had previously been placed on the floor of the chambers to allow work to be
The installation of the hydraulic fittings took from 4 to 6 weeks per shield. The total weight of each finished shield was about 193 tons. The completed shield, as it appeared in the tunnel, is shown by Fig. 1, Plate XXXVIII. The typical force working on shield erection was as follows:
The installation of the hydraulic fittings took between 4 to 6 weeks per shield. Each finished shield weighed around 193 tons. The completed shield, as it looked in the tunnel, is shown by Fig. 1, Plate XXXVIII. The typical force working on shield erection was as follows:
Ten-hour Shifts. | |||||
Shield Erection. (Terry and Tench.) | |||||
1 | Superintendent | @ | $13.00 | per | day |
4 | Foremen | " | 5.50 | " | " |
1 | Timekeeper | " | 2.50 | " | " |
2 | Engineers | " | 4.50 | " | " |
34 | Iron workers | " | 4.50 | " | " |
7 | Laborers | " | 2.25 | " | " |
Hydraulic Work. (Watson-Stillman Company.) | |||||
4 | Mechanics | @ | $4.00 | per | day |
General Labor. (O'Rourke Engineering Construction Company.) | |||||
1 | Inspector | @ | $4.00 | per | day |
1 | Foreman | " | 4.00 | " | " |
8 | Laborers | " | 2.00 | " | " |
1 | Engineer | " | 2.50 | " | " |
PLATE XXXVIII.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVII, NO. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
After the shield was finished and in position, the first two rings of the lining were erected in the tail of the shield. These first rings were then firmly braced to the rock and the chamber lining; then the shield was shoved ahead by its own jacks, another ring was built, and so on.
After the shield was complete and in place, the first two rings of the lining were set up at the back of the shield. These initial rings were then securely fastened to the rock and the chamber lining; next, the shield was pushed forward by its own jacks, another ring was constructed, and so on.
The description of the actual methods of work in the shield-driven tunnels can now be given; this will be divided generally into the different kinds of conditions met at the working face, for example, Full Face of Rock, Mixed Face, Full Face of Sand and Gravel, Under River Bulkhead, and Full Face of Silt.
The description of the actual work methods in the shield-driven tunnels can now be provided; this will generally be divided into the different types of conditions encountered at the working face, for instance, Full Face of Rock, Mixed Face, Full Face of Sand and Gravel, Under River Bulkhead, and Full Face of Silt.
The last heading is the one under which by far the longest length of tunnel was driven, and, as not much has hitherto appeared descriptive of the handling of a shield, through this material, considerable space will be devoted to it.
The last heading is the one under which the longest tunnel was created, and since not much has been written about using a shield for this material, a significant amount of space will be dedicated to it.
Full Face of Rock.—As was described when dealing with the shield chambers, as much as possible of the rock excavation was done before the shields were installed. On the New York side, about 146 ft. of tunnel was completely excavated, with 71 ft. of bottom headings beyond that, and at Weehawken, 58 and 40 ft. of tunnel and heading beyond, respectively. This was chiefly done to avoid handling the rock through the narrow shield doors. Test holes were driven ahead at short intervals to make sure that the rock cover was not being lost, but, nevertheless, at Weehawken, on February 14th, 1905, a blast broke through the rock and let the mud flow in, filling the tunnel for half its height for a distance of 300 ft. from its face.
Full Face of Rock.—As described regarding the shield chambers, as much rock excavation as possible was completed before installing the shields. On the New York side, about 146 ft. of tunnel was fully excavated, with an additional 71 ft. of bottom headings beyond that. At Weehawken, there were 58 and 40 ft. of tunnel and headings, respectively, beyond that point. This was mainly done to avoid having to handle the rock through the narrow shield doors. Test holes were drilled ahead at short intervals to ensure that the rock cover was maintained, but on February 14th, 1905, at Weehawken, a blast broke through the rock and allowed mud to flow in, filling the tunnel to half its height for a distance of 300 ft. from its face.
Throughout the rock section the shield traveled on a cradle of concrete in which were embedded either two or three steel rails. In the portion in which the whole of the excavation had been taken out, it was only necessary to trim off projecting corners of rock. In the portion in which only a bottom heading had been driven, the excavation was completed just in front of the shield, the drilling below axis level being done from the heading itself, and above that [Pg 239] from the front sliding platforms of the shield. The holes were placed near together and drilled short, and very light charges of powder were used, so as to lessen the chance of knocking the shield about too much. In this work the small shield doors hampered the work greatly, and it might have been well to have provided a larger bottom opening which could have been subdivided or partly closed when soft ground was met; on the other hand, the quantity thus handled was small, owing to the fact that the greater part of the rock was excavated before the shields were installed.
Throughout the rock section, the shield moved on a bed of concrete with two or three steel rails embedded in it. In the area where all the excavation was done, it was only necessary to trim off the protruding corners of rock. In the section where only a bottom heading had been created, the excavation was finished right in front of the shield, with drilling below axis level done from the heading itself, and above that [Pg 239] from the front sliding platforms of the shield. The holes were spaced closely together and drilled short, using very light charges of powder to reduce the chance of shifting the shield too much. In this process, the small shield doors significantly hindered progress, and it might have been better to have a larger bottom opening that could be divided or partially closed when encountering soft ground. However, the amount of material handled was small, as most of the rock was excavated before the shields were put in place.
The space outside the lining was grouted with a 1:1 mixture of Portland cement and sand. Large voids were hand-packed with stone before grouting. The details of grouting will be described later.
The area outside the lining was filled with a 1:1 mix of Portland cement and sand. Large gaps were filled with stone by hand before the grouting process. The specifics of grouting will be explained later.
A typical working gang is given herewith. Two such gangs were worked per shield per 24 hours, 10 hours per shift. All this work was done under normal air pressure.
A typical work crew is provided here. Two such crews operated per shield every 24 hours, with 10-hour shifts. All this work was carried out under normal air pressure.
General: | ||||||
½ | Tunnel superintendent | @ | $200.00 | per | month | |
1 | Assistant tunnel superintendent | " | 5.00 | per | day | |
1 | General foreman | " | 5.00 | " | " | |
½ | Electrician | " | 3.50 | " | " | |
½ | Electrician's helper | " | 3.00 | " | " | |
½ | Pipefitter | " | 3.00 | " | " | |
½ | Pipefitter's helper | " | 2.75 | " | " | |
Drilling: | ||||||
1 | Foreman | " | 5.00 | " | " | |
3 | Drillers | " | 4.00 | " | " | |
3 | Drillers' helpers | " | 3.00 | " | " | |
1 | Nipper | " | 2.50 | " | " | |
½ | Waterboy | " | 2.50 | " | " | |
½ | Powderboy | " | 2.75 | " | " | |
Mucking: | ||||||
1 | Foreman | " | 3.50 | " | " | |
8 | Muckers | " | 2.75 | " | " | |
Erecting Iron and Driving Shield: | ||||||
1 | Erector runner | " | 4.00 | " | " | |
3 | Iron workers | " | 3.00 | " | " |
The duties of such a gang were as follows: The tunnel superintendent looked after both shifts of one shield. The assistant or "walking boss" had charge of all work in the tunnel on one shift. The general foreman had charge of the labor at the face. The electricians looked after repairs, extensions of the cables, and lamp renewals. The pipefitters worked in both tunnels repairing leaks in pipes between the power-house and the working faces, extending the pipe lines, and attending to shield repairs, and in the latter work the erector runner helped.
The responsibilities of this crew were as follows: The tunnel supervisor managed both shifts of one shield. The assistant or "walking boss" oversaw all work in the tunnel during one shift. The general foreman was in charge of the labor at the front. The electricians handled repairs, extended the cables, and replaced lamps. The pipefitters worked in both tunnels fixing leaks in the pipes between the power house and the working areas, extending the pipelines, and taking care of shield repairs, with assistance from the erector runner on the latter task.
The drillers stuck to their own jobs, which were not subject to interruption as long as the bottom headings lasted. One waterboy and one powderboy served two tunnels. The muckers helped the iron men put up the rings of lining, as well as doing their own work. The iron men tightened bolts, whenever not actually building up iron. The list does not include the transportation gang, which will be described under its own heading.
The drillers focused on their tasks, which could continue without disruption as long as the bottom headings were active. One waterboy and one powderboy served two tunnels. The muckers assisted the ironworkers in installing the lining rings while also doing their own jobs. The ironworkers tightened bolts whenever they weren't actually assembling iron. This list doesn’t include the transportation crew, which will be discussed separately.
The rate of progress attained was 4.2 ft. per day per shield where most of the excavation had been done before, and 2.1 ft. where none had been done before.
The rate of progress achieved was 4.2 ft. per day per shield where most of the digging had been done before, and 2.1 ft. where it hadn't been done before.
When the shields had got far enough away from the shield chamber, and before rock cover was lost, the first air-lock bulkhead walls were put in.
When the shields were far enough from the shield chamber, and before they lost rock cover, the first air-lock bulkhead walls were installed.
Air-Lock Bulkhead Walls.—The specifications required these walls and all their fittings to be strong enough to stand a pressure of 50 lb. per sq. in. Accordingly, all the walls were of concrete, 10 ft. in thickness, except the first two, which were 8 ft. in thickness, and grouted up tight.
Air-Lock Bulkhead Walls.—The specifications required these walls and all their fittings to be strong enough to withstand a pressure of 50 lb. per sq. in. Therefore, all the walls were made of concrete, 10 ft. thick, except for the first two, which were 8 ft. thick and sealed tight.
There were three locks in each bulkhead wall capable of holding men, namely, the top or emergency lock which is set high in order to afford a safe means of getting away in case of a flood; this lock was used continuously for producing the lines and levels into the tunnels. It was very small and cramped for this purpose, and a larger one would have been better, both for lines and emergencies. This lock was directly connected with the overhead platform (also called for in the specifications) which ran the whole length of the tunnels. Side by side, on the level of the lower or working platform of the tunnel, were the man lock and the muck lock. In addition a number of pipes were built in to give access to the cables and for passing pipes, rails, etc., in and out.
There were three locks in each bulkhead wall designed for holding people. The top or emergency lock was positioned high up to provide a safe way to escape in case of a flood; this lock was used continually to establish the lines and levels in the tunnels. It was quite small and cramped for this purpose, and a larger one would have been more effective for both lines and emergencies. This lock was directly linked to the overhead platform (also specified) that extended the entire length of the tunnels. Next to it, on the level of the lower or working platform of the tunnel, were the man lock and the muck lock. Additionally, several pipes were installed to allow access to the cables and for passing pipes, rails, and so on in and out.
After each tunnel was about 1,200 ft. ahead of the first walls, a second wall was built just like the first, and no others were put in, so that altogether there were eight walls. This second wall not only gave an added safeguard to the tunnel but enabled the air pressure at the working face to be divided between the two walls, and this compression or decompression in stages, separated by a spell of walking exercise, was found to be very good for the health of those working in the air.
After each tunnel reached about 1,200 ft. past the first walls, a second wall was built just like the first, and no additional ones were added, resulting in a total of eight walls. This second wall not only provided extra protection for the tunnel but also allowed the air pressure at the working face to be distributed between the two walls. This compression or decompression in stages, separated by periods of walking, was found to be very beneficial for the health of those working in the air.
Mixed Face.—When the rock cover became so thin that it was risky to go on without the air pressure, the air pressure was turned on, starting with from 12 to 18 lb., which was enough to stop the water from the gravel on top of the rock. At first, when the surface of the rock was penetrated, the soft face was held up by horizontal boards braced from the shield until the shield was shoved. The braces were then taken out and, as soon as the shield had been shoved, were replaced by others. As the amount of soft ground in the face increased, the system of timbering was gradually changed to one of 2-in. poling boards resting on top of the shield and supported at the face by vertical breast boards, in turn held by 6 by 6-in. walings braced both through the upper doors to the iron lining and from the sliding platforms of the shield. The latter were in their forward position before the shield was shoved, the pressure being turned off and the exhaust valves opened just before the shove began. As the shield went ahead, the platform jacks gradually exhausted and thus held enough pressure on the face to keep it up. Fig. 17 is a sketch of this method. In driving through mixed ground a typical working gang was about as follows:
Mixed Face.—When the rock cover became so thin that continuing without air pressure was risky, the air pressure was activated, starting at 12 to 18 psi, which was enough to prevent water from the gravel above the rock. Initially, when the rock's surface was penetrated, the soft face was supported by horizontal boards reinforced from the shield until the shield was pushed forward. The braces were then removed, and as soon as the shield was moved, they were replaced with new ones. As the amount of soft ground in the face increased, the timbering system was gradually adapted to use 2-in. poling boards resting on top of the shield and supported at the face by vertical breast boards, which were in turn held by 6 by 6-in. walings braced through the upper doors to the iron lining and from the sliding platforms of the shield. The platforms were positioned forward before the shield was moved, with the pressure turned off and the exhaust valves opened just before the push began. As the shield advanced, the platform jacks gradually released pressure, maintaining enough support on the face to keep it stable. Fig. 17 is a sketch of this method. In working through mixed ground, a typical crew was organized as follows:
General: | ||||||
⅓ | Tunnel superintendent | @ | $300.00 | per | month. | |
1 | Assistant tunnel superintendent | " | 5.00 | per | day. | |
1 | General foreman | " | 5.00 | " | " | |
½ | Pipefitter | " | 3.25 | " | " | |
½ | Pipefitter's helper | " | 2.75 | " | " | |
½ | Electrician | " | 3.00 | " | " | |
½ | Electrician's helper | " | 2.75 | " | " | |
Timbering: | ||||||
3 | Timbermen | " | 2.50 | " | " | |
3 | Timbermen's helpers | " | 2.00 | " | " | |
Mucking: | ||||||
1 | Foreman | " | 3.50 | " | " | |
6 | Muckers | " | 2.75 | " | " | |
Erecting Iron and Driving Shield: | ||||||
1 | Erector runner | " | 3.25 | " | " | |
1 | Foreman | " | 4.00 | " | " | |
4 | Iron workers | " | 3.00 | " | " |
The average rate of progress was 2.6 ft. per day.
The average progress rate was 2.6 feet per day.
In this case there were three such gangs, each on an 8-hour shift.
In this case, there were three of these groups, each working an 8-hour shift.
Full Face of Sand and Gravel.—This condition of affairs was only met at Weehawken. Two systems of timbering were used. In the first system, Fig. 17, the ground was excavated 2 ft. 6 in. ahead of the cutting edge, the roof being held by longitudinal poling boards, resting on the outside of the skin at their back end and on vertical breast boards at the forward end. When the upper part of the face was dry, it was held by vertical breast boards braced from the sliding platform and through the shield doors to cross-timbers in the tunnel; the lower part, which was always wet, was held by horizontal breast boards braced through the lower shield pockets to cross-timbers in the tunnel. This system worked all right as long as the ground in the top was sandy enough and had sufficient cohesion to allow the polings to be put in, but, when the upper part was in gravel, thus making it impossible to put in the longitudinal polings or the vertical breasting, the second system came in. Here the excavation was only carried 1 ft. 3 in. (half a shove) ahead of the cutting edge, and the longitudinal polings were replaced by transverse boards supported by pipes which were placed in the holes provided in the shield to accommodate some telescopic poling struts which had been designed but not made. These pipes acted as cantilevers, and were in two parts, a 2½-in. pipe wedged tight into the holes and smaller pipes sliding inside them. After a small section of the ground had been excavated, a board was placed against it, one of the pipes was drawn out under it, and wedges were driven between it and the board. These polings were kept below the level of the hood, so that when the shield was shoved they would come inside of it; in addition, they were braced with vertical posts from the sliding platforms. The upper part of the face was held by longitudinal breast boards braced from the sliding platform by vertical "soldier" pieces. The lower part of the face was supported by vertical sheet-piling braced to the tunnel through the lower doors. Sometimes two rows of piling were used, but generally one, as shown in Fig. 17. Notwithstanding the fact that the breasting was only 1 ft. 3 in. ahead of the hood, the shield was moved its full stroke of 2 ft. 6 in., the ground around the cutting edge of the hood being scraped away by men working bars in the place from which the temporary breast boards at the circumference had been removed. The back pressure on the sliding platform jacks, when the exhaust valves were only partly open, offered a good deal of resistance, and held the face as long as the movement of the shield was continuous. [Pg 243]
Full Face of Sand and Gravel.—This situation only happened at Weehawken. Two types of timbering were used. In the first type, Fig. 17, the ground was dug out 2 ft. 6 in. in front of the cutting edge, with the roof supported by long poling boards that rested on the outer side of the skin at the back and on vertical breast boards at the front. When the upper part of the face was dry, it was supported by vertical breast boards braced from the sliding platform and through the shield doors to cross-timbers in the tunnel; the lower part, which was always wet, was held up by horizontal breast boards braced through the lower shield pockets to cross-timbers in the tunnel. This system worked well as long as the ground at the top was sandy enough and had enough cohesion to allow the polings to be installed, but when the upper part was made of gravel, making it impossible to install the longitudinal polings or the vertical breasting, the second system was used. Here, the excavation was only carried out 1 ft. 3 in. (half a shove) in front of the cutting edge, and the longitudinal polings were replaced by transverse boards supported by pipes placed in the holes of the shield designed to accommodate some telescopic poling struts that had been planned but not manufactured. These pipes acted as cantilevers, and were in two parts, with a 2½-in. pipe tightly wedged into the holes and smaller pipes sliding inside them. After a small section of the ground was excavated, a board was placed against it, one of the pipes was pulled out from underneath, and wedges were driven between it and the board. These polings were kept below the level of the hood, so that when the shield was pushed, they would fit inside it; additionally, they were braced with vertical posts from the sliding platforms. The upper part of the face was supported by longitudinal breast boards braced from the sliding platform with vertical "soldier" pieces. The lower part was supported by vertical sheet-piling braced to the tunnel through the lower doors. Sometimes two rows of piling were used, but generally one, as shown in Fig. 17. Even though the breasting was only 1 ft. 3 in. ahead of the hood, the shield moved its full stroke of 2 ft. 6 in., with the ground around the cutting edge of the hood being scraped away by workers using bars in the area where the temporary breast boards at the circumference had been removed. The back pressure on the sliding platform jacks, when the exhaust valves were only partly open, provided significant resistance and held the face as long as the shield's movement was continuous. [Pg 243]
On one occasion, when for some reason the shield was stopped with the shove only partly done, and the exhaust valves had not been shut off, the platforms continued to slide and allowed the face to collapse; the shield platforms and doorways, however, caught the falling sand and gravel and the flow choked itself.
On one occasion, when the shield was halted midway through the shove and the exhaust valves hadn't been closed, the platforms kept sliding and caused the face to collapse; however, the shield platforms and doorways caught the falling sand and gravel, and the flow blocked itself.
As soon as the rock surface was penetrated and the sand and gravel were met, which happened almost at the same time in the two Weehawken Tunnels, the escape of air increased enormously, and it at once became clear that it was impossible to keep enough air in the two tunnels by the methods then in use, even when working the three compressors, each capable of compressing 4,400 cu. ft. of free air per min. at top speed. When the shields just entered the sand and gravel, the face had been held by light breasting, without any special effort to prevent the escape of air, but when it was found impossible to supply enough air, a large amount of straw and clay was used in front of the boards.
As soon as the rock surface was breached and we encountered the sand and gravel—this happened almost simultaneously in both Weehawken Tunnels—the air began to escape rapidly. It quickly became obvious that it was impossible to maintain enough air in the two tunnels using the methods available at the time, even with all three compressors running at full capacity, each able to compress 4,400 cubic feet of free air per minute. When the shields first penetrated the sand and gravel, the face was held with light bracing, without any special efforts to stop the air from escaping. But once it became clear that we couldn't supply enough air, a significant amount of straw and clay was put in front of the boards.
This cut down the escape, but, as much air was escaping through the joints of the iron lining, these were plastered with Portland cement. Even then, the loss was too great, therefore one tunnel was shut down entirely and all the air was sent to the other. This allowed a pressure of 10 lb. to be kept up in the working tunnel, and this, though less than the head, was enough to allow progress to be made. In order to use one tunnel as a drain for the other, the two faces were always kept within 150 ft. of each other by working them alternately. The timbered face was never grouted, though this would have reduced the loss of air, as at the same time it would have decreased the progress very much, and any one who saw the racing engines in the power-house, [Pg 245] and realized that a breakdown of one of them would mean the loss of the faces, was ready to admit that the quicker this particular period was cut short, the better.
This reduced the air escape, but since a lot of air was still leaking through the joints of the iron lining, those were sealed with Portland cement. Even then, the loss was still too significant, so one tunnel was completely closed off, and all the air was redirected to the other. This maintained a pressure of 10 lbs. in the working tunnel, which, while lower than the head, was sufficient for progress. To use one tunnel as a drain for the other, the two working faces were always kept within 150 ft. of each other by alternating their operation. The timbered face was never grouted, as that would have reduced air loss but also significantly slowed progress. Anyone who saw the racing engines in the power-house [Pg 245] and understood that a breakdown of one of them would lead to losing the faces would agree that the sooner this phase was concluded, the better.
Above the sand and gravel lay the silt, and, when it showed in the roof, the escape of air was immediately reduced and the two faces could be worked simultaneously. Almost at the same time the piles supporting the large warehouse, known as the Fowler Building, were met. Although the face now took much less timber, the same system of breast boards as had been used in the gravel was kept up, but in skeleton form. They were set 2 ft. 6 in. ahead of the shield, however, instead of 1 ft. 3 in., and the transverse roof poling boards were replaced by longitudinals resting on the shield. The more piles in the face the less timbering was done. The piles were cut into handy lengths with axes and chisels.
Above the sand and gravel was the silt, and when it appeared in the roof, the air escape was immediately reduced, allowing both sides to be worked on at the same time. Almost at the same moment, they encountered the piles supporting the large warehouse, known as the Fowler Building. Although the face now required much less timber, they continued to use the same system of breast boards as in the gravel, but in a skeleton form. These were positioned 2 ft. 6 in. ahead of the shield, instead of 1 ft. 3 in., and the transverse roof poling boards were replaced by longitudinal ones resting on the shield. The more piles there were in the face, the less timbering was needed. The piles were cut into manageable lengths with axes and chisels.
All timbering was light compared with the weight of the ground, but, as the shove took place as soon as the set was made, it served its purpose. When a face was closed down the whole system was greatly reinforced by braces from the shield, the face of which was closed by the doors.
All the timbering was light compared to the weight of the ground, but since the push happened as soon as the set was made, it did its job. When a face was closed off, the entire system was significantly strengthened by braces from the shield, which was sealed off by the doors.
In driving through such a face the typical 8-hour shift gang was about as follows:
In driving through such a situation, the usual 8-hour shift crew looked something like this:
General: | ||||||
⅓ | Tunnel superintendent | @ | $300.00 | per | month. | |
1 | Assistant tunnel superintendent | " | 5.00 | per | day. | |
1 | General foreman | " | 5.00 | " | " | |
½ | Pipefitter | " | 3.25 | " | " | |
½ | Pipefitter's helper | " | 2.75 | " | " | |
½ | Electrician | " | 3.00 | " | " | |
½ | Electrician's helper | " | 2.75 | " | " | |
Timbering: | ||||||
3 | Timbermen | " | 2.50 | " | " | |
3 | Timbermen's helpers | " | 2.00 | " | " | |
Mucking: | ||||||
1 | Foreman | " | 3.50 | " | " | |
6 | Muckers | " | 2.75 | " | " | |
Erecting Iron and Driving Shield: | ||||||
1 | Erector runner | " | 3.25 | " | " | |
1 | Foreman | " | 4.00 | " | " | |
4 | Iron workers | " | 3.00 | " | " |
The drillers were not kept on after the rock disappeared; a foreman was added who divided his time between iron erection and mucking.
The drillers were let go once the rock was gone; a foreman was hired who split his time between putting up iron and dealing with debris.
The average rate of progress in sand and gravel without piles was 5.1 ft. per day per shield. When piles and silt were met in the upper part of the face, the speed increased to 7.0 ft. per day.
The average rate of progress in sand and gravel without piles was 5.1 ft. per day per shield. When piles and silt were encountered in the upper part of the face, the speed increased to 7.0 ft. per day.
Passing Under River Bulkhead.—At Weehawken no trouble was found in passing under the river wall, as the bulkhead consisted of only cribwork supported on silt, and, though the piles obstructed the motion of the shield, they were easily cut out, and the cribwork itself was well above the top of the shield.
Passing Under River Bulkhead.—At Weehawken, there were no issues with passing under the river wall since the bulkhead was just cribwork resting on silt. Although the piles blocked the shield's movement, they were easily removed, and the cribwork itself was well above the top of the shield.
On the New York side, however, conditions were not nearly as good. The heavy masonry bulkhead was supported on piles and rip-rap, as shown in Fig. 18. The line of the top of the shield was about 6 ft. above the bottom of the rip-rap, the spaces between the stones of which were quite open and allowed a free flow of water directly from the river. As soon, therefore, as the cutting edge of the shield entered the rip-rap there was a blow, the air escaping freely to the ground surface behind the bulkhead and to the river in front of it. Clay puddle, or mud made from the excavated silt, was used in large quantities to plug up the interstices between the stone in the working face, the air pressure being slightly greater than that needed to keep out the water holding it in place. The excavation of the rip-rap was a tedious affair, for it had to be removed one stone at a time and the spaces between the newly exposed stones plugged with mud immediately. One man stood ready with the mud while another loosened the stones with a bar. When the shield had advanced its own length in the rip-rap, another point for the escape of the air was exposed at the rear end of the shield. This loss was closed at the leading end of the last ring with mud and cement sacks.
On the New York side, however, the conditions were not nearly as good. The heavy masonry bulkhead was supported on piles and rip-rap, as shown in Fig. 18. The top of the shield was about 6 feet above the bottom of the rip-rap, and the gaps between the stones were quite open, allowing water to flow freely from the river. So, as soon as the cutting edge of the shield entered the rip-rap, there was a blow, with air escaping easily to the ground surface behind the bulkhead and to the river in front of it. Clay puddle, or mud made from the excavated silt, was used in large amounts to fill the gaps between the stones in the working face, with the air pressure being slightly higher than what was needed to keep out the water, holding it in place. Excavating the rip-rap was a tedious job, as each stone had to be removed one at a time, and the spaces between the newly exposed stones had to be immediately filled with mud. One person was ready with the mud while another loosened the stones with a bar. When the shield had moved its own length into the rip-rap, another point for the air to escape was exposed at the back end of the shield. This gap was sealed at the front end of the last ring with mud and cement sacks.
As long as the shield was stationary it was possible, by using these methods and exercising great care and watchfulness, to prevent excessive loss of air; but, while the shield was being shoved ahead, the difficulties were much increased, for the movement of the shield displaced the bags and mud as fast as they were placed, and it was only by shoving slowly and having a large number of men looking out for leaks and stopping them up the instant they developed that excessive loss of air could be prevented. In erecting the iron lining, as each segment was brought into position, it was necessary to clean off the [Pg 248] leading surface of the previous ring and the adjacent portion of the tail of the shield; this was always accompanied by a slight "blow," and for some time the air pressure in the tunnel dropped from 25 to 20 lb., that is, from greater than the balancing pressure to less, every time a segment was placed, and on two occasions the "blow" became so great that the tunnel pressure was reduced considerably further, and in consequence the water from the river rushed in and was not stopped until it had risen about 4 ft. in the tunnel invert. On such occasions the surface of the river was greatly disturbed, rising more than 20 ft. in the air in a sort of geyser. A large quantity of grout (about 2,500 bbl. of cement and a similar quantity of sand in the North Tunnel and 1,000 bbl. in the South Tunnel) was used at this point; it was forced through the tunnel lining immediately behind the shield, greatly reducing the loss of air and helping to bind the rip-rap together.
As long as the shield was stationary, it was possible to avoid losing too much air by using these methods and being very careful and vigilant. However, when the shield was pushed forward, things got much harder. The movement of the shield disturbed the bags and mud as quickly as they were set in place. It was only by pushing slowly and having many people on the lookout for leaks, sealing them up right away, that excessive air loss could be prevented. When putting up the iron lining, each time a segment was placed, it was necessary to clean off the leading surface of the previous ring and the nearby part of the shield's tail. This was always accompanied by a slight "blow," and for a while, the air pressure in the tunnel dropped from 25 to 20 psi, meaning it went from being higher than the balancing pressure to lower, every time a segment was added. On two occasions, the "blow" was so strong that the tunnel pressure dropped much lower, causing water from the river to rush in, and it wasn’t stopped until it rose about 4 feet in the tunnel invert. During these times, the river's surface was heavily disturbed, shooting up more than 20 feet in the air like a geyser. A lot of grout (about 2,500 barrels of cement and a similar amount of sand in the North Tunnel and 1,000 barrels in the South Tunnel) was used at this point; it was forced through the tunnel lining just behind the shield, which significantly reduced air loss and helped to stabilize the rip-rap. [Pg 248]
When the shield had traveled 25 ft. through the rip-rap, the piles which support the bulkhead were met. One hundred of these which were spaced at 3-ft. centers in each direction, were cut out of the path of each shield in a distance of 35 ft. The presence of the piles caused considerable extra labor, as each pile had to be cut into several pieces with axes to enable it to be removed through the shield doors, otherwise they presented no difficulties. It was not necessary to timber the face, as the piles supported it most effectively.
When the shield had moved 25 ft. through the rip-rap, it encountered the piles that support the bulkhead. One hundred of these piles, spaced 3 ft. apart in every direction, were removed from the path of each shield over a distance of 35 ft. The presence of the piles created a lot of extra work since each pile had to be cut into several pieces with axes to be taken out through the shield doors; otherwise, they posed no problems. It wasn’t necessary to reinforce the face, as the piles supported it very effectively.
When the river line had been passed, the "blow" still continued, and as there was no heavy ground above the tunnel the light silt was carried away into the water by the escaping air. At one time the cover over the crown of the tunnel was reduced to such an extent that for a distance of 30 ft. there was less than 10 ft. of very soft silt, and in some places none at all. Therefore, the shield was stopped and the air pressure reduced until it was less than the balancing pressure; the blow then ceased, and about 28,000 cement bags filled with mud were dumped into the hole (the location made it impossible to dump them en massefrom a scow). They were then weighted down with rip-rap. This sealed the blow, and the work was continued without any further disturbance from this source. Just before the blow reached its maximum it was found that two of the piles which had been encountered were directly in the path of one of the proposed screw-piles. It was therefore decided to pull these, [Pg 249] and this was done with two 40-ton hydraulic jacks supported by the upper sliding platforms and acting on a horizontal timber which was connected to the piles by tie-rods and chains. The working force here was similar to that employed in the sand and gravel section previously described.
When the river line was crossed, the "blow" continued, and since there wasn't heavy ground above the tunnel, the light silt was washed away into the water by the escaping air. At one point, the cover over the top of the tunnel became so thin that for a 30 ft. stretch, there was less than 10 ft. of very soft silt, and in some areas, none at all. Because of this, the shield was stopped and the air pressure was lowered until it was less than the balancing pressure; the blow then stopped, and about 28,000 cement bags filled with mud were dropped into the hole (the location made it impossible to dump them en masse from a barge). They were then weighed down with rip-rap. This sealed the blow, and work continued without any further disruptions from this issue. Just before the blow reached its peak, it was discovered that two of the piles encountered were directly in the way of one of the planned screw-piles. It was therefore decided to remove these, [Pg 249] which was done with two 40-ton hydraulic jacks supported by the upper sliding platforms and acting on a horizontal timber connected to the piles by tie-rods and chains. The working force here was similar to that used in the sand and gravel section described earlier.
In Full Face of Silt.—A full face of silt was first met under the New York Central Railroad freight yard on the New York side. Up to this point the ground passed through had been either solid rock or a mixed face of rock and gravel. In both of these the full excavation had to be taken out before the shield could be shoved, and the soft ground had needed timbering. When the rock, gravel, and hardpan gave place to a full face of silt, the timber was removed, all the shield doors were opened, and the shield was shoved into the ground without any excavation being done by hand ahead of the diaphragm. As the shield advanced, the silt was forced through the open doors into the tunnel. After the work had gone on in this way for some time, taking in about 90% of the full volume of the tunnel excavation per foot forward, the air pressure was raised from 20 to 22 lb. The result was that the silt in the face got harder and flowed less readily through the shield, and the amount taken in fell to about 65% of the full volume. This manner of shoving at once caused a disturbance on the surface and the railroad tracks above the tunnel were raised, so that the pressure was lowered to 16 lb., then the muck got softer and the full volume of excavation was taken in; after a while the pressure was again raised to 20 lb.
In Full Face of Silt.—A full face of silt was first encountered under the New York Central Railroad freight yard on the New York side. Up to this point, the ground traversed had been either solid rock or a mix of rock and gravel. In both cases, the full excavation had to be removed before the shield could be pushed forward, and the soft ground required timbering. When the rock, gravel, and hardpan were replaced by a full face of silt, the timber was taken out, all the shield doors were opened, and the shield was pushed into the ground without any manual excavation ahead of the diaphragm. As the shield moved forward, the silt was pushed through the open doors into the tunnel. After the work continued this way for a while, taking in about 90% of the full volume of the tunnel excavation per foot forward, the air pressure was increased from 20 to 22 lb. As a result, the silt at the face became harder and flowed less freely through the shield, reducing the amount taken in to about 65% of the full volume. This method of pushing immediately caused disturbances on the surface, raising the railroad tracks above the tunnel, so the pressure was lowered to 16 lb., at which point the muck became softer and the full volume of excavation was taken in; after some time, the pressure was again increased to 20 lb.
The forcing of the shield through the silt resulted in a rising of the bed of the river, the amount that the bed was raised depending on the quantity of material brought into the shield.
The pushing of the shield through the silt caused the riverbed to rise, and the extent of this rise depended on how much material was brought into the shield.
If the whole volume of excavation was being brought in, the surface of the bed was not affected; when about 50% was being taken in, the surface was raised about 3 ft.; if the shield was being driven blind, the bed was raised about 7 ft.
If the entire amount of excavation was being brought in, the surface of the bed wasn't affected; when about 50% was being taken in, the surface was raised about 3 ft.; if the shield was being driven blind, the bed was raised about 7 ft.
The number of open doors was regulated so as to take in the minimum quantity of muck consistent with causing no surface disturbance. On the average, in the North Manhattan Tunnel, all the doors were open, but in the South Tunnel there were generally only five or six out of the total nine.
The number of open doors was controlled to let in the least amount of dirt while preventing any surface disruption. On average, in the North Manhattan Tunnel, all the doors were open, but in the South Tunnel, there were usually only five or six out of the total nine.
In front of the bulkhead wall at Manhattan the tunnels were under [Pg 250] Pier No. 72. This structure was supported on wooden piles, some 80 ft. or more in length, which came down below the tunnel invert. The piles which lay directly in the path of the tunnels, with a few exceptions, had been pulled. In driving the tunnels through this section, great care had to be taken not to disturb the piles on either side of the tunnels, as they supported a heavy trestle used in disposing of the excavation from the open cut in the terminal yard. To avoid such disturbance, a large portion of the total excavation had to be taken through the shields.
In front of the bulkhead wall at Manhattan, the tunnels were under [Pg 250] Pier No. 72. This structure was supported by wooden piles, some 80 feet or more in length, extending below the tunnel floor. Most of the piles directly in the path of the tunnels had been removed, with a few exceptions. While digging the tunnels in this area, it was crucial to avoid disturbing the piles on either side since they held up a heavy trestle used for handling the excavation from the open cut in the terminal yard. To prevent any disruption, a significant portion of the overall excavation had to be done through the shields.
The first shield which passed the river bulkhead was the south one at Weehawken. As soon as this line was crossed the silt was found to be much softer than behind the wall, in fact it was like a fluid in many of its properties. The fluidity could be changed by varying the tunnel air pressure; for example, when the air pressure was made equal to the weight of the overlying material (water and silt), the silt was quite stiff, and resembled a rather soft clay; but when the air pressure was from 10 to 15 lb. per sq. in. lower, it became so liquid that it would flow through a 1½-in. grout hole in the lining, in a thick stream, at the rate of from 10 to 50 gal. per min. as soon as the plug was taken out. This was the point to which the contractor had long looked forward, as he expected to be able to close all his shield doors and drive the rest of the way across without taking in a shovelful of muck, as had just been done under the Hudson River, on the South Tunnel of the Hudson and Manhattan Railroad Company's Tunnels between Morton Street, New York City, and Hoboken, N. J. The doors were shut and the shield was shoved; the tunnel at once began to rise rapidly, notwithstanding that the heaviest possible downward leads that the clearance between the iron and the shield would allow were put on. At the same time, the pressures induced in the silt by the shield shouldering the ground aside caused the iron lining to rise about 2 in. as soon as the shield left it, and also distorted it, the horizontal diameter decreasing and the vertical diameter increasing by about as much as 1¼ in. An anxious discussion followed these phenomena, as the effects had been so utterly unexpected, and a good many different theories were advanced as to the probable cause. It was thought that the hood of the shield might have something to do with the trouble. The shield was stopped, the hood removed, the doors were shut, and the driving continued. [Pg 251] The same trouble was found, and it was impossible to keep to grade. Work was stopped, and the question was thoroughly debated; finally, on January 31st, 1906, the chief engineer directed that one of the shield doors be opened as an experiment and 50% of the excavation taken in.
The first shield that crossed the river bulkhead was the south one at Weehawken. As soon as this line was crossed, the silt was found to be much softer than what was behind the wall; in fact, it had many properties of a fluid. The fluidity could be adjusted by changing the air pressure in the tunnel; for instance, when the air pressure matched the weight of the overlying material (water and silt), the silt was fairly stiff, resembling soft clay. However, when the air pressure was lowered by 10 to 15 pounds per square inch, it became so liquid that it flowed through a 1½-inch grout hole in the lining, in a thick stream, at rates between 10 to 50 gallons per minute as soon as the plug was removed. This was the point the contractor had eagerly anticipated, as he expected to close all his shield doors and continue without taking in any muck, just as had recently been done under the Hudson River on the South Tunnel of the Hudson and Manhattan Railroad Company's Tunnels between Morton Street, New York City, and Hoboken, N.J. The doors were closed, and the shield was pushed forward; the tunnel immediately began to rise rapidly, despite the heaviest possible downward pressure that the space between the iron and the shield could allow. At the same time, the pressures created in the silt by the shield pushing aside the ground caused the iron lining to rise about 2 inches as soon as the shield left it, and it also distorted it, with the horizontal diameter decreasing and the vertical diameter increasing by about 1¼ inches. An anxious discussion followed these unexpected effects, as many different theories were proposed regarding the probable cause. It was thought that the hood of the shield might have contributed to the issue. The shield was halted, the hood was removed, the doors were shut, and the driving resumed. [Pg 251] The same issue was encountered, and it was impossible to maintain the grade. Work was paused for a thorough discussion; finally, on January 31st, 1906, the chief engineer instructed that one of the shield doors be opened as an experiment and 50% of the excavation taken in.
The effect was instantaneous, the shield began to come down to grade at once, and it soon became necessary to close the door partially and reduce the quantity of muck taken in in order to prevent the tunnel from getting below grade. The other troubles from distortion, etc., ceased at the same time.
The effect was immediate; the shield started to lower to grade right away, and it soon became necessary to partially close the door and reduce the amount of muck taken in to keep the tunnel from going below grade. The other issues related to distortion, etc., stopped at the same time.
It was soon found that a powerful aid in the guidance of the shield was thus brought to hand, for, if high, the shield could be brought down by increasing the quantity of muck taken in, if low, by decreasing it. From this time forward, the quantity of muck taken in at each shove was carefully regulated according to the position of the tunnel with regard to grade and the nature of the ground. The quantity varied from nothing to the full volume displaced by the tunnel, and averaged 33% of the latter.
It was soon discovered that there was a great tool for controlling the shield, as it could be lowered by increasing the amount of muck taken in when it was high, or raised by decreasing it when it was low. From that point on, the amount of muck taken in with each push was carefully adjusted based on the tunnel's position in relation to the grade and the type of ground. The amount varied from none to the total volume displaced by the tunnel, averaging 33% of that total.
To regulate the flow, the bottom middle door was fitted with two steel angles behind which were placed 6 by 6-in. timbers. In this way the opening could be entirely closed or one of any size left. The muck flowed into the tunnel in a thick stream, as shown in Fig. 2, Plate XXXV, and, by regulating the rate of shove it could be made to flow just as fast as it could be loaded into cars.
To control the flow, the door in the middle at the bottom was equipped with two steel angles behind which 6 by 6-inch timbers were positioned. This setup allowed the opening to be completely closed or adjusted to any size. The muck poured into the tunnel in a heavy stream, as illustrated in Fig. 2, Plate XXXV, and by adjusting the shove rate, it could be made to flow as quickly as it could be loaded into cars.
In driving through the silt, the typical gang per shift of 8 hours per shield was as follows:
In driving through the silt, the usual crew per 8-hour shift per shield was as follows:
General: | ||||||
⅓ | Tunnel superintendent | @ | $300 | per | month | |
1 | Assistant tunnel superintendent | " | 6.00 | per | day | |
1 | General foreman | " | 5.00 | " | " | |
½ | Electrician | " | 3.50 | " | " | |
½ | Electrician's helper | " | 3.00 | " | " | |
1 | Foreman | " | 4.00 | " | " | |
2 | Pipefitters | " | 3.50 | " | " | |
2 | Pipefitters' helpers | " | 3.25 | " | " | |
Mucking: | ||||||
1 | Foreman | " | 4.00 | " | " | |
6 | Muckers | " | 3.00 | " | " | |
Erecting Iron and Driving Shield: | ||||||
1 | Foreman | @ | $4.00 | per | day | |
1 | Erector runner | " | 3.50 | " | " | |
4 | Iron workers | " | 3.00 | " | " | |
3 | Laborers | " | 3.00 | " | " |
Three such shifts were worked per day, and the air pressure averaged 25 lb. per sq. in.
Three of these shifts were done each day, and the air pressure averaged 25 lbs. per sq. in.
The increase in the number of pipefitters was due to the greatly increased speed, and also the steadily increasing length of completed tunnel. The three laborers in the erection gang spent their whole time tightening bolts. The rate of progress in the silt under the river per ring of 2½ ft. was 3 hours 21 min., exclusive of all time when work was actually suspended. For a considerable part of the time only two 8-hour shifts were worked, owing to a shortage of iron caused by the change in the design of the lining, whereby the original lining was changed to a heavier one, and, as the work was also stopped for experiments and observations, the average of the actual total time, including all the time during which work was suspended, was 5 hours 32 min. per ring, or 10.8 ft. per day.
The increase in the number of pipefitters was due to the much faster pace and the ongoing length of tunnel completed. The three workers in the erection crew spent all their time tightening bolts. The rate of progress in the silt under the river was 3 hours and 21 minutes per 2½ ft. ring, not including any time when work was actually on hold. For a significant portion of the time, only two 8-hour shifts were worked because of a shortage of iron caused by the change in the design of the lining, switching from the original to a heavier one. Additionally, since work was also paused for experiments and observations, the average total time, including all periods when work was on hold, was 5 hours and 32 minutes per ring, or 10.8 ft. per day.
The junction of the shields under the river was made as follows: When the two shields of one tunnel, which had been driven from opposite sides of the river approached within 10 ft. of each other, the shields were stopped, a 10-in. pipe was driven between them, and a final check of lines and levels was made through the pipe. Incidentally, also, the first through traffic was established by passing a box of cigars through the pipe from the Manhattan shield to that from Weehawken. One shield was then started up with all doors closed while the doors on the stationary shield were opened so that the muck driven ahead by the moving shield was taken in through the other one's doors. This was continued until the cutting edges came together. All doors in both shields were then opened and the shield mucked out. The cutting edges were taken off, and the shields moved together again, edge of skin to edge of skin. The removal of the cutting edge necessitated the raising of the pressure to 37 lb. As the sections of the cutting edges were taken off, the space between the skin edges was poled with 3-in. stuff. Fig. 1, Plate XXXIX, is a view of the shields of the North Tunnel after being brought together and after parts of the interior frames had been removed. When everything except the skins had been removed, iron lining was built up inside the skins, the gap at the junction was filled with concrete, and long bolts were used from ring to ring on the circumferential joint. Finally, the rings inside the shield skins were grouted.
The connection of the shields under the river was done like this: When the two shields of one tunnel, which had been dug from opposite sides of the river, got within 10 ft. of each other, the shields were halted. A 10-in. pipe was inserted between them, and a final check of lines and levels was carried out through the pipe. By the way, the first through traffic was set up by sending a box of cigars through the pipe from the Manhattan shield to the one from Weehawken. Then, one shield was started up with all doors closed while the doors on the stationary shield were opened so that the muck pushed ahead by the moving shield was taken in through the other shield's doors. This continued until the cutting edges met. All doors in both shields were then opened and the shield was mucked out. The cutting edges were removed, and the shields moved together again, edge to edge. Removing the cutting edge required increasing the pressure to 37 lb. As sections of the cutting edges were taken off, the space between the skin edges was filled with 3-in. material. Fig. 1, Plate XXXIX, shows the shields of the North Tunnel after they were brought together and after parts of the interior frames were removed. Once everything except the skins was removed, iron lining was built up inside the skins, the gap at the junction was filled with concrete, and long bolts were used from one ring to the next on the circumferential joint. Finally, the rings inside the shield skins were grouted.
In order to make clear the nature of the work done in building these shield-driven tunnels in silt, a short description will be attempted, this description falling into three main divisions, namely, Shoving the Shield, Pushing Back the Jacks, and Erecting the Iron Lining.
To clarify the nature of the work involved in constructing these shield-driven tunnels in silt, a brief description will be provided, divided into three main sections: Shoving the Shield, Pushing Back the Jacks, and Erecting the Iron Lining.
Shoving the Shield.—This part of the work is naturally very important, as the position of the shield determines within pretty narrow limits the position of the iron built within it, hence the shield during its forward movement has to be guided very carefully. On this work certain instructions were issued for the guidance of the foreman in charge of the shield. These instructions were based on results of "checks" of the shield and iron's position by the engineering corps of the Company, and comprised, in the main, two requirements, namely, the leads that were to be got, and the quantity of muck to be taken in. The "lead" is the amount that the shield must be advanced further from the iron, on one side or the other, or on the top or bottom, as measured from the front face of the last ring of iron lining to the diaphragm of the shield. These leads are not necessarily true leads from a line at right angles to the center line, as the iron may have, and in fact usually does have, a lead of its own which is known and allowed for when issuing the requirements for the shove.
Shoving the Shield.—This part of the job is obviously very important, as the position of the shield pretty much controls where the iron inside it goes. Therefore, it’s essential to steer the shield carefully during its forward movement. Specific instructions were given to the foreman in charge of the shield to guide them in this work. These instructions were based on the results of "checks" of the shield's and iron's positions conducted by the company's engineering team and primarily included two requirements: the leads that needed to be achieved and the amount of muck to be taken in. The "lead" refers to how much the shield must be pushed forward from the iron on one side or the other, or at the top or bottom, measured from the front face of the last ring of iron lining to the diaphragm of the shield. These leads don’t always measure straight from a line at right angles to the center line because the iron may have its own lead, which is known and considered when giving out the requirements for the shove.
The foreman, knowing what was wanted, arranged the combination of shield jacks which would give the required leads and the amount of opening on the shield door which would give the required amount of muck. To see how the shield was going ahead, a man was stationed at each side at axis level and another in the crown. Each man had a graduated rod on which the marks were so distinct that they could be read by anyone standing on the lower platform. These rods were held against the shield diaphragm, and, as it advanced, its distance from the leading end of the last ring could be seen by the man in control of the jack valves. If he found that he was not getting the required leads, he could change the combination of jacks in action. As the time of a shove was often less than 10 min., the man had to be very quick in reading the rods and changing the jacks. If it was found that extensive change in the jack arrangement was wanted, the shove could be stopped by a man stationed at the main hydraulic control valve; but, as any such stoppage affected the quantity of muck taken in, it was not resorted to unless absolutely necessary.
The foreman, knowing what was needed, set up the combination of shield jacks to provide the necessary leads and the right amount of opening on the shield door for the required muck. To monitor the shield's progress, a worker was positioned on each side at axis level and another at the top. Each worker had a marked rod that was so clearly labeled that anyone on the lower platform could read it easily. These rods were placed against the shield diaphragm, and as it moved forward, the distance from the leading edge of the last ring could be seen by the operator in charge of the jack valves. If he noticed that he wasn't getting the required leads, he could adjust the combination of jacks in use. Since a shove often took less than 10 minutes, the operator had to be quick in reading the rods and changing the jacks. If it turned out that a significant change in the jack setup was needed, the shove could be halted by a worker at the main hydraulic control valve; however, since any stoppage affected the amount of muck collected, this option was only used if absolutely necessary.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
If the quantity of muck coming in was not as desired, a stop had to be made to alter the size of the opening, and if, while this was being done, the exhaust valves were not closed quite tight, the silt pressure on the face of the shield would force it back against the iron. This fact was sometimes taken advantage of when a full opening did not let in the desired quantity, for the shield could be shoved, allowed to return, and shoved again.
If the amount of muck coming in wasn't what was wanted, a stop had to be made to change the size of the opening, and if, while this was happening, the exhaust valves weren't closed tightly enough, the silt pressure on the front of the shield would push it back against the iron. This fact was sometimes exploited when a fully opened setup didn't allow in the right amount, since the shield could be pushed, allowed to spring back, and then pushed again.
The time taken to shove in silt varied greatly with the quantity of material taken in; for shoving and mucking combined, it averaged 66 min., with an average of 13 cu. yd. of muck disposed of, or about 5 min. per cu. yd. of material.
The time it took to push in silt varied a lot depending on how much material was taken in; for pushing and dumping together, it averaged 66 minutes, with an average of 13 cubic yards of debris removed, or about 5 minutes per cubic yard of material.
Pushing Back the Jacks.—This was a simple matter, and merely consisted in making the loose push-back connection to each jack as it had to be sent back. Some of the jacks became strained and bent, and had to be taken out and replaced. Where there was silt pressure against the face of the shield, the hydraulic pressure had to be kept on until the ring was erected. In such cases, only two or three jacks could be pushed back at a time, and only after a segment had been set in position, and the pressure taken on it, could the next jack be pushed back, and so on around the ring. The time between the finish of the shove (hydraulic pressure turned off) and the placing of the first segment, was occupied in pushing back the bottom jacks and cleaning dirt off the tail of the shield, and averaged about 14 min.
Pushing Back the Jacks.—This was a straightforward task, mainly involving connecting the loose push-back to each jack as it needed to be sent back. Some of the jacks became strained and bent, requiring removal and replacement. When there was silt pressure against the shield's face, hydraulic pressure had to be maintained until the ring was in place. In these situations, only two or three jacks could be pushed back at a time, and only after a segment was set in position and pressure applied to it could the next jack be pushed back, continuing this process around the ring. The time between finishing the shove (turning off the hydraulic pressure) and placing the first segment was spent pushing back the bottom jacks and clearing dirt off the back of the shield, averaging about 14 minutes.
In the early part of the work, when the ground was being excavated ahead of the shield, the whole force, with the exception of those working in front of the shield, was engaged in erecting the iron, but, as soon as this was done, most of the men returned to the mucking, and only the iron workers continued to tighten up bolts. On the other sections, where the shield was shoved into the silt without excavating ahead, as soon as the shove was completed, the whole force was engaged in the erection of the iron and the tightening of the bolts, until they were so tight that the shield could be shoved again for another ring.
In the early stages of the work, while the ground was being dug out in front of the shield, everyone except those working directly in front of the shield was busy putting up the iron. Once that was done, most of the crew went back to digging, while only the iron workers kept tightening the bolts. In other sections, where the shield was pushed into the silt without any digging ahead, once the push was finished, the entire team focused on putting up the iron and tightening the bolts until they were so tight that the shield could be pushed again for another ring.
The iron was brought into the tunnel on flat cars, two segments to the car, and was lifted from the car and lowered into the invert of the shield by a block and fall and chain sling, as shown in Fig. 2, Plate XXXIX. The bottom three or four segments were pushed around into position with the erector, the head simply bearing against the longitudinal flange without being attached to the segment; the upper segments, however, were, as shown in Fig. 2, Plate XXXVIII, and Fig. 1, Plate XLI, attached to the erector, by using the expanding bar and the erector head designed by Mr. Patrick Fitzgerald, the Tunnel Superintendent. This was found to be a most convenient arrangement.
The iron was brought into the tunnel on flat cars, two segments per car, and was lifted from the car and lowered into the shield's bottom using a block and tackle and chain sling, as shown in Fig. 2, Plate XXXIX. The bottom three or four segments were pushed into place with the erector, with the head simply resting against the longitudinal flange without being attached to the segment; the upper segments, however, were attached to the erector, as shown in Fig. 2, Plate XXXVIII and Fig. 1, Plate XLI, by using the expanding bar and the erector head designed by Mr. Patrick Fitzgerald, the Tunnel Superintendent. This setup turned out to be very convenient.
The single erector attached to the center of the shield was able to erect the iron as fast as it could be brought into the tunnel, and even when the weight of the segments was increased 25% (from 2,060 to 2,580 lb.) it always proved equal to its task, although occasionally one of the chains in the mechanism broke and delayed the work for an hour or so; but the sum of all the delays from this cause and from breaks and leaks in the hydraulic line only averaged 13 min. per ring. The operating valve which was first used was a four-spindle turning valve, but this was replaced by a sliding valve which was found to be much more satisfactory, both in ease of operation and freedom from failure.
The single erector in the center of the shield could set up the iron as quickly as it could be brought into the tunnel, and even when the weight of the segments increased by 25% (from 2,060 to 2,580 lb.), it consistently handled the job, although sometimes a chain in the mechanism would break and delay the work for about an hour. However, the total delays from this issue, along with breaks and leaks in the hydraulic line, averaged only 13 minutes per ring. The initial operating valve was a four-spindle turning valve, but it was replaced by a sliding valve, which turned out to be much better in terms of ease of operation and reliability.
As the iron was put into place, two of the middle bolts in each longitudinal flange and two in each circumferential one were pulled as tight as possible, and the others put in loosely; then, as soon as the ring was in position, as large a force as could be conveniently worked at one time was engaged in tightening the bolts. The shape of the tunnel depended on the thoroughness of the tightening of the bolts, and the shield was never shoved until the bolts in all the longitudinal flanges had been thoroughly tightened. In addition, all the bolts in the circumferential flanges below the axis were tightened, and at least three of the six in each segment above. After the shield had been shoved ahead, the bolts were found to have slackened, and, where the daily progress was four rings, or more, it was necessary to have a small gang of men always at this work.
As the iron was installed, two of the middle bolts in each long flange and two in each circular flange were tightened as much as possible, while the others were put in loosely. Then, as soon as the ring was positioned, as much force as could be conveniently applied at one time was used to tighten the bolts. The shape of the tunnel relied on how well the bolts were tightened, and the shield was never pushed until all the bolts in the long flanges were completely tightened. Additionally, all the bolts in the circular flanges below the axis were tightened, and at least three of the six in each segment above. After the shield was pushed forward, the bolts were found to be loose, and where the daily progress was four rings or more, it was necessary to have a small team of men continuously on this task.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
In order to get at the bolts, special platforms were necessary, and throughout the greater part of the work, a traveling platform was used. This enabled the men to reach handily all parts of the seven leading rings. This platform was supported and moved forward on wheels fixed on brackets to the tunnel, and was pulled forward by connecting chains every time the shield was shoved. In the early part of the work it was not possible to use platforms, because, in order to maintain the correct circular shape of the iron lining, it was necessary to put in temporary horizontal turnbuckles at axis level. These, however, were very convenient for supporting the planks which were used as a temporary bolting platform for the sides of the tunnel, and a temporary platform resting on 6 by 6-in. timbers across the tunnel enabled the bolts in the crown of the tunnel to be reached, while the 6 by 6-in. timbers were left in to support the emergency platform previously described (Plate XL), which extended the entire length of the tunnel.
To access the bolts, special platforms were required, and for most of the project, a movable platform was used. This allowed the team to easily reach all areas of the seven main rings. The platform was supported and moved on wheels attached to brackets on the tunnel, and it was pulled forward by connecting chains each time the shield was pushed. Early in the project, platforms couldn't be used because it was important to maintain the correct circular shape of the iron lining, which required the installation of temporary horizontal turnbuckles at the axis level. However, these turnbuckles were very useful for supporting the boards used as a temporary bolting platform for the tunnel sides, and a temporary platform resting on 6 by 6-inch timbers across the tunnel allowed access to the bolts in the tunnel crown, while the 6 by 6-inch timbers remained in place to support the previously mentioned emergency platform (Plate XL), which spanned the entire length of the tunnel.
The time taken to erect the iron lining became shorter and shorter as the tunnel organization became more perfect and the force better trained, so that, whereas, in the early part of the work, it frequently took 6 hours to erect a ring, in the latter part, when the work was nearing completion, it was a common occurrence to erect a ring in 30 min. The average time in the "heavy iron" section, which included the greater part of the work under the river, was 1 hour 4 min. for the erection of the ring and 40 min. for tightening the bolts after that had been completed, so that the total time spent by the whole gang on erection and bolting averaged 1 hour 44 min. per ring, exclusive of the time spent by the small gang which was always engaged in tightening the bolts. The average time spent in erecting and bolting, for the whole length of the tube tunnels, was 2 hours 15 min. per ring.
The time taken to put up the iron lining got shorter and shorter as the tunnel organization improved and the crew became better trained. At the beginning of the project, it often took 6 hours to set up a ring, but towards the end, when the work was almost done, it was common to put up a ring in just 30 minutes. The average time in the "heavy iron" section, which included most of the work under the river, was 1 hour 4 minutes for the installation of the ring and 40 minutes for tightening the bolts afterward. This meant that the entire crew spent an average of 1 hour 44 minutes on erecting and bolting each ring, not counting the time spent by the small team that was always involved in tightening the bolts. Overall, the average time spent on erecting and bolting for the full length of the tube tunnels was 2 hours 15 minutes per ring.
A—Including assistant superintendents, foremen, and electricians, in driving the shield, erecting iron, mucking, attending to the electric lights, and repairing the pipe line.
A—Including assistant superintendents, foremen, and electricians, in operating the shield, putting up iron, removing debris, managing the electric lights, and fixing the pipe line.
B—Drillers, drillers' helpers, drill foremen, and nippers.
B—Drillers, drill helpers, drilling supervisors, and assistants.
C—All men grouting.
C—All guys grouting.
D—Engineers and laborers wholly employed on transport between the first lock and the face.
D—Engineers and workers fully engaged in transportation between the first lock and the work site.
E—In rock, one car = 0.60 cu. yd.; in sand or silt = 1.20 cu. yd. in place.
E—In rock, one truckload = 0.60 cubic yards; in sand or silt = 1.20 cubic yards in place.
F—Time between completion of mucking and putting in first plate, spent in shoving the jacks back.
F—The time taken to finish mucking and start putting in the first plate, spent pushing the jacks back.
G—In ordinary iron = the whole time spent on erection and bolting. In heavy iron = the time between putting in the first plate and placing the key only.
G—In regular iron = the total time taken for assembly and fastening. In heavy iron = the time from installing the first plate to inserting the key only.
H—Time between placing the key and starting the next shove, spent by the whole gang in tightening bolts. In addition to this, there was a small gang which spent its whole time at this work.
H—The time between putting in the key and beginning the next shove was spent by the entire group tightening bolts. On top of this, there was a small crew that dedicated all their time to this task.
I—In Table 24 the first pair of
bore segments is at ring 207-208.
In Table 25
the first pair of bore segments is at ring 201-202.
In Table 26
the first pair of bore segments is at ring 185-186.
In Table 27
the first pair of bore segments is at ring 171-172.
Outside diameter of tunnel = 23 ft. 0 in.
Inside diameter of tunnel = 21 ft. 2 in.
Length of ring = 2 ft. 6 in.
I—In Table 24 the first set of bore segments is at ring 207-208.
In __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, the first group of bore segments is at ring 201-202.
In __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, the first group of bore segments is at rings 185-186.
In __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, the first group of bore segments is at rings 171-172.
Outside diameter of tunnel = 23 ft. 0 in.
Inside diameter of tunnel = 21 ft. 2 in.
Length of ring = 2 ft. 6 in.
In the "Ordinary Iron" section the time is divided between mucking (which included the shoving and pushing back of the jacks) and the erection time (which included the time spent by the whole gang in tightening bolts). In the "Heavy Iron" section these times are all separated into "Mucking," "Pushing Back Jacks," "Erecting," and "Bolting," and here the bolting time included only that spent on bolts by the whole gang; in addition, there was a small gang engaged solely in tightening bolts. The lost time is the average time lost due to the break-down of hydraulic pipe lines, damaged jacks, and broken erector chains. The erection time is separated for the various kinds of rings, that is, straight ordinary rings, rings containing No. 1 bore segments, rings containing No. 2 bore segments, and taper rings, and it will be seen that, on the average, taper rings took 22 min. (or 24%) more time to erect and to bolt than ordinary ones, and that rings containing No. 2 bore segments took 14 min. (or 15%) more.
In the "Ordinary Iron" section, the time is split between mucking (which involved pushing and pulling back the jacks) and erection time (which included the entire crew’s time spent tightening bolts). In the "Heavy Iron" section, these times are divided into "Mucking," "Pushing Back Jacks," "Erecting," and "Bolting," with the bolting time only counting the time the entire crew spent on bolts; additionally, there was a small crew focused solely on tightening bolts. Lost time refers to the average time lost due to breakdowns of hydraulic pipelines, damaged jacks, and broken erector chains. The erection time is categorized by different types of rings: straight ordinary rings, rings with No. 1 bore segments, rings with No. 2 bore segments, and taper rings. It can be noted that, on average, taper rings took 22 minutes (or 24%) longer to erect and bolt than ordinary ones, and rings with No. 2 bore segments took 14 minutes (or 15%) longer.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
TABLE 24.— Shield-Driven Tunnel Work, Manhattan Shaft, River Tunnel North. Table showing the size of the gang, the amount of excavation, and the time per ring taken for the various operations involved in building tunnel through the several kinds of ground encountered; also the extent and nature of all the unavoidable delays.
TABLE 24.—Shield-Driven Tunnel Work, Manhattan Shaft, River Tunnel North. Table showing the team size, the volume of excavation, and the time per ring spent on the different tasks involved in constructing the tunnel through the various types of ground encountered; also detailing the scope and nature of all unavoidable delays.
Weight of iron | Section between rings | Description | Ave. No. of Men | Av. No. of cu. yd. per ring | Time Mucking per cu. yd. | Av. Time per ring, shoving and Mucking | Time for Jacks | Time for Ring Erection, Hrs. and Min. | Bolting Time, Whole Time on Bolts After Ring is Complete. | Time lost repairing hydraulic piping | Total Time. | |||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Length in feet | Material | Ave air Pressure | Method of Excavation | Shield | Drilling | Grouting | Air trans | Total | Ordinary | Bore 1 | Bore 2 | Taper | Mean | Ordinary | Bore 1 | Bore 2 | Taper | Mean | Ordinary | Bore 1 | Bore 2 | Taper | Mean | |||||||
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | G | G | G | G | H | H | H | H | H | |||||||||||||||
Ordinary | 1-54 | 135.0 | Rock | 0 | [P] | 14 | Time for jacks for light iron is included in shoving and mucking | 4-00 | 4-21 | 4-04 | Excavation partially completed previously. | |||||||||||||||||||
55-80 | 65.0 | " | 19 | [P] | 24 | 7 | ⅓ | 1 | 32 | 41 | 0-31 | 21-00 | 6-04 | 5-30 | 5-57 | } | Bolting time for light iron is included in erection. | { | 27-4 | 26-30 | 26-57 | |||||||||
81-107 | 65.0 | Soft rock | 18 | [P] | 22 | 5 | 2 | 29 | 41 | 0-33 | 22-30 | 4-26 | 4-26 | } | { | 26-56 | 26-56 | |||||||||||||
108-153 | 117.5 | Rock | 14 | [P] | 17 | 11 | 2 | 30 | 41 | 0-39 | 26-31 | 3-10 | 3-30 | 3-12 | } | { | 29-41 | 30-1 | 29-43 | |||||||||||
154-194 | 102.5 | Rock and earth | 14 | [P] | 23 | 6 | 2 | 31 | 41 | 0-27 | 18-34 | 2-08 | J. | J. | 2-40 | 2-10 | } | { | 20-42 | 21-14 | 20-44 | |||||||||
195-215 | 52.5 | Silt | 19 | [P]Breasting | 28 | 2 | 30 | 41 | 0-10 | 6-46 | 3-03 | 3-30 | 3-30 | 3-09 | } | { | 9-49 | 10-16 | 10-16 | 9-55 | ||||||||||
216-393 | 445.0 | " | 20 | [Q]8 doors | 27 | 4 | 31 | 46 | 0-05 | 3-53 | 2-40 | 2-56 | 3-00 | 3-10 | 2-50 | } | { | 0-09 | 6-42 | 6-58 | 7-02 | 7-12 | 6-52 | |||||||
394-429 | 90.0 | Silt, piles, rip-rap | 24 | [P]Breasting | 28 | 4 | 32 | 46 | 0-18 | 17-09 | 3-43 | 3-39 | 4-46 | 4-11 | 3-56 | } | { | 23-79 | 23-25 | 24-32 | 23-57 | 23-42 | ||||||||
430-509 | 200.0 | Silt | 23 | [Q]1 door | 24 | 3 | 27 | 11 | 0-10 | 1-42 | 3-14 | 4-12 | 3-59 | 3-46 | 3-34 | } | { | 0-18 | 5-14 | 6-12 | 5-59 | 5-46 | 5-34 | |||||||
510-692 | 457.5 | " | 23 | [Q]3 doors | 26 | 4 | 30 | 30 | 0-05 | 1-47 | 2-08 | 2-21 | 2-32 | 2-50 | 2-18 | } | { | 0-11 | 4-06 | 4-19 | 4-30 | 4-48 | 4-16 | |||||||
55-692 | 1,593.0 | 20 | 25 | 2 | 3 | 30 | 30 | 0-15 | 7-35 | [N] | 3-02 | 4-31 | 3-12 | } | { | 0-17 | 10-54 | 12-23 | 11-04 | |||||||||||
216-692 | 1,192.5 | 22 | 26 | 4 | 30 | 30 | 0-07 | 3-42 | [N] | 2-38 | 2-59 | 3-08 | 1-30 | 2-50 | } | { | 0-25 | 6-45 | 7-06 | 7-15 | 5-37 | 6-57 | ||||||||
Heavy | 693-954 | 655.0 | Silt | 24 | [Q]1 door | 28 | 6 | 34 | 11 | 0-12 | 1-02 | [N] | 1-52 | 2-05 | 2-15 | 2-29 | 2-0 | } | { | 0-13 | 3-7 | 3-20 | 3-30 | 3-44 | 3-15 | |||||
955-1,014 | 150.0 | " | 24 | [Q]1 " | 28 | 8 | 36 | 12 | 0-04 | 0-48 | 0-16 | 0-51 | 1-18 | 1-08 | 0-50 | 0-58 | 0-24 | 0-21 | 0-37 | 0-10 | 0-25 | 0 | 2-19 | 2-43 | 2-49 | 2-04 | 2-27 | |||
1,015-1,074 | 150.0 | " | 24 | [Q]1 " | 25 | 8 | 33 | 12 | 0-03 | 0-41 | 0-13 | 0-43 | 0-46 | 0-55 | 0-40 | 0-45 | 0-31 | 0-30 | 0-52 | 0-23 | 0-34 | 0-02 | 2-10 | 2-12 | 2-43 | 1-59 | 2-15 | |||
1,075-1,134 | 150.0 | " | 24 | [Q]1 " | 27 | 9 | 36 | 8 | 0-04 | 0-34 | 0-12 | 1-04 | 1-01 | 1-15 | 1-20 | 1-08 | 0-28 | 0-35 | 1-40 | 0-52 | 0-44 | 0-03 | 2-21 | 2-25 | 3-44 | 3-01 | 2-41 | |||
1,135-1,194 | 150.0 | " | 25 | [Q]1 " | 26 | 8 | 34 | 8 | 0-04 | 0-33 | 0-13 | 0-53 | 0-51 | 0-58 | 0-46 | 0-53 | 0-32 | 0-20 | 0-24 | 0-18 | 0-26 | 0 | 2-11 | 1-57 | 2-08 | 1-50 | 2-05 | |||
1,195-1,224 | 75.0 | " | 25 | [Q]1 " | 24 | 9 | 33 | 6 | 0-04 | 0-24 | 0-12 | 0-58 | 0-42 | 0-53 | 0-50 | 0-54 | 0-19 | 0-20 | 0-34 | 0-35 | 0-23 | 0 | 1-53 | 1-38 | 2-03 | 2-01 | 1-53 | |||
1,225-1,262 | 95.0 | " | 25 | [Q]1 " | 23 | 9 | 32 | 5 | 0-05 | 0-23 | 0-10 | 0-48 | 0-49 | 0-50 | 0-35 | 0-47 | 0-29 | 0-29 | 0-36 | 0-18 | 0-30 | 0 | 1-50 | 1-51 | 1-59 | 1-26 | 1-50 | |||
1,263-1,277 | 37.5 | " | 25 | [Q]1 " | 24 | 10 | 34 | 10 | 0-04 | 0-36 | 0-11 | 0-47 | 0-50 | 0-52 | 0-48 | 0-52 | 0-23 | 0-23 | 0-41 | 0-23 | 0-27 | 0 | 1-57 | 2-0 | 2-20 | 1-58 | 2-06 | |||
1,278-1,307 | 75.0 | " | 25 | [Q]1 " | 21 | 10 | 31 | 17 | 0-04 | 1-09 | 0-10 | 1-03 | 1-01 | 1-06 | 0-00 | 1-04 | 0-33 | 0-34 | 0-51 | 0-0 | 0-36 | 0 | 2-55 | 2-54 | 3-16 | 0-0 | 2-59 | |||
1,308-1,326 | 47.5 | " | 28 | [Q]1 " | 27 | 11 | 38 | 22 | 0-05 | 1-39 | 0-18 | 1-25 | 1-48 | 1-50 | 0-50 | 1-31 | 0-49 | 0-42 | 0-58 | 0-25 | 0-48 | 0 | 4-11 | 4-27 | 4-45 | 3-12 | 4-16 | |||
955-1,326 | 930.0 | 24 | 26 | 9 | 35 | 11 | 0-04 | 0-41 | 0-13 | 0-55 | 0-59 | 1-03 | 0-55 | 0-58 | 0-29 | 0-27 | 0-49 | 0-31 | 0-32 | 0 | 2-18 | 2-20 | 2-46 | 2-20 | 2-24 | |||||
693-1,326 | 1,585.0 | 24 | 27 | 8 | 35 | 12 | 0-04 | 0-51 | [N] | 1-27 | 1-34 | 1-41 | 1-38 | 1-31 | [O] | 0-06 | 2-24 | 2-31 | 2-38 | 2-35 | 2-28 | |||||||||
All | 216-1,326 | 2,777.5 | 23 | 27 | 7 | 34 | 19 | 0-06 | 1-59 | [N] | 1-55 | 2-08 | 2-16 | 1-35 | 2-03 | [O] | 0-16 | 4-18 | ||||||||||||
55-1,326 | 3,180.0 | 22 | 26 | 6 | 32 | 21 | 0-10 | 4-13 | [N] | 2-22 | [O] | 0-12 | 6-47 |
SUMMARY
SUMMARY
Weight of iron | Section between rings | Description | Ave. No. of Men in Gang | Average No. of cubic yard per ring | Time mucking, per cubic yard | Average Time per Ring | Unavoidable Delays (Not Included in Average Time per Ring). | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Length in feet | Material | Ave. air Pressure | Method of Excavation | Shield | Drilling | Grouting | Air Trans | Total | Shoving and mucking[N] | Erection[O] | Lost time | Total | Items | Time hrs--min | ||||
Ordinary | 1-54 | 135.0 | Rock | 0 | [P] | 14 | 4-14 | First bulkhead | 172-00 | |||||||||
55-194 | 350.0 | Earth and rock | 16 | [P] | 22 | 6 | ⅓ | 2 | 30 | 41 | 0-32 | 21-44 | 4-04 | 25-48 | Second bulkhead | 119-00 | ||
195-393 | 497.5 | Silt | 20 | [P]Breasting | 27 | 4 | 31 | 38 | 0-07 | 4-11 | 2-52 | 0-09 | 7-12 | Grouting | 200-00 | |||
394-440 | 117.5 | " | 24 | [P]Breasting | 28 | 4 | 32 | 41 | 0-18 | 11-54 | 4-17 | 1-41 | 17-52 | Blowout | 73-00 | |||
441-692 | 630.0 | " | 23 | [Q]3 doors | 25 | 4 | 29 | 17 | 0-06 | 2-04 | 2-34 | 0-42 | 5-20 | Cradle | 100-00 | |||
216-692 | 1,192.5 | 22 | 26 | 4 | 30 | 30 | 0-07 | 3-42 | 2-50 | 0-25 | 6-57 | Total | 664-00 | |||||
55-692 | 1,595.0 | 20 | 25 | 2 | 3 | 30 | 30 | 0-15 | 7-35 | 3-12 | 0-17 | 11-04 | Per ring | 0-39 | ||||
Heavy | 693-1,326 | 1,585.0 | Silt | 24 | [Q]1 door | 27 | 8 | 35 | 12 | 0-04 | 0-51 | 1-31 | 0-06 | 2-28 | ||||
All | 55-1,326 | 3,180.0 | 22 | 26 | 6 | 32 | 21 | 0-10 | 4-13 | 2-22 | 0-12 | 6-47 |
[N] Including time for jacks.
Including time for jacks.
[O] Including bolting time.
Including bolt time.
[P] Excavating ahead of shield.
Excavating in front of shield.
TABLE 25.— Shield-Driven Tunnel Work, Manhattan Shaft, River Tunnel South. Table showing the size of the gang, the amount of excavation, and the time per ring taken for the various operations involved in building tunnel through the several kinds of ground encountered; also the extent and nature of all the unavoidable delays.
TABLE 25.—Shield-Driven Tunnel Work, Manhattan Shaft, River Tunnel South. Table showing the crew size, the volume of excavation, and the time taken per ring for the different operations involved in constructing the tunnel through various types of ground encountered; also detailing the extent and nature of all unavoidable delays.
Weight of iron | Section between rings | Description | Average No. of Men in Gang | Av. No. of cu. yd. per ring | Time Mucking, per cu. yd. | Av. time per ring shoving and Mucking | Time for Jacks | Time for Ring Erection, Hrs. and Min. | Bolting Time, Whole Time on Bolts After Ring is Complete. | Time lost repairing hydraulic piping | Total Time. | |||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Length in feet | Material | Ave air pressure | Method of Excavation | Shield | Drilling | Grouting | Air trans | Total | Ordinary | Bore 1 | Bore 2 | Taper | Mean | Ordinary | Bore 1 | Bore 2 | Taper | Mean | Ordinary | Bore 1 | Bore 2 | Taper | Mean | |||||||
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | G | G | G | G | H | H | H | H | H | |||||||||||||||
Ordinary | 1-68 | 170.0 | Rock | 0 | [R] | 20 | 5 | 5 | 2 | 32 | 41 | 0-14 | 9-53 | Time for jacks for light iron is included in shoving and mucking | 5-27 | 4-32 | 5-07 | Excavation partially completed previously. Bolting time for light iron is included in erection. | 15-20 | 14-25 | 15-00 | |||||||||
69-95 | 67.5 | Rock and earth | 13 | [R] | 22 | 8 | 2 | 32 | 41 | 0-24 | 16-18 | 3-02 | 2-40 | 3-00 | 19-20 | 18-58 | 19-18 | |||||||||||||
96-141 | 115.0 | Rock | 10 | [R] | 21 | 13 | 2 | 36 | 70 | 0-16 | 18-16 | 2-08 | 2-27 | 2-09 | 0-03 | 20-27 | 20-46 | 20-28 | ||||||||||||
142-191 | 125.0 | Rock and earth | 15 | [R] | 24 | 7 | 2 | 33 | 52 | 0-20 | 17-27 | 2-08 | J | J | 2-04 | 2-08 | 0-12 | 19-47 | 19-43 | 19-47 | ||||||||||
192-203 | 30.0 | Silt | 18 | [R]Breasting | 23 | 3 | 26 | 36 | 0-13 | 7-58 | 2-27 | 6-00 | 2-10 | 3-15 | 2-47 | 1-20 | 11-45 | 15-18 | 11-28 | 12-33 | 12-05 | |||||||||
204-388 | 462.5 | " | 18 | [S]7 doors | 27 | 3 | 30 | 37 | 0-05 | 3-19 | 2-41 | 2-49 | 2-54 | 2-56 | 2-47 | 0-05 | 6-05 | 6-13 | 6-18 | 6-20 | 6-11 | |||||||||
389-429 | 102.5 | Silt, piles and rip-rap. | 22 | [S] 6 doors [R]Breasting | 24 | 4 | 28 | 40 | 0-17 | 12-42 | 3-15 | 2-36 | 5-03 | 3-26 | 3-27 | 0-38 | 16-35 | 15-56 | 18-23 | 16-46 | 16-47 | |||||||||
430-504 | 187.5 | Silt | 21 | [S]3 doors | 23 | 5 | 28 | 20 | 0-06 | 1-51 | 2-53 | 3-17 | 3-00 | 2-57 | 2-59 | 0-39 | 5-23 | 5-47 | 5-30 | 6-27 | 5-29 | |||||||||
505-629 | 312.5 | " | 22 | [S]4 doors | 25 | 6 | 31 | 27 | 0-05 | 2-20 | 2-23 | 2-40 | 2-45 | 2-28 | 2-30 | 0-23 | 5-06 | 5-23 | 5-28 | 5-11 | 5-13 | |||||||||
630-692 | 157.5 | " | 23 | [S]2 doors. | 24 | 8 | 32 | 22 | 0-05 | 1-53 | 1-54 | 2-10 | 2-22 | 2-23 | 2-02 | 0-08 | 3-55 | 4-11 | 4-23 | 4-24 | 4-03 | |||||||||
204-692 | 1,222.5 | 21 | 25 | 5 | 30 | 30 | 0-07 | 3-27 | [T] | 2-34 | 2-45 | 2-58 | 2-35 | 2-42 | 0-18 | 6-19 | 6-30 | 6-43 | 6-20 | 6-27 | ||||||||||
69-692 | 1,560.0 | 17 | 23 | 4 | 0 | 3 | 30 | 36 | 0-11 | 6-40 | [T] | 2-47 | 3-18 | 2-52 | 0-15 | 9-42 | 10-13 | 9-47 | ||||||||||||
Heavy | 693-766 | 185.0 | Silt | 24 | [S]2 doors | 21 | 6 | 27 | 22 | 0-05 | 1-35 | 0-25 | 1-18 | 1-44 | 1-30 | 1-40 | 1-25 | 0-43 | 1-09 | 0-52 | 0-50 | 0-49 | 0-07 | 4-08 | 5-00 | 4-29 | 4-37 | 4-21 | ||
767-806 | 100.0 | " | 24 | [S]2 " | 22 | 7 | 29 | 22 | 0-05 | 1-19 | 0-21 | 1-00 | 0-56 | 1-37 | 1-21 | 1-08 | 0-38 | 0-24 | 0-43 | 0-38 | 0-42 | 0-02 | 3-20 | 3-02 | 4-02 | 3-41 | 3-32 | |||
807-900 | 235.0 | " | 24 | [S]1½ " | 23 | 8 | 31 | 19 | 0-05 | 1-11 | 0-17 | 0-58 | 1-13 | 1-08 | 1-12 | 1-04 | 0-39 | 0-34 | 0-56 | 0-31 | 0-40 | 0-06 | 3-11 | 3-21 | 3-38 | 3-17 | 3-18 | |||
901-933 | 82.5 | " | 25 | [S]1 door | 30 | 10 | 40 | 19 | 0-04 | 1-13 | 0-09 | 0-59 | 1-05 | 0-59 | 1-00 | 0-34 | 0-26 | 1-47 | 0-43 | 0-05 | 3-00 | 2-58 | 4-13 | 3-10 | ||||||
934-988 | 137.5 | " | 25 | [S]1 " | 30 | 11 | 41 | 16 | 0-04 | 0-54 | 0-12 | 0-49 | 0-44 | 0-56 | 0-50 | 0-28 | 0-34 | 0-34 | 0-30 | 0-06 | 2-29 | 2-30 | 2-42 | 2-32 | ||||||
989-1,043 | 137.5 | " | 25 | [S]1 " | 28 | 11 | 39 | 13 | 0-05 | 0-52 | 0-14 | 0-51 | 0-44 | 0-52 | 1-14 | 0-52 | 0-33 | 0-24 | 0-51 | 0-35 | 0-35 | 0-04 | 2-34 | 2-18 | 2-53 | 2-59 | 2-37 | |||
1,044-1,053 | 25.0 | " | 26 | [S]1 " | 25 | 9 | 34 | 16 | 0-07 | 0-40 | 0-15 | 1-04 | 1-15 | 0-50 | 0-55 | 1-02 | 0-23 | 0-38 | 0-30 | 0-55 | 0-36 | 3-22 | 3-48 | 3-15 | 3-45 | 3-33 | ||||
1,054-1,068 | 37.5 | 26 | [S]1 " | 26 | 9 | 35 | 8 | 0-05 | 0-36 | 0-08 | 0-57 | 0-40 | 1-02 | 0-56 | 0-33 | 0-25 | 0-35 | 0-32 | 2-14 | 1-49 | 2-21 | 2-12 | ||||||||
1,069-1,110 | 105.0 | " | 26 | [S]1 " | 30 | 11 | 41 | 14 | 0-06 | 1-00 | 0-15 | 0-48 | 0-54 | 1-06 | 1-31 | 0-56 | 0-32 | 0-40 | 0-48 | 0-46 | 0-37 | 0-05 | 2-40 | 2-54 | 3-14 | 3-37 | 2-53 | |||
693-1,110 | 1,045.0 | 25 | 25 | 8 | 33 | 18 | 0-05 | 1-29 | [T] | 1-01 | 1-08 | 1-09 | 1-19 | 1-05 | 0-37 | 0-39 | 0-52 | 0-40 | 0-40 | 0-05 | 3-12 | 3-21 | 3-35 | 3-33 | 3-19 | |||||
All | 204-1,110 | 2,267.5 | 23 | 25 | 6 | 31 | 25 | 0-06 | 2-35 | [T] | 2-09 | 2-19 | 2-33 | 2-19 | 2-17 | [U] | 0-12 | 4-56 | 5-06 | 5-20 | 5-06 | 5-04 | ||||||||
69-1,110 | 2,605.0 | 20 | 24 | 2 | 5 | 31 | 29 | 0-09 | 4-36 | [T] | 2-19 | 2-46 | 2-25 | [U] | 0-14 | 7--0 | 7-36 | 7-15 |
SUMMARY
SUMMARY
Weight of iron | Section between rings | Description | Ave. No. of Men in Gang | Average No. of cubic yards per ring | Mucking, per cubic yard | Average Time per ring | Unavoidable Delays (not Included in Average Time per Ring). | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Length in feet | Material | Ave. air pressure | Mehod of Excavation | Shield | Drilling | Grouting | Air Trans | Total | Shoving and mucking[T] | Erection [U] | Lost time | Total | Items | Time hrs min | ||||
Ordinary | 1-68 | 170.0 | Rock | 0 | [R] | 20 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 32 | 41 | 0-14 | 9-53 | 5-07 | 15-00 | First bulkhead | 160--00 | |
69-191 | 307.5 | Rock and earth | 13 | [R] | 22 | 9 | 2 | 33 | 54 | 0-19 | 17-20 | 2-26 | 0-05 | 19-51 | Second bulkhead | 157--45 | ||
192-388 | 492.5 | Silt | 18 | [R]Breasting [S]7 doors | 25 | 3 | 28 | 37 | 0-09 | 5-39 | 2-47 | 0-63 | 9-29 | Grouting | 200--00 | |||
389-429 | 102.5 | Silt piles and rip-rap | 22 | [R] Breasting [S]6 doors | 24 | 4 | 28 | 40 | 0-17 | 12-42 | 3-27 | 0-38 | 16-47 | Blowout | 69--45 | |||
430-692 | 657.5 | Silt | 22 | [S]3 doors | 24 | 6 | 30 | 24 | 0-05 | 1-58 | 2-29 | 0-22 | 4-49 | Waiting for heavy iron | 64--0 | |||
204-692 | 1,222.5 | 21 | 25 | 5 | 30 | 30 | 0-07 | 3-27 | 2-42 | 0-18 | 6-27 | Total | 715--30 | |||||
69-692 | 1,560.0 | 17 | 23 | 4 | 0 | 3 | 30 | 36 | 0-11 | 6-40 | 2-52 | 0-15 | 9-47 | Per ring | 0--39 | |||
Heavy | 693-1,110 | 1,045.0 | 25 | [S]1 door | 25 | 8 | 33 | 18 | 0-05 | 1-29 | 1-45 | 0-06 | 3-19 | |||||
All | 69-1,110 | 2,605.0 | 20 | 24 | 5 | 31 | 29 | 0-09 | 4-36 | 2-25 | 0-14 | 7-15 |
[R] Excavating ahead of shield.
Excavating in front of shield.
[T] Including time for jacks.
Including time for jacks.
[U] Including bolting time.
Including time to bolt.
TABLE 26.— Shield-Driven Tunnel Work, Weehawken Shaft, River Tunnel North. Table showing the size of the gang, the amount of excavation, and the time per ring taken for the various operations involved in building tunnel through the several kinds of ground encountered; also the extent and nature of all the unavoidable delays.
TABLE 26.—Shield-Driven Tunnel Work, Weehawken Shaft, River Tunnel North. Table showing the size of the team, the amount of excavation, and the time per ring taken for the different operations involved in constructing the tunnel through the various types of ground encountered; also the extent and nature of all the unavoidable delays.
Weight of iron | Section between rings | Description | Ave. No. of Men in Gang | Av. No. of cu. yd. per ring | Time Mucking, per cu. yd. | Av. Time per ring, shoving and mucking | Time for Jacks | Time for Ring Erection, Hrs. and Min. | Bolting Time, Whole Time on Bolts After Ring is Complete. | Time lost repairing hydraulic piping | Total Time. | |||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Length in feet | Material | Ave air Pressure | Method of Excavation | Shield | Drilling | Grouting | Air trans | Total | Straight | Bore 1 | Bore 2 | Taper | Mean | Straight | Bore 1 | Bore 2 | Taper | Mean | Straight | Bore 1 | Bore 2 | Taper | Mean | |||||||
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | G | G | G | G | H | H | H | H | H | |||||||||||||||
Ordinary | 1-24 | 60.0 | Rock | 0 | [X] | 9 | .04 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 46 | 0-06 | 4-32 | Time for jacks for light iron is included in shoving and mucking. | 6-23 | 6-23 | Excavation partially completed previously. | 10-55 | 10-55 | |||||||||||
25-55 | 77.5 | " | 20 | [X] | 14 | 5 | 0.5 | 1 | 21 | 46 | 0-51 | 39-33 | 4-25 | 5-10 | 4-29 | 43-58 | 44-43 | 44-02 | ||||||||||||
56-72 | 42.5 | Mixed sand and rock | 10 | [X]Breasting | 22 | 2 | .09 | 2 | 26 | 44 | 0-21 | 15-05 | 2-53 | 3-15 | 2-55 | 0-04 | 18-02 | 18-24 | 18-04 | |||||||||||
73-165 | 232.5 | Sand and gravel | 10 | [X] " | 22 | 0 | 0.1 | 2 | 24 | 39 | 0-11 | 6-56 | 2-27 | 2-21 | 2-26 | Bolting time for light iron is included in erection. | 0-09 | 9-32 | 9-26 | 9-31 | ||||||||||
166-184 | 47.5 | Sand and silt with piles | 20 | [X] Breasting and cutting piles | 22 | 0 | .38 | 3 | 25 | 42 | 0-09 | 6-19 | 2-31 | J | J | 6-30 | 2-37 | 0-07 | 8-57 | 12-56 | 9-03 | |||||||||
185-253 | 172.5 | Silt and piles | 24 | 23 | 0 | .71 | 3 | 26 | 43 | 0-09 | 6-13 | 1-57 | 2-44 | 2-52 | 2-00 | 2-15 | 0-15 | 8-25 | 9-12 | 9-20 | 8-28 | 8-43 | ||||||||
254-293 | 100.0 | Silt | 26 | [Y]8 doors | 22 | 0 | 0 | 3 | 25 | 6 | 0-18 | 1-45 | 1-58 | 1-57 | 2-15 | 2-45 | 2-02 | 0-14 | 3-57 | 3-56 | 4-14 | 4-44 | 4-01 | |||||||
294-301 | 20.0 | " | 27 | 19 | 0 | 0 | 2 | 21 | 0 | 1-08 | 0-58 | 1-45 | 1-50 | 1-17 | 2-06 | 2-53 | 2-58 | 2-25 | ||||||||||||
302-307 | 15.0 | " | 27 | [Y]8 doors | 21 | 0 | 0 | 2 | 23 | 26 | 0-09 | 4-03 | 2-20 | 1-40 | 1-55 | 2-57 | 2-22 | 6-23 | 5-43 | 5-58 | 7-00 | 6-25 | ||||||||
308-342 | 87.5 | " | 28 | 19 | 0 | 0 | 2 | 21 | 0 | 0 | 0-36 | 2-00 | 1-34 | 2-42 | 1-58 | 2-02 | 2-36 | 2-10 | 3-18 | 2-29 | 2-38 | |||||||||
343-347 | 12.5 | " | 28 | [Y]8 doors | 15 | 0 | 0 | 2 | 17 | 2 | 0-36 | 1-11 | 2-15 | 2-20 | 2-43 | 2-33 | 0-39 | 4-05 | 4-10 | 4-43 | 4-23 | |||||||||
348-459 | 280.0 | " | 28 | 20 | 0 | 0 | 3 | 23 | 0 | 0 | 0-33 | 2-03 | 2-04 | 2-09 | 2-23 | 2-06 | 0-14 | 2-50 | 2-51 | 2-56 | 3-10 | 2-53 | ||||||||
460-494 | 87.5 | " | 28 | [Y]8 doors | 21 | 0 | 0 | 3 | 24 | 9 | 0-09 | 1-23 | 2-49 | 2-30 | 2-50 | 1-50 | 2-38 | 0-27 | 4-39 | 4-20 | 4-40 | 3-40 | 4-28 | |||||||
495-513 | 47.5 | " | 28 | 8 " | 23 | 0 | 0 | 4 | 27 | 17 | 0-05 | 1-28 | 2-35 | 2-23 | 1-55 | 2-10 | 2-26 | 4-03 | 3-51 | 3-23 | 3-38 | 3-54 | ||||||||
514-605 | 230.0 | " | 28 | 8 " | 25 | 0 | 0 | 4 | 29 | 26 | 0-04 | 1-44 | 2-12 | 2-34 | 2-29 | 2-15 | 2-19 | 3-56 | 4-18 | 4-13 | 3-59 | 4-03 | ||||||||
606-624 | 47.5 | " | 28 | 8 " | 24 | 0 | 0 | 4 | 28 | 16 | 0-04 | 1-07 | 1-54 | 2-33 | 2-16 | 1-35 | 2-04 | 3-01 | 3-40 | 3-23 | 2-42 | 3-11 | ||||||||
625-640 | 40.0 | " | 28 | 8 " | 38 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 43 | 24 | 0-03 | 1-13 | 2-14 | 2-55 | 2-35 | 2-46 | 2-28 | 3-27 | 4-08 | 3-48 | 3-59 | 3-41 | ||||||||
25-640 | 1,540.0 | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
185-640 | 1,140.0 | 26 | 23 | 0 | 0.2 | 3 | 26 | 16 | 0-07 | 1-58 | [V] | 2-07 | 2-19 | 2-26 | 2-15 | 2-13 | 0-09 | 4-14 | 4-26 | 4-33 | 4-22 | 4-20 | ||||||||
Heavy | 641-647 | 17.5 | Silt | 28 | [Y]8 doors | 24 | 0 | 0 | 6 | 30 | 19 | 0-04 | 0-08 | [V] | 1-20 | 2-08 | 1-65 | 1-40 | 1-41 | 0-40 | 0-35 | 1-25 | 0-55 | 0-47 | 3-08 | 3-51 | 4-28 | 3-43 | 3-36 | |
648-751 | 260.0 | " | 28 | [Y]8 " | 22 | 0 | 0 | 4 | 26 | 14 | 0-03 | 0-36 | 0-12 | 1-21 | 1-22 | 1-26 | 1-55 | 1-23 | 0-31 | 0-29 | 0-38 | 0-30 | 0-32 | 0-12 | 2-52 | 2-51 | 3-04 | 3-25 | 2-55 | |
752-795 | 110.0 | " | 28 | [Y]8 " | 18 | 0 | 0 | 7 | 25 | 10 | 0-03 | 0-29 | 0-14 | 0-46 | 1-25 | 1-31 | 2-37 | 1-10 | 0-48 | 0-31 | 0-44 | 0-35 | 0-43 | 0-05 | 2-22 | 2-44 | 3-03 | 4-00 | 2-41 | |
796-825 | 75.0 | " | 28 | [Y]8 " | 19 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 28 | 5 | 0-08 | 0-40 | 0-11 | 0-48 | 1-31 | 1-34 | 0-53 | 1-03 | 0-31 | 1-03 | 0-49 | 3-27 | 0-51 | 2-10 | 3-25 | 3-14 | 5-11 | 2-45 | ||
826-854 | 72.5 | " | 28 | [Y]8 " | 17 | 0 | 0 | 3 | 20 | 15 | 0-03 | 0-48 | 0-19 | 0-54 | 1-12 | 1-02 | 1-23 | 1-01 | 0-22 | 0-37 | 0-38 | 0-20 | 0-27 | 0-06 | 2-29 | 3-02 | 2-53 | 2-56 | 2-41 | |
855-881 | 67.5 | " | 28 | [Y]8 " | 23 | 0 | 0 | 9 | 32 | 7 | 0-05 | 0-33 | 0-16 | 0-59 | 0-45 | 1-15 | 1-20 | 1-01 | 0-22 | 0-21 | 0-45 | 0-40 | 0-26 | 0-45 | 2-55 | 2-40 | 3-34 | 3-34 | 3-01 | |
882-982 | 252.5 | " | 28 | [Y]8 " | 20 | 0 | 0 | 8 | 28 | 10 | 0-02 | 0-20 | 0-14 | 0-49 | 1-02 | 1-01 | 0-50 | 0-54 | 0-41 | 0-36 | 0-36 | 0-15 | 0-39 | 0-12 | 2-16 | 2-24 | 2-23 | 1-51 | 2-19 | |
983-990 | 20.0 | " | 28 | [Y]8 " | 21 | 0 | 0 | 7 | 28 | 17 | 0-02 | 0-34 | 0-14 | 0-40 | 0-40 | 0-48 | 0-44 | 1-15 | 0-15 | 0-28 | 0-48 | 2-43 | 1-43 | 2-04 | 2-20 | |||||
991-1,049 | 147.5 | " | 28 | [Y]8 " | 23 | 0 | 0 | 7 | 30 | 8 | 0-03 | 0-21 | 0-11 | 0-40 | 0-48 | 0-39 | 0-41 | 0-41 | 0-34 | 0-55 | 0-41 | 1-53 | 1-54 | 2-06 | 1-54 | |||||
1,050-1,074 | 62.5 | " | 28 | [Y]8 " | 24 | 0 | 0 | 9 | 33 | 7 | 0-03 | 0-18 | 0-10 | 0-43 | 0-44 | 0-46 | 0-40 | 0-43 | 0-35 | 1-15 | 0-07 | 0-35 | 0-48 | 0-04 | 1-50 | 2-31 | 2-25 | 1-47 | 2-03 | |
1,075-1,110 | 90.0 | " | 28 | [Y]8 " | 25 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 35 | 16 | 0-02 | 0-33 | 0-12 | 0-50 | 1-02 | 1-06 | 0-58 | 0-55 | 0-35 | 0-46 | 0-58 | 2-10 | 0-41 | 0-21 | 2-31 | 2-54 | 2-10 | 4-14 | 2-42 | |
641-1,110 | 1,175.0 | 28 | 21 | 0 | 0 | 7 | 28 | 8 | 0-04 | 0-30 | 0-14 | 0-56 | 1-08 | 1-12 | 1-29 | 1-02 | 0-36 | 0-36 | 0-44 | 0-54 | 6-38 | 0-11 | 2-27 | 2-27 | 2-51 | 3-18 | 2-35 | |||
All | 185-1,110 | 2,315.0 | 28 | 22 | 0 | 0.1 | 5 | 27 | 12 | 0-07 | 1-20 | 0[V] | 1-48 | 2-01 | 2-11 | 2-17 | 1-56 | [W] | 0-10 | 3-18 | 3-31 | 3-41 | 3-47 | 3-26 | ||||||
25-1,110 | 2,715.0 | 26 | 21 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 3 | 24 | 17.1 | 0-12 | 3-13 | [V] | 2-05 | [W] | 0-09 | 5-27 |
SUMMARY
SUMMARY
Weight of iron | Section between rings | Description | Average Number of Men in the Gang | Average No. of cubic yards per ring | Time mucking, per cubic yard | Average Time per Call. | Unavoidable Delays (not included in Average Time per Ring). | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Length in feet | Material | Ave. air Pressure | Method of Excavation | Shield | Drilling | Grouting | Air trans | Total | Shoving and mucking [V] | Erection [W] | Lost time | Total | Items | Time hrs min | ||||
Ordinary | 1-24 | 60.0 | Rock | 0 | [X] | 9 | .04 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 46 | 0-06 | 4-32 | 6-23 | 0-00 | 10-55 | First bulkhead | 132-00 |
25-55 | 77.5 | " | 20 | [X] | 14 | 5 | 0.5 | 1 | 21 | 46 | 0-51 | 39-33 | 4-29 | 0-00 | 44-02 | Second bulkhead | 158-50 | |
56-72 | 42.5 | Mixed sand and rock | 10 | [X]Breasting | 22 | 2 | .09 | 2 | 26 | 44 | 0-21 | 15-05 | 2-55 | 0-04 | 18-04 | Grouting | 240-00 | |
73-165 | 232.5 | Sand & gravel | 10 | [X]Breasting | 22 | 0 | .1 | 2 | 24 | 39 | 0-11 | 6-56 | 2-26 | 0-09 | 9-31 | Old cave-in | 234-00 | |
166-184 | 47.5 | Sand and silt with piles | 20 | [X]Breasting and cutting piles | 22 | 0 | .38 | 3 | 25 | 42 | 0-09 | 6-19 | 2-37 | 0-07 | 9-03 | Shoving tube | 128-00 | |
185-253 | 172.5 | Silt w/ piles | 24 | [X]Breasting and cutting piles | 23 | 0 | .71 | 3 | 26 | 43 | 0-09 | 6-13 | 2-15 | 0-05 | 8-43 | - | - | |
254-640 | 110.0 | Silt | 26 | [Y]Doors | 22 | 0 | 0 | 3 | 25 | 11 | 0-07 | 1-13 | 2-20 | 0-08 | 3-41 | Total | 892-50 | |
25-640 | 1,540.0 | 20 | [Y]Doors | 21 | 0.3 | .12 | 3 | 24 | 24 | 0-14 | 5-06 | 2-24 | 0-08 | 7-38 | per ring | 0-49 | ||
Hvy | 641-1,110 | 1,175.0 | 28 | 21 | 0 | 0 | 7 | 28 | 8 | 0-04 | 0-44 | 1-40 | 0-11 | 2-35 | ||||
All | 25-1,110 | 2,715.0 | 26 | 21 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 3 | 24 | 17.1 | 0-12 | 3-13 | 3-05 | 0-09 | 5-27 |
[V] Including time for jacks.
Including time for jacks.
[W] Including bolting time.
Including bolting time.
[X] Excavating ahead of shield.
Excavating in front of shield.
TABLE 27.— Shield-Driven Tunnel Work, Weehawken Shaft, River Tunnel South. Table showing the size of the gang, the amount of excavation, and the time per ring taken for the various operations involved in building tunnel through the several kinds of ground encountered; also the extent and nature of all the unavoidable delays.
TABLE 27.—Shield-Driven Tunnel Project, Weehawken Shaft, River Tunnel South. Table showing the team size, the volume of excavation, and the time per ring required for the different operations involved in constructing the tunnel through the various types of ground encountered, as well as the extent and nature of all unavoidable delays.
Weight of iron. | Section between rings. | Description. | Average Number of Men in Gang. | Av. No. of cu. yd. per ring. | Time Mucking, per cu. yd. | Av. Time per ring Shoving and Mucking. | Time for Jacks. | Time for Ring Installation, Hrs. and Min. | Bolting Time (Total Time on Bolts After the Ring is Finished.) | Time lost repairing hydraulic piping. | Total Duration. | |||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Length in feet. | Material. | Ave. air Pressure. | Method of Excavation. | Shield. | Drilling. | Grouting. | Air trans. | Total. | Straight. | Bore 1. | Bore 2. | Taper. | Mean. | Straight. | Bore 1. | Bore 2. | Taper. | Mean. | Straight. | Bore 1. | Bore 2. | Taper. | Mean. | |||||||
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | G | G | G | G | H | H | H | H | H | |||||||||||||||
Ordinary. | 1-27 | 67.5 | Rock | 9 | [B] | Excavation partially completed previously. | 8-30 | 3-45 | 8-08 | Bolting time for light iron is included in erection. | 0-14 | 21-11 | 16-26 | 20-49 | ||||||||||||||||
28-42 | 37.5 | " | 12 | [B] | 13 | 4 | 1 | 1 | 19 | 48.7 | 0-25 | 20-33 | 4-23 | 4-00 | 4-21 | 0-12 | 25-08 | 24-45 | 25-06 | |||||||||||
43-58 | 40.0 | Rock or gravel | 12 | [B] | 19 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 25 | 44.2 | 0-46 | 33-44 | 4-16 | 5-45 | 4-44 | 1-15 | 39-15 | 40-44 | 39-43 | |||||||||||
59-153 | 237.5 | Gravel and sand | 16 | [B]Breasting | 25 | 1 | 4 | 30 | 39.0 | 0-12 | 8-06 | 2-19 | 4-18 | 2-23 | 0-30 | 10-55 | 12-54 | 10-59 | ||||||||||||
154-170 | 42.5 | Sand and silt with piles | 18 | " | 26 | 1 | 5 | 32 | 41.6 | 0-10 | 7-10 | 2-00 | J. | J. | 1-48 | 1-59 | 0-00 | 9-10 | J. | J. | 8-58 | 9-09 | ||||||||
171-236 | 165.0 | Silt with piles | 22 | Top half | 22 | 1 | 3 | 26 | 42.6 | 0-10 | 7-23 | 2-36 | 2-55 | 2-58 | 1-24 | 2-35 | 0-05 | 10-04 | 10-23 | 10-26 | 8-52 | 10-03 | ||||||||
237-259 | 57.5 | Silt | 25 | [C]1 door | 18 | 1 | 3 | 22 | 13.8 | 0-11 | 2-29 | 3-01 | 2-05 | 1-28 | 2-00 | 2-32 | 0-20 | 5-50 | 4-54 | 4-17 | 4-49 | 5-21 | ||||||||
260-302 | 107.5 | " | 27 | [C]1 door | 15 | 2 | 17 | 0 | 0-32 | 2-34 | 2-35 | 3-38 | 4-28 | 3-05 | 0-08 | 3-14 | 3-15 | 4-18 | 5-08 | 3-45 | ||||||||||
303-350 | 120.0 | " | 27 | [C]8 doors | 15 | 4 | 19 | 6.9 | 0-07 | 0-52 | 2-59 | 2-28 | 2-37 | 1-44 | 2-41 | 0-07 | 3-58 | 3-27 | 3-36 | 2-43 | 3-40 | |||||||||
351-378 | 70.0 | " | 27.5 | [C]8 " | 18 | 6 | 24 | 0 | 0-33 | 2-05 | 2-32 | 2-48 | 2-00 | 2-18 | 0-17 | 2-55 | 3-22 | 3-38 | 2-50 | 3-08 | ||||||||||
379-424 | 115.0 | " | 27.5 | [C]8 " | 19 | 4 | 23 | 6.9 | 0-07 | 0-48 | 3-34 | 2-51 | 3-18 | 3-19 | 3-22 | 0-25 | 4-47 | 4-09 | 4-31 | 4-32 | 4-35 | |||||||||
425-522 | 245.0 | " | 28 | [C]1 door | 19 | 4 | 23 | 6.7 | 0-06 | 0-45 | 3-09 | 3-51 | 3-00 | 3-28 | 3-16 | 0-16 | 4-10 | 4-52 | 4-01 | 4-29 | 4-17 | |||||||||
523-625 | 257.5 | " | 28 | [C]1 " | 20 | 4 | 24 | 0 | 0-32 | 1-36 | 1-37 | 1-47 | 1-51 | 1-39 | 0-12 | 2-20 | 2-21 | 2-31 | 2-35 | 2-23 | ||||||||||
171-625 | 1,137.5 | 27 | 19 | 4 | 23 | 9.7 | 0-11 | 1-44 | [Z] | 2-37 | 2-41 | 2-41 | 2-32 | 2-38 | 0-13 | 4-34 | 4-38 | 4-38 | 4-29 | 4-35 | ||||||||||
28-625 | 1,495.0 | 25 | 19 | .8 | 0.8 | 3.4 | 24 | 17.8 | 0-14 | 4-14 | [Z] | 2-41 | 0-16 | 7-11 | ||||||||||||||||
Heavy. | 626-649 | 57.5 | Silt | 28 | [C]1 door | 16 | 3 | 19 | 12.2 | 0-12 | 2-23 | [Z] | 2-19 | 2-30 | 2-05 | 1-42 | 2-16 | 1-01 | 1-04 | 1-04 | 0-50 | 1-01 | 0-32 | 6-15 | 6-29 | 6-04 | 5-27 | 6-12 | ||
650-733 | 210.0 | " | 28 | [C]8 doors | 19 | 4 | 23 | 13.5 | 0-57 | 0-13 | 1-42 | 1-24 | 1-47 | 1-48 | 1-39 | 1-15 | 0-52 | 0-55 | 0-42 | 1-07 | 0-32 | 4-39 | 3-58 | 4-24 | 4-12 | 4-28 | ||||
734-753 | 50.0 | " | 28 | [C]8 " | 24 | 5 | 29 | 8.3 | 0-05 | 0-41 | 0-17 | 1-06 | 1-55 | 0-38 | 1-20 | 1-12 | 0-38 | 0-44 | 1-13 | 0-20 | 0-44 | 0-06 | 2-48 | 3-43 | 2-55 | 2-44 | 3-00 | |||
754-844 | 227.5 | " | 28 | [C]8 " | 26 | 8 | 34 | 12.8 | 0-04 | 0-51 | 0-16 | 1-19 | 1-41 | 1-52 | 0-50 | 1-29 | 0-39 | 0-50 | 0-54 | 0-40 | 0-44 | 0-25 | 3-30 | 4-08 | 4-18 | 3-02 | 3-45 | |||
845-859 | 37.5 | " | 28 | [C]8 " | 27 | 9 | 36 | 5.6 | 0-07 | 0-39 | 0-19 | 1-24 | 1-08 | 1-10 | 1-20 | 0-45 | 0-15 | 0-15 | 0-37 | 0-48 | 3-55 | 3-09 | 3-11 | 3-43 | ||||||
860-899 | 100.0 | " | 28 | [C]8 " | 24 | 8 | 33 | 16.5 | 0-02 | 0-39 | 0-13 | 1-00 | 1-05 | 1-13 | 1-04 | 0-59 | 0-32 | 0-49 | 0-52 | 0-07 | 2-58 | 2-36 | 3-01 | 2-55 | ||||||
900-935 | 90.0 | " | 28 | [C]1 door | 25 | 7 | 32 | 11.5 | 0-03 | 0-29 | 0-14 | 0-47 | 1-13 | 0-52 | 1-10 | 0-52 | 0-39 | 0-43 | 0-32 | 0-20 | 0-38 | 0-04 | 2-18 | 2-43 | 2-11 | 2-17 | 2-17 | |||
936-963 | 70.5 | " | 28 | [C]1 " | 25 | 8 | 33 | 5.9 | 0-03 | 0-19 | 0-15 | 0-59 | 0-47 | 0-55 | 0-56 | 0-34 | 0-16 | 0-41 | 0-32 | 0-37 | 2-44 | 2-14 | 2-47 | 2-39 | ||||||
964-1,003 | 100.0 | " | 28 | [C]1 " | 25 | 10 | 35 | 8.1 | 0-03 | 0-27 | 0-10 | 0-51 | 0-52 | 1-05 | 0-53 | 0-32 | 0-45 | 0-37 | 0-35 | 0-16 | 2-16 | 2-30 | 2-35 | 2-21 | ||||||
1,004-1,060 | 142.5 | " | 28 | [C]1 " | 26 | 10 | 36 | 8.7 | 0-03 | 0-30 | 0-15 | 1-01 | 1-09 | 1-05 | 0-45 | 1-03 | 0-54 | 0-37 | 0-49 | 0-40 | 0-49 | 0-24 | 3-04 | 2-55 | 3-03 | 2-34 | 3-01 | |||
1,061-1,110 | 125.0 | " | 28 | [C]1 " | 37 | 10 | 47 | 6.2 | 0-03 | 0-19 | 0-10 | 0-42 | 0-49 | 0-54 | 0-45 | 0-45 | 0-24 | 0-26 | 0-39 | 0-25 | 0-27 | 0-00 | 1-35 | 1-44 | 2-02 | 1-39 | 1-41 | |||
1,111-1,238 | 320.0 | " | 28 | [C]1 " | 30 | 9 | 39 | 15.6 | 0-02 | 0-38 | 0-16 | 0-48 | 1-06 | 1-04 | 1-23 | 0-56 | 0-36 | 0-34 | 0-57 | 1-12 | 0-41 | 0-02 | 2-20 | 2-36 | 2-57 | 3-31 | 2-33 | |||
1,239-1,312 | 185.0 | " | 28 | 39 | 9 | 38 | 13.0 | 0-03 | 0-36 | 0-18 | 1-04 | 1-01 | 1-02 | 1-15 | 1-07 | 0-39 | 0-43 | 1-12 | 0-59 | 0-50 | 0-10 | 2-47 | 2-48 | 3-18 | 3-18 | 3-01 | ||||
626-1,312 | 1,717.5 | " | 28 | 35 | 8 | 33 | 10.6 | 0-04 | 0-42 | 0-14 | 1-06 | 1-15 | 1-16 | 1-18 | 1-10 | 0-45 | 0-40 | 0-52 | 0-54 | 0-47 | 0-16 | 3-03 | 3-07 | 3-20 | 3-24 | 3-09 | ||||
All | 171-1,312 | 2,855.0 | 28 | 23 | 6 | 29 | 10.2 | 0-07 | 1-15 | [Z] | 2-09 | 2-13 | 2-21 | 2-20 | 2-13 | [A] | 0-15 | 3-39 | 3-43 | 3-51 | 3-50 | 3-43 | ||||||||
28-1,312 | 3,212.5 | 26 | 21 | 5 | 26 | 14.1 | 0-10 | 2-28 | [Z] | 2-18 | [A] | 0-15 | 5-01 |
SUMMARY
SUMMARY
Weight of iron. | Section between rings. | Description. | Average Number of Men in the Gang. | Average No. of cubic yards per ring. | Time mucking, per cubic yard. | Average Time per Ring. | Unavoidable Delays (not Included in Average Time per Ring). | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Length in feet. | Material. | Ave. air Pressure. | Method of Excavation. | Shield. | Drilling. | Grouting. | Air Trans. | Total. | Shoving and mucking. [Z] | Erection.[A] | Lost time. | Total. | Items. | Time, hrs. min. | ||||
Ordinary. | 28-42 | 37.5 | Rock | 12 | [B]Breast | 13 | 4 | 1 | 1 | 19 | 48.7 | 0-25 | 20-33 | 4-21 | 0-12 | 25-06 | First bulkhead | 80-00 |
43-58 | 40.0 | Rock and gravel | 12 | " | 19 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 25 | 44.2 | 0-46 | 33-44 | 4-44 | 1-15 | 39-43 | Second bulkhead | 156-00 | |
59-153 | 237.5 | Gravel and sand | 16 | " | 25 | 1 | 4 | 30 | 39.0 | 0-12 | 8-06 | 2-23 | 0-30 | 10-59 | Grouting rock sections | 280-00 | ||
154-170 | 42.5 | Sand or silt, with piles | 18 | " | 26 | 1 | 5 | 32 | 41.6 | 0-10 | 7-10 | 1-59 | 0-0 | 9-09 | Blow-outs | 222-00 | ||
171-236 | 165.0 | Silt with piles | 22 | " | 22 | 1 | 3 | 26 | 42.6 | 0-10 | 7-23 | 2-35 | 0-05 | 10-03 | Shield repairs | 326-40 | ||
237-259 | 57.5 | Silt | 25 | [C]1 door | 18 | 1 | 3 | 22 | 13.8 | 0-11 | 2-29 | 2-32 | 0-20 | 5-21 | Horz. timbers | 69-30 | ||
260-625 | 915.0 | " | 27 | 1 " | 18 | 4 | 22 | 3.6 | 0-06 | 0-40 | 2-39 | 0-14 | 3-33 | Total | 1,134-10 | |||
28-625 | 1,495.0 | 25 | 19 | .8 | 0.8 | 3.4 | 24 | 17.8 | 0-14 | 4-14 | 2-41 | 0-16 | 7-11 | Per ring | 0-53 | |||
Heavy. | 626-1,312 | 1,717.5 | Silt | 28 | 25 | 8 | 33 | 10.6 | 0-4 | 0-56 | 1-57 | 0-16 | 3-09 | |||||
All. | 28-1,312 | 3,212.5 | 26 | 21 | 5 | 26 | 14.1 | 0-10 | 2-28 | 2-18 | 0-15 | 5-01 |
[Z] Including time for jacks.
Including time for lifts.
[A] Including bolting time.
Including setup time.
[B] Excavating ahead of shield.
Excavating in front of shield.
The average time taken for each operation at all the working faces is given in Table 28. The work has been subdivided into the different kinds of ground encountered.
The average time taken for each operation at all the working faces is given in Table 28. The work has been divided into the different types of ground encountered.
The progress, as shown by the amount of work done each month by each shield, is given in Table 29.
The progress, indicated by the amount of work completed each month by each shield, is shown in Table 29.
TABLE 28. —Shield-Driven Tunnel Work.—Total Number of Rings Erected and Shifts Worked by All Four Shields in Contracts Gy-West and Gj, and the Average Size of Gang, Amount of Excavation and Time Taken per Ring for the Various Operations Involved in Building Tunnel in Each of the Several Kinds of Ground Encountered; Also the Extent and Nature of All the Unavoidable Delays.
TABLE 28. —Shield-Driven Tunnel Work.—Total number of rings constructed and shifts worked by all four shields in Contracts Gy-West and Gj, along with the average crew size, amount of excavation, and time required per ring for the various operations involved in building the tunnel in each type of ground encountered; also includes the scope and nature of all unavoidable delays.
Weight of iron. | Description of Material. | Total No. of rings. | Total No. of feet. | Total number of 8-hour shifts. | Average air pressure. | Average Number of Men in Gang. | Cu. yd. per ring. | Time per cu. yd. | Average Time per Call. | Average unavoidable delay per working face. | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Shield. | Drilling. | Grouting. | Air trans. | Total. | Shoving and mucking. | Erecting. | Lost time. | Total. | Items not included in previous figures. | Time. | ||||||||
Unit. | Unit. | Hrs. Min. | Hrs. Min. | Hrs. Min. | Hrs. Min. | Ave. unit. | ||||||||||||
Unit. | Unit. | Unit. | Unit. | Unit. | K | L | M | Hrs. Min. | ||||||||||
Ordinary | Rock. | 165 | 412.5 | 597 | 16 | 18 | 9 | 0.25 | 1 | 28 | 51 | 0-27 | 25 15 | 3 41 | 0 02 | 28 58 | 1st Bulkhead | 136 00 |
Rock and earth and rock and gravel. | 177 | 442.5 | 500 | 14 | 22 | 5 | 0.3 | 2 | 30 | 45 | 0-26 | 19 31 | 2 55 | 0 11 | 22 37 | 2d " | 147 54 | |
Sand and gravel (unobstructed), NJ | 188 | 470.0 | 241 | 13 | 24 | 0.6 | 3 | 27 | 39 | 0-12 | 7 31 | 2 24 | 0 20 | 10 15 | Grouting | 246 00 | ||
Sand and silt (with piles.) | 171 | 427.5 | 199 | 22 | 23 | 1.0 | 3 | 27 | 43 | 0-09 | 6 46 | 2 24 | 0 09 | 9 19 | Blow-outs | 91 11 | ||
Silt under R. R. tracks, NY | 396 | 990.0 | 355 | 19 | 27 | 3 | 30 | 42 | 0-06 | 4 09 | 2 51 | 0 10 | 7 10 | Miscellaneous | 230 33 | |||
Rip-rap and silt under bulkhead. | 77 | 192.5 | 193 | 23 | 26 | 4 | 30 | 43 | 0-21 | 14 47 | 3 41 | 1 34 | 20 02 | Total | 851 38 | |||
Total mixed and difficult ground. | 1,174 | 2,935.0 | 2,085 | 17 | 22 | 4 | 0.3 | 3 | 29 | 43 | 0-18 | 11 02 | 2 54 | 0 16 | 14 12 | |||
Silt--ordinary iron | 1,302 | 3,255.0 | 676 | 25 | 22 | 4 | 26 | 12 | 0-07 | 1 20 | 2 35 | 0 14 | 4 12 | |||||
Heavy | Silt--heavy iron. | 2,209 | 5,522.5 | 791 | 26 | 25 | 8 | 33 | 12 | 0-05 | 0 58 | 1 44 | 0 10 | 2 52 | ||||
Silt--ord and heavy iron under river. | 3,511 | 8,777.5 | 1,467 | 26 | 24 | 6 | 30 | 12 | 0-06 | 1 09 | 2 05 | 0 12 | 3 26 | |||||
Grand total. | 4,685 | 11,712.5 | 3,552 | 21 | 23 | 2 | 0.2 | 4 | 29 | 20 | 0-11 | 3 33 | 2 15 | 0 13 | 6 01 |
Average delay per ring—0 hrs. 44 min.
Average rings built by one shield = 1,146¼.
Average delay per ring—0 hrs. 44 min.
Average rings built by one shield = 1,146¼.
Average time per ring. | 6 hr 01 min |
Delays. | 44 min |
————— | |
Total time per ring. | 6 hr 45 min |
Note.—The "unavoidable delays" included in this table do not embrace the periods during which the work was at complete or partial standstill due to experiments and observations, shortage of iron due to change of design, and holidays.
Note.—The "unavoidable delays" listed in this table do not include the times when the work was entirely or partially halted because of experiments and observations, a lack of iron due to design changes, or holidays.
K-Including time for jacks.
L-Including time spent by the whole gang on bolting; in addition to this
there was a small gang which spent its whole time bolting.
M-Chiefly due to breakdowns of hydraulic lines and erector.
K-Including time for jacks.
L-Including time spent by the entire team on bolting; in addition to that, there was a small team that spent all their time bolting.
M-Mainly due to breakdowns of hydraulic lines and the erector.
Air Pressure.—The air pressure varied from 17 to 37 lb. Behind the river line it averaged 17 lb. and under the river 26 lb. Behind the river lines the pressure was generally kept about equal to the water head at the crown, except where at Weehawken, as previously described, this was impossible.
Air Pressure.—The air pressure ranged from 17 to 37 lb. Behind the river line, it averaged 17 lb., and under the river, it was 26 lb. Generally, the pressure behind the river lines was maintained to match the water head at the crown, except in places like Weehawken, where, as mentioned earlier, this wasn't feasible.
In the silt the pressure was much lower than the hydrostatic head at the crown, but if it became necessary to make an excavation ahead of the shield, for example at the junction of the shields, the air pressure required was about equal to the weight of the overlying material, namely, the water and the silt, as the silt, which weighed from [Pg 268] 97 to 106 lb. per cu. ft. and averaged 100 lb. per cu. ft., acted like a fluid.
In the silt, the pressure was much lower than the hydrostatic pressure at the top, but if it became necessary to dig ahead of the shield, like at the junction of the shields, the air pressure needed was about equal to the weight of the material above, which included both the water and the silt. The silt weighed between [Pg 268] 97 and 106 lb. per cu. ft., with an average of 100 lb. per cu. ft., and behaved like a fluid.
Month | Northern Manhattan. | Lower Manhattan. | North Weehawken. | South Weehawken. | Average progress per shield lin. ft. per month. | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Number of rings erected. | Station of leading ring. | Lin. ft. for month. | Number of rings erected. | Station of leading ring. | Lin. ft. for month. | Number of rings erected. | Station of leading ring. | Lin. ft. for month. | Number of rings erected. | Station of leading ring. | Lin. ft. for month. | ||||||
For month. | To date. | For month. | To date. | For month. | To date. | For month. | To date. | ||||||||||
1905 | |||||||||||||||||
May | 26 | 26 | 200 + 83.7 | 63.7 | 15.9 | ||||||||||||
June | 26 | 52 | 201 + 49.0 | 65.3 | 24 | 24 | 260 + 76.6 | 59.3 | 12 | 12 | 260 + 70.0 | 30.0 | 38.6 | ||||
July | 28 | 80 | 202 + 19.2 | 70.2 | 12 | 36 | 260 + 46.6 | 30.0 | 15 | 27 | 260 + 32.4 | 37.6 | 34.4 | ||||
Aug | 26 | 106 | 202 + 84.3 | 65.1 | 15 | 51 | 260 + 09.1 | 37.5 | 16 | 43 | 260 + 07.4 | 25.0 | 31.9 | ||||
Sept | 21 | 127 | 203 + 36.8 | 52.5 | 31 | 31 | 200 + 96.4 | 76.4 | 1 | 52 | 260 + 06.6 | 2.5 | 18 | 61 | 259 + 47.2 | 60.2 | 47.9 |
Oct | 25 | 152 | 203 + 99.4 | 63.6 | 45 | 76 | 202 + 09.2 | 112.8 | 10 | 62 | 259 + 81.5 | 25.1 | 20 | 81 | 258 + 97.2 | 50.0 | 62.9 |
Nov | 31 | 183 | 204 + 76.9 | 77.5 | 31 | 107 | 202 + 86.5 | 77.3 | 29 | 91 | 259 + 09.0 | 72.5 | 39 | 120 | 257 + 99.7 | 97.5 | 81.2 |
Dec | 59 | 242 | 206 + 24.6 | 147.7 | 34 | 141 | 208 + 71.8 | 85.3 | 46 | 137 | 257 + 94.0 | 115.0 | 77 | 197 | 256 + 07.1 | 192.6 | 135.1 |
1906 | |||||||||||||||||
Jan | 94 | 336 | 208 + 59.8 | 235.2 | 27 | 168 | 304 + 39.4 | 67.6 | 77 | 214 | 256 + 01.4 | 192.6 | 73 | 270 | 254 + 24.6 | 182.5 | 169.4 |
Feb | 78 | 414 | 210 + 54.9 | 195.1 | 64 | 232 | 205 + 99.6 | 160.2 | 133 | 347 | 252 + 68.6 | 332.8 | 165 | 435 | 250 + 11.7 | 412.9 | 275.2 |
Mar | 56 | 470 | 211 + 95.2 | 140.3 | 96 | 328 | 208 + 39.9 | 240.3 | 142 | 489 | 249 + 13.3 | 355.3 | 111 | 546 | 247 + 34.0 | 277.7 | 253.4 |
April | 119 | 589 | 214 + 93.0 | 297.8 | 84 | 412 | 210 + 59.1 | 210.2 | 32 | 521 | 248 + 33.3 | 80.0 | 78 | 624 | 245 + 38.9 | 195.1 | 195.7 |
May | 129 | 718 | 218 + 15.7 | 322.7 | 70 | 482 | 212 + 25.3 | 165.2 | 121 | 642 | 245 + 30.6 | 302.7 | 2 | 626 | 245 + 33.9 | 5.0 | 198.9 |
June | 218 | 936 | 232 + 60.9 | 545.2 | 140 | 622 | 215 + 75.5 | 350.2 | 162 | 804 | 241 + 25.3 | 405.3 | 157 | 788 | 241 + 41.1 | 392.8 | 423.4 |
July | 155 | 1,091 | 227 + 48.5 | 387.6 | 82 | 704 | 217 + 80.7 | 205.2 | 113 | 917 | 238 + 42.4 | 282.9 | 118 | 901 | 238 + 45.9 | 295.2 | 292.7 |
Aug | 145 | 1,236 | 231 + 11.2 | 362.7 | 134 | 838 | 221 + 15.8 | 335.1 | 138 | 1,055 | 234 + 97.1 | 345.3 | 140 | 1,041 | 234 + 95.8 | 850.1 | 348.3 |
Sept | 89 | 1,325 | 233 + 34.1 | 222.9 | 168 | 1,006 | 225 + 35.8 | 420.0 | 55 | 1,110 | 233 + 59.5 | 137.6 | 177 | 1,218 | 230 + 52.8 | 443.0 | 305.9 |
Oct | 105 | 1,111 | 227 + 98.6 | 262.8 | 1 | 1,111 | 233 + 57.0 | 2.5 | 94 | 1,312 | 228 + 16.8 | 236.0 | 125.3 | ||||
Nov | 7 | 1,118 | 228 + 16.8 | 18.2 | 9 | 1,120 | 233 + 34.1 | 22.9 | 10.3 |
A ½-in. air line was taken direct from the working chamber to the recording gauges in the engine-room, which enabled the engine-room force to keep a constant watch on the air conditions below. To avoid undue rise of pressure, a safety valve was set on the air line at each lock, set to blow off if the air pressure rose above that desired. The compressor plant was ample, except, as before described, when passing the gravel section at Weehawken.
A ½-inch air line was run directly from the working chamber to the recording gauges in the engine room, allowing the engine room crew to constantly monitor the air conditions below. To prevent excessive pressure buildup, a safety valve was installed on the air line at each lock, set to release if the air pressure exceeded the desired level. The compressor system was sufficient, except, as previously mentioned, when going through the gravel section at Weehawken.
Records were kept of the air supply, and it may be said here that the quantity of free air per man per hour was in general between 1,500 and 5,000 cu. ft., though in the open gravel where the escape was great it was for a time as much as 10,000 cu. ft. For more than half the silt period it was kept between 3,000 and 4,000 cu. ft., but when it seemed proved beyond doubt that any quantity more than 2,000 cu. ft. had no beneficial effect on health, no attempt was made to deliver more, and on two separate occasions for two consecutive weeks it ran as low as 1,000 cu. ft. without any increase in the number of cases of bends.
Records were kept of the air supply, and it can be said here that the amount of free air available per person per hour was generally between 1,500 and 5,000 cubic feet, although in the open gravel areas where the escape was significant, it was as high as 10,000 cubic feet for a period of time. For more than half of the silting period, it was maintained between 3,000 and 4,000 cubic feet, but when it became clear that any amount greater than 2,000 cubic feet had no positive impact on health, no effort was made to provide more. On two separate occasions for two consecutive weeks, it dropped as low as 1,000 cubic feet without an increase in the number of cases of bends.
The amount of CO2 in the air was also measured daily, as the specifications called for not more than 1 part of CO2 per 1,000 parts of air. The average ranged between 0.8 and 1.5 parts per 1,000, though in exceptional cases it fell as low as 0.3 and rose to 4.0. The air temperature in the tunnels usually ranged from 55° to 60° Fahr., which was the temperature also of the surrounding silt, though at times, in the earlier parts of the work when grouting extensively in long sections of the tunnel in rock, it varied from 85° to 110° Fahr.
The level of CO2 in the air was also measured daily, as the guidelines specified a maximum of 1 part of CO2 per 1,000 parts of air. The average ranged from 0.8 to 1.5 parts per 1,000, although in rare cases it dropped to 0.3 and peaked at 4.0. The air temperature in the tunnels typically ranged from 55° to 60° Fahrenheit, which was also the temperature of the surrounding silt, though at times, during the earlier stages of the work when grouting extensively in long sections of the tunnel in rock, it varied from 85° to 110° Fahrenheit.
Grouting.—Grout of one part of Portland cement to one part of sand by volume was forced outside the tunnel lining by air pressure through 1½-in. tapped and plugged grout holes formed in each segment for this purpose, wherever the ground was not likely to squeeze in upon the metal lining as soon as this was erected. That is to say, it was used everywhere up to the river line; between river lines it was not used except at the New York bulkhead wall in order to fill voids in the rip-rap, and at the point of junction of the shields where the space between the metal lining and the shield skins outside it was grouted. Cow Bay sand was used, and it had to be screened to remove particles greater than 1/10 in. in diameter, which would choke the valves. [Pg 270] For later grouting work, namely, in the top of the concrete lining inside the metal lining, Rockaway Beach sand was used. This is very fine, and did not need screening; it cost more, but the saving of screening and the non-blocking of valves, etc., resulted in a saving.
Grouting.—Grout consisting of one part Portland cement to one part sand by volume was pushed outside the tunnel lining using air pressure through 1½-inch tapped and plugged grout holes created in each segment for this purpose, wherever the ground wasn't likely to press against the metal lining as soon as it was installed. In other words, it was applied everywhere up to the river line; beyond that, it was only used at the New York bulkhead wall to fill voids in the rip-rap and at the junction of the shields where the space between the metal lining and the shield walls outside it was grouted. Cow Bay sand was utilized, and it had to be screened to remove particles larger than 1/10 inch in diameter, which could block the valves. [Pg 270] For later grouting work, specifically in the top of the concrete lining inside the metal lining, Rockaway Beach sand was used. This sand is very fine and didn't require screening; it was more expensive, but the savings from not needing screening and preventing valve blockages resulted in overall cost savings.
The grout was mixed in a machine shown in Fig. 2, Plate XLI, which is a view of the grouting operation.
The grout was mixed in a machine shown in Fig. 2, Plate XLI, which shows how the grouting process works.
The grout pipes were not screwed directly into the tapped hole in the segments, but a pipe containing a nipple and valve was screwed into the grout hole and the grout pipe screwed to the pipe. This prevented the waste of grout, enabled the valve to be closed and the grout pipe disconnected, and the pipe to be left in position until the grout had set. In the full rock section, 20 or 30 rings were put in without grouting; then the shield was stopped, the last two or three rings were detached and pulled ahead by the shield, a masonry stop-wall was built around the outside of the last ring left in, and the whole 20 or 30 rings were grouted at one time. In the landward silt and gravel each ring had to be grouted as soon as the shield had left it, in order to avoid the flattening caused by the weight coming on the crown while the sides were as yet unsupported. The grout was prevented from reaching the tail of the shield by plugging up the space with empty cement bags, assisted by segmental boards held against the face of the leading ring by U-shaped clamps, fitting over the front circumferential flange of the ring and the boards, and tightened by wedges. The air pressure varied between 70 and 100 lb. per sq. in. above normal.
The grout pipes weren't screwed directly into the drilled hole in the segments. Instead, a pipe with a nipple and valve was screwed into the grout hole, and then the grout pipe was attached to that pipe. This setup prevented grout waste, allowed the valve to be closed and the grout pipe to be disconnected, while leaving the pipe in place until the grout set. In the full rock section, 20 to 30 rings were installed without grouting first; then the shield was stopped, the last two or three rings were detached and pulled forward by the shield, a masonry stop-wall was built around the outside of the last ring left in place, and all 20 to 30 rings were grouted at once. In the landward silt and gravel, each ring had to be grouted immediately after the shield passed, to prevent flattening from the weight coming down on the crown while the sides were still unsupported. To keep the grout from reaching the tail of the shield, the space was filled with empty cement bags, along with segmental boards held against the face of the leading ring by U-shaped clamps that fitted over the front circumferential flange of the ring and the boards and were tightened with wedges. The air pressure ranged between 70 and 100 lb. per sq. in. above normal.
The force consisted of one pipe-fitter and one or two laborers employed part of their time. When a considerable length was being grouted at a time, as in the full rock section, many laborers were employed for a short period.
The team included one pipe-fitter and one or two laborers who worked part-time. When a large section was being grouted at once, like in the full rock section, many laborers were brought in for a short time.
Transportation and Disposal.
The transportation and disposal will be described under the following headings:
The transportation and disposal will be outlined under the following headings:
Receipt and Unloading of Materials,
Surface Transportation,
Tunnel Transportation,
Disposal.
[Pg 271]
Receipt and Unloading of Materials,
Surface Transportation,
Tunnel Transportation,
Disposal.
[Pg 271]
Receipt and Unloading of Materials.—At the Manhattan Shaft the contractor laid a spur siding into the yard from the freight tracks of the New York Central Railroad, which immediately adjoins the yard on the west. There was also wharfage on the river front about 1,500 ft. away.
Receipt and Unloading of Materials.—At the Manhattan Shaft, the contractor built a spur siding into the yard from the freight tracks of the New York Central Railroad, which is right next to the yard on the west. There was also a loading area along the riverfront about 1,500 ft. away.
At the Weehawken Shaft there were four sidings from the Erie Railroad and one from the West Shore Railroad. Access to the river was gained by a trestle direct from the yard, and Baldwin Avenue adjoined the yard.
At the Weehawken Shaft, there were four tracks from the Erie Railroad and one from the West Shore Railroad. You could get to the river via a trestle that went straight from the yard, and Baldwin Avenue was right next to the yard.
All the iron lining arrived by railroad. It was unloaded by derricks, and stacked so that it was convenient for use in the tunnel. The Manhattan derricks were a pair of steel ones with 39-ft. booms, worked by a 30-h.p., 250-volt, electric motor. There was also a stiff-leg derrick with 50-ft. boom, on a platform near the shaft, which was worked by a 40-h.p., 250-volt motor. At Weehawken there were two 45-ft. boom, stiff-leg derricks of 2 tons capacity, one worked by a 42-h.p. Lidgerwood boiler and engine, and the other by a 25-h.p., 250-volt, electric motor. These derricks were set on elevated trestles near the Erie Railroad sidings. There was a 50-ft. stiff-leg derrick with a 70-h.p. Lidgerwood boiler and engine near the cement warehouse on the West Shore Railroad.
All the iron lining arrived by train. It was unloaded by cranes and stacked for easy use in the tunnel. The Manhattan cranes were a pair of steel ones with 39-ft. booms, operated by a 30-h.p., 250-volt electric motor. There was also a stiff-leg crane with a 50-ft. boom on a platform near the shaft, powered by a 40-h.p., 250-volt motor. At Weehawken, there were two 45-ft. boom stiff-leg cranes with a 2-ton capacity, one operated by a 42-h.p. Lidgerwood boiler and engine, and the other by a 25-h.p., 250-volt electric motor. These cranes were set on elevated supports near the Erie Railroad sidings. There was a 50-ft. stiff-leg crane with a 70-h.p. Lidgerwood boiler and engine near the cement warehouse on the West Shore Railroad.
The storage area for iron lining was 1,800 sq. ft. at Manhattan and 63,000 sq. ft. at Weehawken; the maximum quantity of lining in storage at any one time was 150 rings at Manhattan and 1,200 rings at Weehawken.
The storage space for iron lining was 1,800 sq. ft. in Manhattan and 63,000 sq. ft. in Weehawken; the highest amount of lining in storage at any given time was 150 rings in Manhattan and 1,200 rings in Weehawken.
The cement, which was issued and sold by the Company to the contractor, was kept in cement warehouses; that at the New York side was at Eleventh Avenue and 38th Street, or some 1,200 ft. from the shaft, to which it was brought by team; that at Weehawken was adjacent to the shaft, with a 2-ft. gauge track throughout it and directly connected with the shaft elevator.
The cement sold by the Company to the contractor was stored in cement warehouses; the one on the New York side was located at Eleventh Avenue and 38th Street, about 1,200 feet from the shaft, and it was brought there by team. The one at Weehawken was next to the shaft, featuring a 2-foot gauge track throughout and directly linked to the shaft elevator.
Surface Transportation.—In the early days the excavation was handled in scale-boxes of 1 cu. yd. capacity which were hoisted up the shafts by a derrick, but, when the iron period began, two-cage elevators were put in at each shaft. They were worked by a single, friction-drum, Lidgerwood, steam hoisting engine of 40 h.p.
Surface Transportation.—In the early days, excavation was done using scale boxes with a capacity of 1 cubic yard, which were lifted up the shafts by a derrick. However, when the iron age began, two-cage elevators were installed at each shaft. These were operated by a single, friction-drum, Lidgerwood steam hoisting engine rated at 40 horsepower.
All materials of construction were loaded on cars on the surface at the point where they were stored, and hauled on these to the elevators, [Pg 272] sent down the shaft, and taken along the tunnels to the desired point without unloading.
All construction materials were loaded onto cars at the surface where they were stored and then transported to the elevators, [Pg 272] sent down the shaft, and moved through the tunnels to the desired location without unloading.
The narrow-gauge railway on the surface and in the tunnel was of 2-ft. gauge with 20-lb. rails. About 70 flat cars and 50 mining cars were used at each shaft. On the surface at Manhattan these were moved by hand, but at Weehawken, where distances were greater, two electric locomotives on the overhead trolley system were used.
The narrow-gauge railway both above ground and in the tunnel had a 2-ft. gauge with 20-lb. rails. Each shaft utilized around 70 flat cars and 50 mining cars. At the surface in Manhattan, these were moved manually, but at Weehawken, where the distances were longer, two electric locomotives operated on the overhead trolley system.
Tunnel Transportation.—The mining cars shown in Fig. 19 were of 1¼ cu. yd. capacity. The short wheel base and unbalanced loading caused a good many upsets, but they were compact, easily handled, and could be dumped from either side or end.
Tunnel Transportation.—The mining cars shown in Fig. 19 had a capacity of 1¼ cubic yards. Their short wheelbase and uneven loading led to many tip-overs, but they were compact, easy to maneuver, and could be dumped from either side or the back.
The flat cars shown in Fig. 20 were of 3 tons capacity, and could hold two tunnel segments. As the working face was down grade from the shafts, the in-bound cars were run by gravity. For out-bound cars a cable haulage system was used, consisting of double-cylinder, Lidgerwood, single friction-drum, hoisting engines (No. 32) of 6 h.p., with cylinders 5 in. in diameter and 6 in. stroke and drums 10 in. in diameter. These were handily moved from point to point, but, as there was no tail rope, several men had to be used to pull the cable back to the face. After the second air-lock bulkhead walls had been built, a continuous-cable system, worked electrically, was put in each tunnel between the first and second air-locks. [Pg 273]
The flat cars shown in Fig. 20 had a capacity of 3 tons and could carry two tunnel segments. Since the working area was at a lower elevation than the shafts, the inbound cars were pulled by gravity. For outbound cars, a cable system was used, featuring double-cylinder Lidgerwood hoisting engines (No. 32) with 6 horsepower, 5-inch diameter cylinders, a 6-inch stroke, and 10-inch diameter drums. These engines could be easily moved from place to place, but without a tail rope, several workers had to be used to pull the cable back to the working area. After the second air-lock bulkhead walls were constructed, a continuous electrically-operated cable system was installed in each tunnel between the first and second air-locks. [Pg 273]
The engine consisted of an electric motor driving a 3-ft. 6-in. drum hoist around which a ¾-in. steel wire cable passed three times. The cable was led around a sheave, down the tunnel on the right side of the in-bound track, and returned on the left side of the out-bound track. It was then carried around a set of sheaves, where a tension of 1,000 lb. was supplied by a suspended weight which acted on a sheave with a sliding axle on the tension carriage. The cable was supported throughout its length on 8-in. pulleys set in the floor at 50-ft. intervals. All the guide sheaves were 36 in. in diameter.
The engine had an electric motor that drove a 3-foot 6-inch drum hoist, with a ¾-inch steel wire cable wrapped around it three times. The cable ran around a sheave, down the tunnel on the right side of the incoming track, and then returned on the left side of the outgoing track. It was then routed around a set of sheaves, where a tension of 1,000 pounds was maintained by a suspended weight acting on a sheave with a sliding axle on the tension carriage. The cable was supported along its entire length by 8-inch pulleys spaced 50 feet apart in the floor. All the guide sheaves were 36 inches in diameter.
Each car was attached to the cable by a grip at its side. This was fastened and unfastened by hand, but was automatically released just before reaching the turn in the cable near each lock. This [Pg 274] system could haul without difficulty an unbalanced load of 10 muck cars, spaced 100 ft. apart, up a 2% grade. The cable operated over about 1,000 ft. of tunnel, the motor being placed at the top of the grade. The driving motor was of the semi-armored, 8-pole, series-wound type, rated at 25 h.p., 635 rev. per min., and using direct current at 220 volts. The speed of handling the cars was limited by their having to pass through the air-locks on a single track. As many as 106 cars have been hauled each way in one 8-hour shift.
Each car was connected to the cable with a grip on its side. This was manually secured and released, but it automatically detached just before hitting the turn in the cable near each lock. This [Pg 274] system could easily haul an uneven load of 10 muck cars, spaced 100 feet apart, up a 2% incline. The cable ran over about 1,000 feet of tunnel, with the motor located at the top of the incline. The driving motor was a semi-armored, 8-pole, series-wound type, rated at 25 horsepower, 635 RPM, and used direct current at 220 volts. The speed of moving the cars was limited by their need to go through the air-locks on a single track. Up to 106 cars have been transported each way in one 8-hour shift.
Disposal.—At Manhattan the tunnel muck was carried from the elevator over the upper level of the yard trestle and dumped into bins on the 33d Street side, whence it was teamed to the public dump at 30th Street and North River. At Weehawken the rock excavation was removed by the Erie Railroad on flat cars on which it was dumped by the tunnel contractor, but all the silt muck was teamed away to some marshy ground where dumping privileges were obtained.
Disposal.—In Manhattan, the tunnel debris was transported from the elevator over the upper level of the yard trestle and dumped into bins on the 33rd Street side, from where it was trucked to the public dump at 30th Street and North River. In Weehawken, the rock excavation was taken away by the Erie Railroad on flat cars, where it was unloaded by the tunnel contractor, but all the silt debris was trucked away to a marshy area where dumping rights had been secured.
The typical forces employed on transportation were as follows:
The usual forces used in transportation were as follows:
Receipt and Unloading of Material: Surface Transportation and Disposal.
Receiving and Unloading Materials: Surface Transport and Disposal.
At Manhattan Shaft, on 10-hour shifts:
At Manhattan Shaft, during 10-hour shifts:
2 | Engineers on derricks. | @ | $3.00 | per | day. |
2 | Foremen. | " | 3.25 | " | " |
15 | Laborers loading and unloading iron. | " | 1.75 | " | " |
7 | Laborers on disposal. | " | 1.75 | " | " |
6 | Teams. | " | 7.50 | " | " |
At Weehawken Shaft, on 10-hour shifts:
At Weehawken Shaft, during 10-hour shifts:
3 | Engineers on derricks and locomotives. | @ | $3.00 | per | day. |
16 | Laborers loading and unloading iron. | " | 1.75 | " | " |
3 | Foremen. | " | 3.50 | " | " |
11 | Laborers on disposal. | " | 1.75 | " | " |
6 | Teams on disposal. | " | 6.50 | " | " |
Tunnel Transportation (Including Shaft Elevator):
Shaft elevators and to and from the first air-lock on 10-hour shift:
Tunnel Transportation (Including Shaft Elevator):
Shaft elevators and travel to and from the first airlock on a 10-hour shift:
2 | Engineers. | @ | $3.00 | per | day. |
2 | Signalmen. | " | 2.00 | " | " |
1 | Foreman. | " | 3.00 | " | " |
12 | Laborers. | " | 1.75 | " | " |
Between first lock and working face, on 8-hour shifts, the force varied:
Between the first lock and the working face, during 8-hour shifts, the force varied:
From 1 to 3 (average 2) Hoist engineers | @ | $3.00 | per | day. |
From 0 to 2 (average 1) Lockman | " | 2.75 | " | " |
From 1 to 2 (average 2) Trackmen | " | 3.00 | " | " |
From 2 to 7 (average 4) Cablemen (pulling back cable) | " | 3.00 | " | " |
Pumping.—The water was taken out of the invert by a 4-in. blow-pipe which was always kept up to a point near the shield and discharged into the sump near the shaft.
Pumping.—The water was removed from the invert using a 4-inch blow pipe, which was always maintained close to the shield and discharged into the sump near the shaft.
When the air pressure was removed and the blow-pipe device, consequently, was unavailable, small Cameron pumps, driven by compressed air, and having a capacity of about 140 gal. per hour, were used, one being set up wherever it was necessary to keep the invert dry; for example, at points where caulking was in progress.
When the air pressure was removed and the blow-pipe device was no longer available, small Cameron pumps powered by compressed air, with a capacity of about 140 gallons per hour, were used. One was set up wherever it was necessary to keep the invert dry, such as at points where caulking was taking place.
Lighting.—The tunnels were lighted by electricity, the current being supplied, at a pressure of 250 volts, from the dynamos in the contractor's power-house.
Lighting.—The tunnels were lit by electricity, with the current supplied at a pressure of 250 volts from the generators in the contractor's power-house.
Two 0000 wire cables were used as far as the second air-locks, about 1,650 ft. from the power-house, on each side; and beyond that point, to the junction of the shields (about 1,750 ft.), 00 and 0 wires were used. These cables also carried the current for the cable haulage system. Two rows of 16-c.p. lamps, provided with reflectors, were used in each tunnel; one row was along the side just above the axis, with the lights at about 30-ft. intervals; the other along the crown, with the lamps halfway between the side lamps, also at 30-ft. intervals. At points where work was in progress three groups of 5 lights each were used. The tunnels as a whole were well lighted, and in consequence work of all kinds was much helped.
Two 0000 wire cables were run as far as the second air locks, about 1,650 ft. from the power house, on each side; beyond that point, to the junction of the shields (about 1,750 ft.), 00 and 0 wires were used. These cables also supplied power to the cable haulage system. Two rows of 16-c.p. lamps, equipped with reflectors, were installed in each tunnel; one row was along the side just above the axis, with the lights spaced about 30 ft. apart; the other was along the crown, with the lamps positioned halfway between the side lamps, also at 30 ft. intervals. At areas where work was being carried out, three groups of 5 lights each were used. Overall, the tunnels were well lit, which significantly aided all kinds of work.
Period No. 2.—Caulking and Grummettng.—November, 1906, to June, 1907.—After the metal lining had been built completely across the river in both tunnels, the work of making it water-tight was taken up. This consisted in caulking into the joints between the plates a mixture of sal-ammoniac and iron borings which set up into a hard rusty mass, and in taking out each bolt and placing around the shank under the washer at each end a grummet made of yarn [Pg 276] soaked in red lead. These grummets were made by the contractor on the works, and consisted of three or four strands of twisted hemp yarn, known as "lath yarn," making up a rope-like cross-section about ¼ in. in diameter. Usually, one of these under each washer was enough, but in wet gravel, or where bolts were obliquely in the bolt-holes, two were used at each end. After pulling the grummets in, all the nuts were pulled up tight by wrenches about 3 ft. long, with two men on one wrench. Bolts were not passed as tight unless the nut resisted the weight of an average man on a 2½-ft. wrench.
Period No. 2.—Caulking and Grummeting.—November, 1906, to June, 1907.—After the metal lining was completely built across the river in both tunnels, the work to make it water-tight began. This involved caulking a mixture of sal-ammoniac and iron shavings into the joints between the plates, which hardened into a tough, rusty substance, and removing each bolt to place a grummet made of yarn around the shank under the washer at each end. [Pg 276] These grummets were made by the contractor on-site and consisted of three or four strands of twisted hemp yarn, known as "lath yarn," forming a rope-like section about ¼ inch in diameter. Typically, placing one of these under each washer was sufficient, but in wet gravel or when bolts were at an angle in the bolt holes, two were used at each end. After pulling in the grummets, all the nuts were tightened with 3-foot-long wrenches, with two men working on each wrench. Bolts weren't considered tight unless the nut could support the weight of an average person on a 2½-foot wrench.
Before putting in the caulking mixture, the joints were carefully scraped out with a special tool, cleaned with cotton waste, and washed with a stream of water. The usual mixture for sides and invert was about 2 lb. of sal-ammoniac and 1 lb. of sulphur to 250 lb. of iron filings or borings. In the arch, 4 lb. of sal-ammoniac and 3 lb. of sulphur to 125 lb. of filings was the mixture. A small hand-hammer was used to drive the caulking tool, but, in the sides and invert, air hammers were used with some advantage. The success of work of this kind depends entirely on the thoroughness with which the mixture is hammered in; and the inspection, which was of an exceedingly monotonous nature, called for the greatest care and watchfulness on the part of the Company's forces, especially in the pocket iron, where each bolt had to be removed, the caulking done at the bottom of the pockets put in, the bolts replaced; and the rest of the pockets filled. The results have been satisfactory, as the leakage under normal air and prior to placing the concrete averaged about 0.14 gal. per lin. ft. of tunnel per 24 hours, which is about 0.0035 gal. per lin. ft. of joint per 24 hours. With each linear foot of joint is included the leakage from 1.27 bolts. Afterward, when the concrete lining was in, the leakage was found to be about 0.05 to 0.06 gal. per lin. ft. of tunnel per 24 hours, which compares favorably with the records of other lined tunnels. The typical gang employed on this work was as follows:
Before applying the caulking mix, the joints were carefully scraped out with a special tool, cleaned with cotton waste, and rinsed with water. The standard mix for the sides and invert was about 2 pounds of sal-ammoniac and 1 pound of sulfur to 250 pounds of iron filings or shavings. For the arch, the mixture consisted of 4 pounds of sal-ammoniac and 3 pounds of sulfur to 125 pounds of filings. A small hand hammer was used to drive the caulking tool, but for the sides and invert, air hammers provided some advantages. The success of this work completely depends on how thoroughly the mixture is hammered in; and the inspection, which was extremely monotonous, required the utmost care and attentiveness from the Company's team, especially in the pocket iron, where each bolt had to be removed, the caulking applied at the bottom of the pockets, the bolts replaced, and the rest of the pockets filled. The results were satisfactory, with leakage under normal air conditions, before placing the concrete, averaging about 0.14 gallons per linear foot of tunnel per 24 hours, which translates to about 0.0035 gallons per linear foot of joint per 24 hours. Each linear foot of joint includes leakage from 1.27 bolts. After the concrete lining was installed, the leakage was found to be about 0.05 to 0.06 gallons per linear foot of tunnel per 24 hours, which compares well with records from other lined tunnels. The typical crew assigned to this work was as follows:
In Pocket Iron:
In Pocket Iron:
1 | General foreman | @ | $5.00 | per | day. |
1 | Mixer | " | 3.00 | " | " |
1 | Nipper | " | 3.00 | " | " |
5 | Caulkers | " | 3.00 | " | " |
10 | Grummeters | " | 3.00 | " | " |
In Pocketless Iron:
In Pocketless Iron:
1 | General foreman | @ | $5.00 | per | day. |
1 | Mixer | " | 3.00 | " | " |
1 | Nipper | " | 3.00 | " | " |
3 | Caulkers | " | 3.00 | " | " |
12 | Grummeters | " | 3.00 | " | " |
The average amount of caulking and grummeting done per shift with such a gang was (with pocketless grooves), 348 lin. ft. of joint and 445 bolts grummeted; and in pocket iron: 126 lin. ft. of joint and 160 bolts grummeted.
The average amount of caulking and grummeting done per shift with such a crew was (with pocketless grooves), 348 linear feet of joints and 445 bolts grummeted; and in pocket iron: 126 linear feet of joints and 160 bolts grummeted.
The caulking and grummeting work was finished in June, 1907, this completing the second period.
The caulking and grummeting work was completed in June 1907, marking the end of the second period.
Period No. 3.—Experiments, Tests, and Observations.—April, 1907, to April, 1908.—The third period, that of tests and observations in connection with the question of foundations, is dealt with in another paper. It occupied from April, 1907, to November, 1908. The results of the information then gathered was that it was not thought advisable to go on with the foundations.
Period No. 3.—Experiments, Tests, and Observations.—April, 1907, to April, 1908.—The third period, focusing on tests and observations related to the foundations issue, is covered in a different paper. It lasted from April 1907 to November 1908. The results from the gathered information indicated that continuing with the foundations was not considered advisable.
Period No. 4.—Capping Pile Bores, Sinking Sumps, and Building Cross-Passages.—April, 1908, to November, 1908.—In order to reduce the leakage from the bore segments to the least possible amount before placing the concrete lining, it was decided to remove the plugs and replace them with flat cover-plates; these have been described before, together with the filling of Bore Segments No. 2 with mortar to reduce the leakage around the distance piece.
Period No. 4.—Capping Pile Bores, Sinking Sumps, and Building Cross-Passages.—April 1908 to November 1908.—To minimize leakage from the bore segments as much as possible before installing the concrete lining, it was decided to take out the plugs and put in flat cover plates. These were described earlier, along with the filling of Bore Segments No. 2 with mortar to decrease the leakage around the distance piece.
During this period the turnbuckles to reinforce the broken plates were put in, and the sump sunk at the lowest point of the tunnel. These sumps have been described in a previous part of this paper; they were put down without trouble. As much as possible of the concrete lining was put in before the lining castings were taken into the tunnel, as the space inside was very restricted. The first lining casting was bolted to the flat flanges of the sump segment, the bolts holding the latter to the adjacent segments were removed, and the whole was forced down with two of the old shield jacks, taking a bearing on the tunnel. The two together exerted a pressure of about 150 tons. The plugs in the bottom of the sump segment were taken out, and pipes were put in, through which the silt squeezed up into the tunnel and relieved the pressure on the sump segment. [Pg 278]
During this time, the turnbuckles were installed to support the broken plates, and the sump was dug at the lowest point of the tunnel. These sumps were described earlier in this paper and were installed without issues. As much of the concrete lining as possible was placed before the lining castings were brought into the tunnel since the space inside was very tight. The first lining casting was bolted to the flat flanges of the sump segment, the bolts holding the sump segment to the adjacent segments were removed, and everything was pushed down using two old shield jacks that were resting on the tunnel. Together, they applied about 150 tons of pressure. The plugs at the bottom of the sump segment were taken out, and pipes were inserted, allowing the silt to be pushed up into the tunnel and relieving the pressure on the sump segment. [Pg 278]
If the silt did not flow freely, a water-jet was used. The sump was kept plumb by regulating the jacks. In this way the sump was sunk, adding lining sections one by one, and finally putting on the top segment, which was composed of three pieces.
If the silt didn’t flow easily, a water jet was used. The sump was kept level by adjusting the jacks. This way, the sump was lowered, adding lining sections one at a time, and finally placing the top segment, which was made up of three pieces.
The time taken to sink one sump was about 4 days, working one 8-hour shift per day, and not counting the time taken to set up the jacks and bracing. The sinking of each section took from 4 to 6 hours. The air pressure was 25 lb. and the hydrostatic head 41 lb. per sq. in. The force was 1 assistant superintendent at $6.00 per day, 1 foreman at $4.50, and 6 laborers at $3.00 per day.
The time it took to dig one sump was around 4 days, working one 8-hour shift each day, and not including the time needed to set up the jacks and bracing. Digging each section took between 4 to 6 hours. The air pressure was 25 lbs, and the hydrostatic pressure was 41 lbs per square inch. The crew included 1 assistant superintendent at $6.00 per day, 1 foreman at $4.50, and 6 laborers at $3.00 per day.
Cross-Passages.—It was during this period that the five cross-passages previously mentioned were built. In the case of those in the rock, careful excavation was needed so as to avoid breaking the iron lining. Drilling was done from both ends, the holes were closely spaced, and about 2 ft. 6 in. deep, and light charges of powder were used. The heading, 5 by 7 ft. in cross-section, was thus excavated in five lengths, with 24 holes to a length, and about 23 lin. ft. of hole per yard. About 5.3 lb. of powder per cu. yd. was used. The sides, top, and bottom were then drilled at a very sharp angle to the face and the excavation was trimmed to the right size. This widening out took about 7½ ft. of hole per cu. yd., and 0.9 lb. of powder.
Cross-Passages.—During this time, the five cross-passages mentioned earlier were constructed. For those in the rock, careful digging was necessary to avoid damaging the iron lining. Drilling was done from both ends, with closely spaced holes that were about 2 ft. 6 in. deep, using light charges of powder. The heading, measuring 5 by 7 ft. in cross-section, was excavated in five sections, with 24 holes per section, and roughly 23 linear feet of hole per yard. About 5.3 lb. of powder was used per cubic yard. The sides, top, and bottom were then drilled at a very steep angle to the face, and the excavation was adjusted to the correct size. This widening required about 7½ ft. of hole per cubic yard, and 0.9 lb. of powder.
In the passages in silt the excavation had to be 12 ft. wide and 13 ft. 8 in. high to give enough room inside the timbers. The plates at one end of the passage were first removed. An air pressure of 17 lb. was carried, which was enough to keep the silt from squeezing in and yet left it soft enough to be chopped with a spade.
In the silt passages, the excavation needed to be 12 ft. wide and 13 ft. 8 in. high to provide enough space inside the timbers. The plates at one end of the passage were removed first. An air pressure of 17 lb. was maintained, which was enough to prevent the silt from collapsing in while still keeping it soft enough to be cut with a spade.
A top heading, of full width and 6 ft. 8 in. high, was first taken out, and the roof was sheathed with 2-in. boards held by 10 by 10-in. head trees at 3-ft. centers, with 10 by 10-in. side trees. The lower 7 ft. of bench was then taken out, a tight floor of 6 by 6-in. cross-timber was put in, and also longer side trees, the head trees being temporarily held by two longitudinal 10 by 10-in. stringers blocked in place. The bulk of the space between the side trees was filled with 10 by 10-in. posts and blocking. The plates at the other end of the passage were then taken out from the other tunnel.
A top header, measuring full width and 6 ft. 8 in. high, was removed first, and the roof was covered with 2-inch boards supported by 10 by 10-inch header beams placed every 3 feet, along with 10 by 10-inch side beams. Next, the lower 7 feet of the bench was removed, and a solid floor made of 6 by 6-inch cross-timber was installed, along with longer side beams. The header beams were temporarily secured by two longitudinal 10 by 10-inch stringers that were blocked in place. Most of the space between the side beams was filled with 10 by 10-inch posts and blocking. Finally, the plates at the other end of the passage were removed from the other tunnel.
After the excavation was out, the outer reinforced concrete lining was built. Rough forms were used, as the interior surfaces of the passages were to be rendered with a water-proofing cement. A few [Pg 279] grout pipes were built in, and all voids outside the concrete were grouted. Grouting was also done through the regular grout holes of the metal lining around the openings.
After the excavation was finished, the outer reinforced concrete lining was constructed. Rough forms were used since the interior surfaces of the passages were going to be covered with waterproof cement. A few [Pg 279] grout pipes were installed, and all empty spaces outside the concrete were filled with grout. Grouting was also performed through the standard grout holes in the metal lining around the openings.
In the case of the most westerly of the cross-passages at Weehawken, which was in badly seamed rock carrying much water, a steel inter-lining, rather smaller than the concrete, was put in. The space between the concrete and the steel was left open, so that water coming through the concrete lining was stopped by the steel plate. This water was led back to the shield chamber in a special drain laid in the bench of the river tunnel and behind the ducts. From the shield chamber the water ran with the rest of the drainage from the Weehawken Land Tunnels to the Weehawken Shaft sump.
In the case of the westernmost cross-passage at Weehawken, which had badly cracked rock that carried a lot of water, a steel lining, slightly smaller than the concrete, was installed. The gap between the concrete and the steel was left open so that water coming through the concrete lining would be stopped by the steel plate. This water was directed back to the shield chamber through a special drain laid in the bench of the river tunnel and behind the ducts. From the shield chamber, the water flowed along with the rest of the drainage from the Weehawken Land Tunnels to the Weehawken Shaft sump.

Fig. 21.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Period No. 5.—Placing the Concrete Lining.—November, 1908, to June, 1909.—During the fifth period the concrete lining was put in. This lining was placed in stages, as follows: First, the invert; second, the duct bench; third, the arch; fourth, the ducts; and fifth, the face of the bench. This division can be seen by reference to Fig. 21.
Period No. 5.—Installing the Concrete Lining.—November 1908 to June 1909.—During the fifth period, the concrete lining was installed. This lining was put in place in several stages: first, the invert; second, the duct bench; third, the arch; fourth, the ducts; and fifth, the face of the bench. This breakdown can be seen by referring to Fig. 21.
All the work was started on the landward ends and carried toward the middle of the river from both sides. Except where the Weehawken force passed the lowest point of the tunnel, which is at Station 241 or nearly 900 ft. to the west of the middle of the river, all the work was down grade.
All the work began at the landward ends and moved toward the center of the river from both sides. Except where the Weehawken crew went beyond the lowest point of the tunnel, which is at Station 241, or almost 900 ft. to the west of the river's center, all the work was downhill.
Before any concrete was placed, the surface of the iron was cleaned with scrapers and wire brushes, and washed with water. Any leaks in the caulking and grummeting (finished by June, 1907, and therefore all more than 12 months old) were repaired. All the grout hole plugs were examined, and the plugs in any leaking ones were taken out, [Pg 280] smeared with red lead, and replaced. The leakage in the caulking was due to the fact that the tunnel had been settling slightly during the whole 12 months of pile tests, and, therefore, had opened some of the joints. After the caulking had been repaired and the surface thoroughly cleaned, the flanges were covered with neat cement (put on dry or poured on in the form of thick grout) just before the concrete was placed.
Before any concrete was poured, the iron surface was cleaned with scrapers and wire brushes and washed with water. Any leaks in the caulking and grouting (finished by June 1907, and therefore all more than 12 months old) were repaired. All the grout hole plugs were checked, and the plugs in any leaking ones were removed, [Pg 280] coated with red lead, and replaced. The leaks in the caulking happened because the tunnel had been settling slightly during the entire 12 months of pile tests, which caused some joints to open. After repairing the caulking and thoroughly cleaning the surface, the flanges were covered with neat cement (applied dry or poured on as thick grout) just before the concrete was poured.
Invert Concrete.—The form used for the landward type of concrete, that is, the one with a middle drain, consisted of a frame made of a pair of trussed steel rails on each side of the tunnel and connected at intervals with 6 by 6-in. cross-timbers; two "wing forms" were hung from this frame by adjustable arms. These wings formed the curved sides of the invert, the lip, and the form for the middle drain. The whole form was supported on three wheels, two on the rear end running on a rail laid on the finished concrete, and the third in front attached to the frame by a carriage and running on a rail temporarily laid on the iron lining. The form was braced from the iron lining by 6 by 6-in. blocks.
Invert Concrete.—The form used for the landward type of concrete, meaning the one with a middle drain, was made up of a frame constructed from a pair of trussed steel rails on each side of the tunnel, connected at intervals by 6 by 6-inch cross-timbers. Two "wing forms" were suspended from this frame using adjustable arms. These wings created the curved sides of the invert, the lip, and the form for the middle drain. The entire form was supported by three wheels: two at the rear running on a rail laid on the finished concrete and the third in front, attached to the frame by a carriage and running on a rail temporarily placed on the iron lining. The form was supported from the iron lining by 6 by 6-inch blocks.
For the soft-ground type of invert, namely, the one without the middle drain, a form of the same general type was used, except that the form for the middle drain was removed. After the form had been in use for some time, "key pieces" (made of strips of wood about 1 ft. 3 in. in length and 3 by 3 in. in cross-section) were nailed circumferentially on the under side of the wings at 2-ft. intervals. This was done because, at the time, it was not known whether ballasted tracks or some form of rigid concrete track construction would be adopted, and, if the latter, it was desirable not to have the surface smooth.
For the soft-ground type of invert, specifically the one without the middle drain, a form of the same general design was used, except that the section for the middle drain was taken out. After the form had been in use for a while, "key pieces" (made of strips of wood about 1 ft. 3 in. long and 3 by 3 in. in cross-section) were nailed around the underside of the wings at 2-ft. intervals. This was done because, at the time, it was unclear whether ballasted tracks or some kind of rigid concrete track construction would be chosen, and if the latter, it was preferable not to have the surface smooth.
The concrete was received in cars at the rear end of the form and dumped on a temporary platform. It was then loaded into wheel-barrows on the runways, as shown in Fig. 22. The concrete was thrown from the barrows into the invert, where it was spaded and tamped.
The concrete arrived in trucks at the back of the form and was unloaded onto a temporary platform. It was then transferred into wheelbarrows on the runways, as shown in Fig. 22. The concrete was dumped from the barrows into the invert, where it was spread and compacted.
In cases where there was steel-rod reinforcement, the concrete was first brought up to the level of the underside of these rods, which came between the wings; the rods were laid in place, and then more concrete was placed over the rods and brought up to the level of the bottom of the wings. Where there was no reinforcement, the concrete was brought up in one lift. [Pg 281]
In situations with steel rod reinforcement, the concrete was initially brought up to the underside of the rods that were positioned between the wings. The rods were then set in place, and more concrete was added over them until it reached the bottom of the wings. In areas without reinforcement, the concrete was poured all at once. [Pg 281]
After this was finished, the concrete behind the wings was placed, thoroughly spaded and tamped, and, where there were longitudinal reinforcing rods, these were put in at their proper level. Where there were circumferential rods, the 16-ft. rods had already been put in when the lower part of the concrete was placed. As the invert was being finished off, the 8-ft. rods were embedded and tied in position.
After this was finished, the concrete behind the wings was poured, thoroughly compacted, and where there were long reinforcing rods, they were placed at the right level. For the circular rods, the 16-ft. rods had already been installed when the lower section of the concrete was poured. As the bottom was being finished, the 8-ft. rods were set in place and secured.
The longitudinal rods were held in place at the leading end of each length of arch by the wooden bulkhead, through which holes were drilled in the proper position. At the rear end they were tied to the rods projecting from the previous length. The quantity of water used in mixing the invert concrete needed very nice adjustment; if too wet, the middle would bulge and rise when the weight of the sides came on it; and, if too dry, it would not pack properly between the flanges of the iron lining. The difficulties as to this were often increased by the flow of accumulated leakage water from the tunnel behind on the concrete while it was being put in. To prevent this, a temporary dam of sand bags was always built across the last length of finished invert concrete before beginning a new length. A sump hole, about 4 by 1 ft. and 1 ft. deep, was left every 800 ft. along the tunnel, and a small Cameron pump was put there to pump out the water.
The longitudinal rods were secured at the front end of each arch segment by a wooden bulkhead, which had holes drilled in the right spots. At the back end, they were fastened to the rods extending from the previous segment. The amount of water used for mixing the invert concrete required careful adjustment; if it was too wet, the middle would bulge and rise under the weight of the sides; if it was too dry, it wouldn’t pack properly between the flanges of the iron lining. These challenges were often compounded by water leaking from the tunnel behind onto the concrete while it was being poured. To address this, a temporary dam made of sandbags was always constructed across the last section of finished invert concrete before starting a new section. A sump hole, about 4 by 1 feet and 1 foot deep, was left every 800 feet along the tunnel, and a small Cameron pump was placed there to remove the water.
The invert forms were left in place about 12 hours after the pour was finished. The average time taken to fill a length of 30 feet was 7 hours, the form was then left 12 hours, and it took 2 hours to set it up anew. The total time for one length, therefore, was 21 hours, equal to 34 ft. per 24 hours. At one place, a 45-ft. form was used, and this gave an average speed of 45 ft. per 24 hours.
The invert forms were left in place for about 12 hours after the pour was completed. The average time to fill a 30-foot length was 7 hours, then the form was left for 12 hours, and it took 2 hours to set it up again. Therefore, the total time for one length was 21 hours, which equals 34 feet per 24 hours. In one instance, a 45-foot form was used, achieving an average speed of 45 feet per 24 hours.
An attempt was made to build the invert concrete without forms (seeing that a rough finish was desired, as previously explained, to form a key for possible sub-track concrete), but it proved a failure.
An attempt was made to create the invert concrete without using forms (since a rough finish was desired, as previously explained, to create a key for any future sub-track concrete), but it ended up being a failure.
The typical working force (excluding transport) was as follows:
The usual workforce (not including transportation) was as follows:
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.25 | per | shift. |
2 | Spaders | " | 2.00 | " | " |
9 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
The average time taken to lay a 30-ft. length of invert was 7 hours; the two spaders remained one hour extra, smoothing off the surface.
The average time to install a 30-ft. length of invert was 7 hours; the two spaders stayed an extra hour to smooth the surface.
For setting the form, the force was:
For setting up the form, the force was:
1 | Foreman | @ | $4.50 | per | shift. |
5 | Carpenters | " | 3.25 | " | " |
6 | Carpenters' helpers | " | 2.25 | " | " |
The average time taken to erect a form was 2 hours, 1 carpenter and 1 helper remaining until the concrete was finished.
The typical time to set up a form was 2 hours, with 1 carpenter and 1 helper staying until the concrete was done.
Duct Bench Concrete.—The duct bench (as described previously) is the portion of the concrete on which the ducts are laid. The exact height of the steps was found by trial, so as to bring the top of the ducts into the proper position with regard to the top and the face of the bench.
Duct Bench Concrete.—The duct bench (as mentioned earlier) is the part of the concrete where the ducts are placed. The specific height of the steps was determined through experimentation to ensure that the top of the ducts is aligned correctly with the top and front of the bench.
Both kinds of duct bench forms were of the same general type. A drawing of one of them is shown on Plate XLII. The form consisted of a skeleton framework running on wheels on a track at the level of the temporary transportation tracks. The vertical faces of the steps were formed by boards supported from the uprights by adjustable arms. The horizontal surfaces were formed by leveling off the concrete with a shovel at the top of the vertical boards. Where the sheets of expanded metal used for bonding came at a step, the lower edge of the boards forming the back of the step was placed 1 in. above the one forming the front of it; but, when the expanded metal came in the middle of a step, a slot 1 in. wide was left at that point to accommodate it.
Both types of duct bench forms were generally the same. A drawing of one of them is shown on Plate XLII. The form had a skeleton structure on wheels, running on a track at the same level as the temporary transportation tracks. The vertical sides of the steps were made from boards supported by adjustable arms coming from the uprights. The horizontal surfaces were created by leveling off the concrete with a shovel at the top of the vertical boards. Where the sheets of expanded metal used for bonding met a step, the lower edge of the boards at the back of the step was placed 1 inch above the board at the front; however, when the expanded metal was in the middle of a step, a 1-inch wide slot was left at that point to fit it.
A platform was formed on the top of the framework for the form, and on this a car forming a sort of traveling stage was run. There was ample room to maintain traffic on a single track through the form. A photograph of the form is shown in Fig. 1, Plate XLIII.
A platform was built on top of the framework for the structure, and on this, a car that acted like a moving stage was operated. There was plenty of space to keep traffic flowing on a single track through the structure. A photograph of the structure is shown in Fig. 1, Plate XLIII.
The concrete, for the most part, was received at the form in ¾-cu. yd. dumping buckets. The buckets were lifted by the rope from a small hoisting engine. This rope passed over a pulley attached to the crown of the tunnel and dumped into the traveling stage on the top of the form. In this the concrete was moved along to the point where it was to be deposited, and there it was thrown out by shovels into the form below. For a portion of the period, while the duct bench concrete was being laid, it was not necessary to maintain a track for traffic through the form and, during that period, the concrete for the lower step was placed from below the form, the concrete being first dumped on a temporary stage at the lower track level.
The concrete was mostly delivered in ¾-cubic yard dumping buckets. A small hoisting engine lifted the buckets using a rope. This rope ran over a pulley attached to the top of the tunnel and dumped the concrete onto the traveling platform on top of the form. Here, the concrete was moved to where it needed to be poured, and workers used shovels to toss it into the form below. For part of the time, while the duct bench concrete was being poured, there was no need to keep a track for traffic through the form. During that time, the concrete for the lower step was placed from below the form, first being dumped onto a temporary platform at the lower track level.
Owing to the horizontal faces of the steps being uncovered, there was a tendency for the concrete there to rise when concrete was placed in the steps above. For this part of the work, also, it was necessary to see that the concrete was not mixed too wet, for, when that was the case, the concrete in the upper steps was very apt to flow out at the top of the lower one. At the same time, there was the standing objection to the mixture being too dry, namely, the responsibility of getting a sufficient amount of spading and tamping done. Particulars of the exact quantity of water used are given later in describing "Mixing." Fig. 2, Plate XLIII, illustrates the process of laying.
Due to the horizontal surfaces of the steps being exposed, there was a tendency for the concrete to rise when it was poured into the steps above. For this part of the job, it was also important to ensure that the concrete wasn't mixed too wet because, when that happened, the concrete in the upper steps could easily overflow from the top of the lower one. At the same time, there was the ongoing issue of the mixture being too dry, which made it crucial to achieve a sufficient amount of spading and tamping. Details about the exact amount of water used are provided later in the section titled "Mixing." Fig. 2, Plate XLIII, illustrates the process of laying.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
In the section of the tunnel in which there were circumferential reinforcement rods in the duct bench, the rods were in place before the laying commenced, as they had been placed with the invert concrete. The circumferential reinforcing rods in the arch came down into the upper part of the duct bench concrete; these rods were put in position and tied to the iron lining in the crown at the same time as the duct bench concrete was being finished off. Openings for the manholes were left in the duct bench at the regular stationing.
In the part of the tunnel where there were circular reinforcement rods in the duct bench, the rods were already installed before the concrete was poured, as they were placed with the invert concrete. The circular reinforcing rods in the arch extended down into the upper section of the duct bench concrete; these rods were positioned and secured to the iron lining in the crown while the duct bench concrete was being completed. Openings for the manholes were left in the duct bench at the usual intervals.
The average time taken to fill a length of 35 ft. was about 6 hours; the form was then left in position for about 8 hours—usually enough to let the concrete set properly—and then moved ahead; it then took about 3 hours to set it up again ready to continue work. The total time for a length, therefore, was about 17 hours, equal to an average progress of about 49 ft. per day. The average force engaged in duct bench concrete (not including transport) was:
The average time it took to fill a length of 35 ft. was around 6 hours; the form was then kept in place for about 8 hours—usually enough time for the concrete to set properly—and then moved forward; it took about 3 hours to set it up again to continue work. So, the total time for a length was roughly 17 hours, which equals an average progress of about 49 ft. per day. The average workforce engaged in duct bench concrete (not including transport) was:
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.25 | per | day. |
2 | Spaders | " | 2.00 | " | " |
9 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
Arch Concrete.—By far the greater part of the arch work was put in with traveling centers before the face of the bench was built, in which case the whole of the arch was built at once. A short length of arch at each end of the tunnel was built after the face of the bench, in which case the haunches or lower 5 ft. were laid first and the upper part of the arch later.
Arch Concrete.—Most of the arch work was done using traveling centers before the bench face was built, which meant the entire arch was constructed at once. A short section of the arch at each end of the tunnel was built after the bench face, where the lower 5 ft. (the haunches) were laid first and then the upper part of the arch was added later.
The first traveling centers were used on the New York side, and were 50 ft. long. The laggings were of 4-in. yellow pine, built up in panels 10 ft. long and 16 in. wide for the sides, and solely longitudinal lagging 5 ft. long for the key.
The first traveling centers were located on the New York side and measured 50 ft. long. The lagging was made of 4-inch yellow pine, constructed in panels that were 10 ft. long and 16 inches wide for the sides, with only longitudinal lagging that was 5 ft. long for the key.
It was pretty certain that the results to be obtained from forms of such a length would not be satisfactory, and this was pointed out to the contractor, who, however, obtained permission to use them on trial. Grout pipes were built in, as it was not likely that the concrete could be packed tightly into the upper part of the lining.
It was pretty clear that the results from forms this long wouldn't be satisfactory, and this was brought to the contractor's attention. However, he got permission to use them on a trial basis. Grout pipes were installed since it was unlikely that the concrete could be tightly packed into the upper part of the lining.
After about 300 lin. ft. of arch had been built with these forms, a test hole was cut out and large voids were found, and, to confirm this, another hole was cut, and similar conditions observed.
After about 300 linear feet of arch had been built with these forms, a test hole was cut out and large voids were found. To confirm this, another hole was cut, and similar conditions were observed.
The results were so unsatisfactory that orders were given that the use of longitudinal key lagging should be discontinued, and cross or block lagging used instead. These block laggings were 6 in. in length (in the direction of the tunnel) and 2 ft. in width; at the same time, the system of grout pipes was changed. This will be described later under "Grouting." It was soon found that with block lagging a better job could be made of packing the concrete up into the keys, but the time taken to "key up" a 50-ft. length was so great that the rest of the arch had set by the time the key was finished. Despite a lot of practice, this was the case, even in the unreinforced type. When the reinforcing rods were met, the time for keying up became still greater, and therefore the contractor was directed to shorten the forms to 20-ft. lengths. A typical working force for a 50-ft. length was:
The results were so disappointing that orders were given to stop using longitudinal key lagging and switch to cross or block lagging instead. These block laggings were 6 inches long (in the direction of the tunnel) and 2 feet wide; at the same time, the grout pipe system was changed. This will be described later under "Grouting." It was quickly discovered that block lagging allowed for better packing of the concrete into the keys, but the time it took to "key up" a 50-foot length was so long that the rest of the arch had already set by the time the key was completed. Despite a lot of practice, this continued to be the case, even with the unreinforced type. When the reinforcing rods were encountered, the time for keying up increased even more, so the contractor was instructed to shorten the forms to 20-foot lengths. A typical working force for a 50-foot length was:
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.25 | per | day. |
4 | Spaders | " | 2.00 | " | " |
12 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
Details of the 20-ft. forms are shown on Plate XLIV. The lower 4 ft. of lagging was built on swinging arms, which could be loosened to allow the centers to be dropped and moved ahead. The rest of the lagging was built up in panels 10 ft. long and 1 ft. 4 in. high. The ribs rested on a longitudinal timber on each side; these were blocked up from the top step of the duct bench concrete. When the form was set, or when it was released, it was moved ahead on rollers placed under it.
Details of the 20-ft. forms are shown on Plate XLIV. The lower 4 ft. of lagging was constructed on swing arms, which could be loosened to allow the centers to drop and shift forward. The remaining lagging was constructed in panels that were 10 ft. long and 1 ft. 4 in. high. The ribs were supported by a longitudinal timber on each side; these were raised from the top step of the duct bench concrete. When the form was set up, or when it was released, it was moved forward on rollers placed underneath it.
The concrete was received at the form in ¾-cu. yd. dumping buckets; from the flat cars on which they were run, these were hoisted to the level of the lower platform of the arch form. At this level the concrete was dumped on a traveling car or stage, and moved in that to the point on the form where it was to be placed. For the lower part of the arch, the concrete was thrown directly into the form from this traveling stage, but, for the upper part, it was first thrown on the upper platform of the arch. The hoisting was done by a small Lidgerwood compressed-air hoister, and set up on an overhead platform across the tunnel. The pulley over which the cable from the hoister passed was attached to the iron lining near one end of the form, and the traveling stage ran back from the arch form on a trailer, shown on Plate XLIV. When it was impossible to hang a pulley—owing to the concrete arch having been built at the point where the trailer stood—an A-frame was built on the trailer, and the pulley was attached to that.
The concrete was delivered to the form in ¾-cubic yard dumping buckets; these were lifted from the flat cars they arrived on to the lower platform of the arch form. At this level, the concrete was dumped onto a moving car or platform and transported to the spot on the form where it needed to be placed. For the lower part of the arch, the concrete was directly thrown into the form from this moving platform, but for the upper part, it was first dumped onto the upper platform of the arch. A small Lidgerwood compressed-air hoist was used to lift the materials, set up on an overhead platform across the tunnel. The pulley that the hoist cable passed through was attached to the iron lining near one end of the form, and the moving stage extended back from the arch form on a trailer, shown on Plate XLIV. When it was not possible to hang a pulley—because the concrete arch had already been built where the trailer was located—a makeshift A-frame was built on the trailer, and the pulley was attached to that.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
In laying the lower part of the arch, about 1 ft. of lagging (including the swinging arms) was first set, the other panels being pulled up toward the top of the arch. When that was filled, the next panel above was lowered into place, and the work continued. As the concrete rose toward the key, it was packed up to a radial surface, so that the arch would not be unduly weakened if the sides set before the key was placed. All the time, great care was taken to see that the concrete was carefully packed into the segments of the metal lining. The quantity of water used in the concrete was carefully regulated, more being used in the lower than in the upper parts of the arch.
In building the lower part of the arch, about 1 ft. of lagging (including the swinging arms) was set first, while the other panels were pulled up toward the top of the arch. After that section was filled, the next panel above was lowered into place, and the work continued. As the concrete rose toward the key, it was packed up to a radial surface to ensure the arch wouldn’t be overly weakened if the sides set before the key was placed. Throughout the process, great care was taken to ensure that the concrete was packed tightly into the segments of the metal lining. The amount of water used in the concrete was closely monitored, with more being used in the lower sections than in the upper parts of the arch.
In places where there were no reinforcing rods, the width of the concrete key was the length of the block lagging, namely, 2 ft. Where there was circumferential reinforcement, the key had to be more than 5 ft. wide, in order to take the 5-ft. closure rods used in the key. This naturally increased the time of keying very much. On the places where the 5-ft. longitudinal laggings were used, it was impossible to fill the flanges of the metal lining much higher than their undersides.
In areas without reinforcing rods, the width of the concrete key was the length of the block lagging, which was 2 ft. Where there was circumferential reinforcement, the key needed to be more than 5 ft. wide to accommodate the 5-ft. closure rods used in the key. This significantly increased the time needed for keying. In areas where 5-ft. longitudinal laggings were used, it was difficult to fill the flanges of the metal lining much higher than their undersides.
As the concrete used in the key had to be much drier than that used elsewhere, it was not easy to get a good surface. This trouble was overcome by putting a thin layer of mortar on the laggings just before the concrete was put in.
As the concrete for the key needed to be much drier than the concrete used in other areas, achieving a smooth surface was challenging. This issue was resolved by adding a thin layer of mortar on the laggings right before the concrete was poured in.
The overhead conductor pockets were a great hindrance to the placing of the key concrete, especially where the iron was below true grade. Whenever an especially troublesome one was met, a special grout pipe was put in to fill up unavoidable holes by grouting after the concrete had set. All the circumferential reinforcing rods were bent in the tunnel by bending them around a curved form of less diameter than the required bend. This generally left them all right in the middle of their length, but with their end portions too straight; in such cases the ends were bent again. All rods were compared with a template before being passed for use.
The overhead conductor pockets were a major obstacle to pouring the key concrete, especially when the iron was below the proper grade. Whenever we encountered a particularly difficult one, we would install a special grout pipe to fill unavoidable holes by grouting after the concrete had set. All the circumferential reinforcing rods were bent in the tunnel by shaping them around a curved mold with a smaller diameter than the required bend. This usually resulted in the middle of the rods being okay, but the ends were too straight; in those cases, the ends were bent again. All rods were checked against a template before being approved for use.
The arch forms were left up for 48 hours after keying was finished. Levels taken after striking the forms showed that no appreciable settlement occurred. An average gang for a 20-ft. length of arch was:
The arch forms were left up for 48 hours after the keying was completed. Measurements taken after removing the forms showed that there was no significant settlement. An average crew for a 20-ft. length of arch was:
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.25 | per | shift. |
2 | Spaders | " | 2.00 | " | " |
10 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
Table 30 shows the progress attained under various conditions.
Table 30 shows the progress made under different conditions.
Whenever the face of the bench concrete was constructed before the arch, the latter was built in two separate portions, that is, the bottom 5 ft., or "haunches" of the arch, as they were termed, were built on each side and the rest of the arch later. This involved the use of two separate sets of forms, namely, for the haunch and for the arch. Not very much arch was built in this way, and, as the methods were in principle precisely the same as those used when all the arch was built in one operation, no detailed description is needed.
Whenever the concrete surface of the bench was poured before the arch, the arch was constructed in two separate sections. The lower 5 feet, referred to as the "haunches" of the arch, were built on each side, and the rest of the arch was completed later. This required two different sets of forms: one for the haunch and another for the arch. Not many arches were built this way, and since the methods were essentially the same as those used when the entire arch was built in one go, a detailed description isn't necessary.
No provision was made in the contract for grouting the concrete arch, but it soon became evident that by ordinary methods the top part of the concrete could not be packed solid against the iron segments, especially in the keys. As it was imperative to have the arch perfectly solid, it was determined to fill these unavoidable gaps with a 1:1 Portland cement grout, at the same time making every effort to reduce the spaces to a minimum. This made it necessary to build grout pipes into the concrete as it was put in.
No provisions were included in the contract for grouting the concrete arch, but it quickly became clear that normal methods wouldn't pack the top part of the concrete tightly against the iron segments, especially in the keys. Since it was crucial for the arch to be completely solid, it was decided to fill these unavoidable gaps with a 1:1 Portland cement grout, while also trying to minimize the spaces as much as possible. This required incorporating grout pipes into the concrete as it was being poured.
The first type of grout pipe arrangement is shown as Type A, in Fig. 23. This was used with the longitudinal key laggings; when this method was found to be no good, and cross-laggings were used, the system shown as Type B, in Fig. 23, was adopted, in which vents were provided to let out the air during grouting. The expense of these pipes was high, and the contractor obtained permission to use sheet-iron tubes, which, however, were found to be unsuitable, so that the screwed pipes were used again. The contractor next obtained permission to try dispensing altogether with the vent pipes, and so Type C, in Fig. 23 was evolved. This, of course, was found to be worse than any of the other systems, as the imprisoned air made it impossible to force grout in. Several other modifications were made, and are shown in Fig. 23.
The first type of grout pipe setup is shown as Type A in Fig. 23. This was used with the longitudinal key laggings; when this method was found to be ineffective, and cross-laggings were implemented, the system shown as Type B in Fig. 23 was adopted, which included vents to release air during grouting. The cost of these pipes was high, so the contractor got approval to use sheet-iron tubes, which were ultimately deemed unsuitable, leading to the return of the screwed pipes. The contractor then sought permission to completely eliminate the vent pipes, resulting in the development of Type C in Fig. 23. However, this proved to be worse than any previous systems, as the trapped air made it impossible to inject grout. Several other modifications were made, as shown in Fig. 23.
It was then decided to devise as perfect a system as possible, without allowing the question of cost to be the ruling factor, and to use that system throughout. In this system, shown as Type S, in Fig. 23, most of the vent pipes were contained in the concrete, and their size was independent of the thickness of the arch, so that they were easily fixed in position and not subject to disturbance while placing the concrete. This system was used for about 80% of the total length of the tunnel, and proved entirely satisfactory. The machine used for grouting was the same as that used for grouting outside the metal lining.
It was then decided to create the best system possible, not letting cost be the main concern, and to implement that system consistently. In this system, referred to as Type S, in Fig. 23, most of the vent pipes were integrated into the concrete, and their size didn't depend on the thickness of the arch, allowing them to be easily secured in place and unaffected while the concrete was being poured. This system was utilized for about 80% of the total length of the tunnel and was found to be completely effective. The machine used for grouting was the same as the one used for grouting outside the metal lining.
TRANS. AM. SOC. CIV. ENGRS.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
Average time in hours, form stood after filing. | Type of reinforcement. | Length of section, in feet. | Time, in hours, moving and erecting forms. | Time, in hours, placing concrete in Arch. | Time, in hours, placing concrete in key. | Time, in hours, placing concrete in key and arch. | Total Time in hours, for moving, erecting, and filling. | Total time in hours, per linear foot, for moving, erecting, and filling. | Remarks. | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
70 | A day work | 50 | 20 | 15 | 15.40 | 30.40 | 50.40 | 1.01 | ||
Moving | Erecting | |||||||||
A day work | 20 | 2 | 3 | 8.30 | 2.40 | 11.10 | 16.10 | 0.80 | ||
53 | B day work | 20 | 2 | 3 | 10.40 | 11.20 | 22.10 | 27.00 | 1.35 | Includes placing rods |
58 | C day work | 20 | 2 | 3 | 11.00 | 7.20 | 18.20 | 23.20 | 1.16 | do. |
58 | D day work | 20 | 2 | 3 | 9.30 | 4.35 | 14.25 | 19.25 | 0.91 | do. |
53 | D day work | 20 | 2 | 3 | 6.15 | 2.05 | 8.20 | 13.20 | 0.05 | do. |
53 | Sub-Type No. 1 piece work | 20 | 2 | 3 | 6.00 | 3.00 | 9.00 | 14.00 | 0.70 | do. |
The only compressed air available was the high-pressure supply, at about 90 lb.; a reducing valve, to lower this pressure to 30 lb. was used between the air line and the grouting machine. This was thought to be about as high a pressure as the green concrete arch would stand, and, even as it was, at one point a section about 2 ft. by 1 ft. was blown out.
The only compressed air available was the high-pressure supply, at about 90 psi; a reducing valve was used to lower this pressure to 30 psi between the air line and the grouting machine. This was considered to be about as high a pressure as the fresh concrete arch could withstand, and even so, at one point, a section roughly 2 ft. by 1 ft. was blown out.
A rough traveling stage resting on the bottom step of the duct bench concrete was used as a working platform. In the earlier stages of the work the grouting was carried on in a rather haphazard manner, but, when the last system of grout and vent pipes was adopted; the work was undertaken systematically, and was carried out as follows:
A rough traveling platform sitting on the bottom step of the duct bench was used as a working area. In the beginning phases of the project, the grouting was done in a pretty random way, but once the final system of grout and vent pipes was put in place, the work was done in an organized manner and proceeded as follows:
Two 20-ft. lengths of arch were grouted at one time, and, in order to prevent the grout from flowing along the arch and blocking the pipes in the next lengths, a bulkhead of plaster was made at the end of every second length to confine the grout.
Two 20-ft. sections of arch were grouted at the same time, and to stop the grout from flowing along the arch and clogging the pipes in the next sections, a plaster bulkhead was built at the end of every second section to contain the grout.
After a section had been grouted, test holes were drilled every 50 ft. along the crown to see that all the voids were filled; if not, holes were drilled in the arch, both for grouting and for vents, and the faulty section was re-grouted. An average of ¾ bbl. of cement and an equal quantity of sand was used per linear foot of tunnel. The average amount put in by one machine per shift was 15 bbl., and therefore the average length of tunnel grouted per machine per shift was 20 ft. The typical working force was:
After a section was grouted, test holes were drilled every 50 feet along the top to check that all the gaps were filled; if not, additional holes were drilled in the arch for both grouting and ventilation, and the problematic section was re-grouted. On average, ¾ barrel of cement and the same amount of sand was used for each linear foot of tunnel. Each machine typically put in about 15 barrels per shift, so on average, each machine grouted 20 feet of tunnel per shift. The usual workforce was:
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.75 | per | shift |
1 | Laborer running grout machine | " | 2.00 | " | " |
2 | Laborers handling cement and sand. | " | 1.75 | " | " |
1 | Laborer tending valve and grout pipes | " | 1.75 | " | " |
After the grouting was finished, the arches were rubbed over with wire brushes to take off discoloration, and rough places at the junctions of adjoining lengths or left by the block laggings were bush-hammered. [Pg 291]
After the grouting was done, the arches were cleaned with wire brushes to remove any discoloration, and rough spots at the joints of connected sections or left by the block laggings were smoothed out with bush hammers. [Pg 291]
Face of Bench Concrete.—The form used for this portion of the work is shown on Plate XLV. It consisted of a central framework traveling on wheels, and, from the framework, two vertical forms were suspended, one on each side, and equal in height to the whole height of the bench. Adjusting screws were fitted at intervals both at top and bottom, and thus the position of the face forms could be adjusted accurately. The face forms were built very carefully of 3-in. tongued and grooved yellow pine, and one 50-ft. form was used for 3,000 ft. of tunnel without having the face renewed. Great care was taken to set these forms true to line and grade, as the appearance of the tunnel would have been ruined by any irregularity. Joints between successive lengths were finished with a V-groove.
Face of Bench Concrete.—The form used for this part of the work is shown on Plate XLV. It consisted of a central framework that moved on wheels, with two vertical forms hanging from the framework, one on each side, both equal in height to the entire bench. Adjusting screws were placed at intervals at both the top and bottom, allowing for precise adjustments of the face forms. The face forms were carefully constructed from 3-inch tongued and grooved yellow pine, and one 50-foot form was used for 3,000 feet of tunnel without needing to replace the face. Great care was taken to set these forms accurately to line and grade, as any irregularity would have ruined the appearance of the tunnel. Joints between successive lengths were finished with a V-groove.
The concrete was received at the form in dumping buckets; these were hoisted to the top of the form by a Lidgerwood hoister fixed to a trailer. The concrete was placed in the form by shoveling it from the traveling stage down chutes fitted to its side. The quantity of water to be used in the mixture needed careful regulation. The first few batches in the bottom had to be very wet, and were made with less stone than the upper portion, in order that the concrete would pack solidly around the niche box forms and other awkward corners.
The concrete was delivered to the form in dumping buckets, which were lifted to the top of the form by a Lidgerwood hoister attached to a trailer. The concrete was poured into the form by shoveling it from the moving platform down chutes attached to its side. The amount of water used in the mixture had to be carefully controlled. The first few batches at the bottom needed to be quite wet and contained less stone than the upper layers so that the concrete would compact tightly around the niche box forms and other tricky corners.
The forms for the ladders and refuge niches were fastened to the face of the bench forms by bolts which could be loosened before the main form was moved ahead, and in this way the ladder and niche forms were left in position for some time after the main form was removed.
The forms for the ladders and refuge niches were attached to the bench forms with bolts that could be loosened before the main form was moved forward. This way, the ladder and niche forms remained in place for a while after the main form was taken away.
At first the forms were kept in place for 36 hours after finishing a length, but, after a little experience, 24 hours was found to be enough. In the summer, when the rise of temperature quickened the set, the time was brought down to 18 hours. The average time taken for a 50-ft. length was:
At first, the forms were left in place for 36 hours after finishing a section, but after some experience, 24 hours was found to be sufficient. In the summer, when the temperature increased and sped up the setting process, the time was reduced to 18 hours. The average time taken for a 50-foot length was:
Laying concrete | 4½ | hours. |
Interval for setting | 18 | " |
Moving forms ahead and resetting | 5 | " |
——— | ||
Total | 27½ | hours. |
The typical working gang was:
The usual work crew was:
Laying Concrete.
Pouring Concrete.
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.25 | per | shift. |
2 | Spaders | " | 2.00 | " | " |
8 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
Moving and Setting Forms.
Moving and Setting Up Forms.
1 | Foreman | @ | $4.00 | per shift. |
10 | Laborers | @ | 1.75 | per shift. |
After the forms were removed, any rough places at the lower edge, where the concrete joins the "lip," were bush-hammered; no other cleaning work was done.
After the forms were taken off, any rough spots at the bottom edge, where the concrete meets the "lip," were bush-hammered; no other cleaning was done.
Duct Laying and Rodding.—The design and location of the ducts have already been described. It will have been seen that the duct-bench concrete was laid in steps, on which the ducts were laid, hence the maintenance of the grade and line in the ducts was an easy matter. The only complication was the expanded metal bonds, which were bent up out of the way of the arch forms and straightened out again after the arch forms had passed. The materials, such as ducts, sand, and cement, were brought into the tunnel by the regular transportation gang. The mortar was mixed in a wooden trough about 10 ft. long, 2 ft. 6 in. wide and 8 in. deep.
Duct Laying and Rodding.—The design and placement of the ducts have already been covered. It has been noted that the concrete for the duct bench was poured in steps, which made it easy to maintain the grade and alignment of the ducts. The only challenge was the expanded metal bonds, which were bent out of the way of the arch forms and then straightened again once the arch forms were removed. The materials, like ducts, sand, and cement, were brought into the tunnel by the regular transportation crew. The mortar was mixed in a wooden trough about 10 feet long, 2 feet 6 inches wide, and 8 inches deep.
After the single-way ducts had been laid, all the joints were plastered with mortar, in order to prevent any foreign substance from entering the ducts. This was not necessary with the multiple duct, as the joints were wrapped with cotton duck. The ducts were laid on a laying mandrel, and, as soon as possible after the concrete was laid around a set of ducts, they were "rodded" with a rodding mandrel. Not many obstructions were met, and these were usually some stray laying mandrel which had been left in by mistake, or collections of mortar where the plastering of the single-way joints had been defective.
After they installed the single-way ducts, all the joints were sealed with mortar to keep any foreign materials from getting into the ducts. This wasn't needed for the multiple duct, since the joints were covered with cotton duck. The ducts were placed on a laying mandrel, and as soon as the concrete was poured around a set of ducts, they were "rodded" with a rodding mandrel. There weren't many obstructions, and when they occurred, it was usually because of a stray laying mandrel that had been left behind or clumps of mortar where the plastering of the single-way joints was flawed.
In the 657,000 duct ft. of conduit in the river tunnels only eight serious obstructions were met. That the work was of exceptionally high quality is shown by the fact that a heavy 3-in. lead cable has been passed through from manhole to manhole (450 ft.) in 6 min., and the company, engaged to lay the cables in these ducts, broke all its previous records for laying, not only for tunnel work, but also in the open.
In the 657,000 duct feet of conduit in the river tunnels, only eight major blockages were encountered. The exceptional quality of the work is demonstrated by the fact that a heavy 3-inch lead cable was pulled through from manhole to manhole (450 feet) in just 6 minutes. The company responsible for laying the cables in these ducts set new records for cable installation, surpassing not only its previous achievements in tunnel work but also in open areas.
Fig. 1, Plate XXXV, shows a collection of the tools and arrangements used in laying and rodding ducts. The typical working force was:
Fig. 1, Plate XXXV, shows a collection of the tools and setups used in installing and clearing ducts. The usual working crew was:
Laying Multiple Ducts. | |||||
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.50 | per | shift. |
9 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
Laying Single-Way Ducts. | |||||
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.50 | per | shift. |
8 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
Rodding Multiple Ducts. | |||||
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.50 | per | shift. |
5 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
Rodding Single-Way Ducts. | |||||
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.50 | per | shift. |
5 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
The average progress per 10-hour shift with such gangs was: | |||
Laying multiple ducts | 4,000 | duct | ft. |
Laying single-way ducts | 1,745 | " | " |
Rodding multiple ducts | 4,040 | " | " |
Rodding single-way ducts | 2,532 | " | " |
No detailed description need be given of the concreting of the cross-passages, pump chambers, sumps, and other small details, the design of which has been previously shown. The concrete was finished on June 1st, 1909.
No detailed description needs to be provided of the concreting of the cross-passages, pump chambers, sumps, and other small details, the design of which has been shown before. The concrete was finished on June 1st, 1909.
Period No. 6.—Final Cleaning Up.—June, 1909, to November, 1909.—As soon as all the concrete was finished, the work of cleaning up the invert was begun. A large quantity of débris littered the tunnels, and it was economical to remove it as quickly as possible. The remaining forms were first removed, and hoisting engines, supported on cross-timber laid across the benches, were set up in the middle of the tunnel at about 500-ft. intervals.
Period No. 6.—Final Cleaning Up.—June 1909 to November 1909.—Once all the concrete work was completed, the cleanup of the invert began. A lot of debris cluttered the tunnels, and it made sense to get rid of it as soon as possible. The remaining forms were taken out first, and hoisting engines, resting on cross-timbers placed across the benches, were installed in the middle of the tunnel at roughly 500-foot intervals.
Work was carried on day and night, and about 169 ft. of single tunnel was cleared per 10-hour shift. Work was begun on May 28th, and finished on July 15th, 1909. For part of the time it was carried on at two points in each tunnel, working toward the two shafts, but when the work in the Weehawken Shaft, which was being done at the same time, blocked egress from that point, all material was sent out by the Manhattan Shaft.
Work continued around the clock, clearing about 169 feet of single tunnel every 10-hour shift. It started on May 28th and was completed on July 15th, 1909. For some of the time, work was done at two locations in each tunnel, moving toward the two shafts, but when work in the Weehawken Shaft, which was happening simultaneously, blocked access from that point, all materials were sent out through the Manhattan Shaft.
The total quantity of material removed was 5,350 cu. yd., or about 0.44 cu. yd. per lin. ft. of tunnel. The average force per shift was:
The total amount of material removed was 5,350 cubic yards, or about 0.44 cubic yards per linear foot of tunnel. The average force per shift was:
In Tunnel.
In Tunnel.
3 | Foremen | @ | $3.25 | per | shift |
1 | Hoist engineer | " | 3.00 | " | " |
1 | Signalman | " | 2.00 | " | " |
38 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
On the Surface.
On the Surface.
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.25 | per | shift |
1 | Hoist engineer | " | 3.00 | " | " |
1 | Signalman | " | 2.00 | " | " |
12 | Laborers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
After the cleaning out had been done, the contractor's main work was finished. However, quite a considerable force was employed, up to November, 1909, in doing various incidental jobs, such as the installation of permanent ventilation conduits and nozzles at the intercepting arch near the Manhattan Shaft, the erection of a head-house over the Manhattan Shaft, and collecting and putting in order all the miscellaneous portable plant, which was either sold or returned to store, sorting all waste materials, such as lumber, piping, and scraps of all kinds, and, in general, restoring the sites of the working yards to their original condition.
After the cleanup was done, the contractor's main work was complete. However, a significant workforce was still engaged, up until November 1909, in various supplemental tasks, like installing permanent ventilation ducts and nozzles at the intercepting arch near the Manhattan Shaft, building a head-house over the Manhattan Shaft, and organizing all the miscellaneous portable equipment, which was either sold or sent back to storage, sorting through all waste materials like lumber, piping, and scraps of various kinds, and generally restoring the sites of the work yards to their original condition.
Concrete Mixing.
The plant used in mixing the concrete for the land tunnels was pulled down and re-erected before the concrete work in the river tunnels was begun. At the New York shaft two new bins for sand and stone were built, bringing the total capacity up to 950 cu. yd. Two No. 6 Ransome mixers, driven electrically by 30-h.p. General Electric motors, using current from the contractor's generators, were set up on a special platform in the intercepting arch.
The plant used for mixing the concrete for the land tunnels was torn down and rebuilt before the concrete work in the river tunnels started. At the New York shaft, two new bins for sand and stone were constructed, increasing the total capacity to 950 cu. yd. Two No. 6 Ransome mixers, powered electrically by 30-h.p. General Electric motors and running on electricity from the contractor's generators, were installed on a special platform in the intercepting arch.
At Manhattan the sand and stone were received from the bins in chutes at a small hopper built on the permanent upper platform of the intercepting arch. Bottom-dumping cars, divided by a partition into two portions, arranged to hold the proper quantities of sand and stone for a 4-bag batch of concrete, were run on a track on this upper platform, filled with the proper quantities of sand and stone, and then run back and dumped into the hoppers of the mixer. After mixing, the batch was run down chutes into the tunnel cars standing on the track below. The water was brought in pipes from the public supply. It was measured in barrels by a graduated scale within the barrels. The water was not put into the mixer until the sand and stone had all run out of the mixer hopper. The mixture was revolved for about 1½ min., or about 20 complete revolutions.
At Manhattan, sand and stone were delivered from bins through chutes into a small hopper on the permanent upper platform of the intercepting arch. Bottom-dumping cars, split by a partition into two sections to hold the right amounts of sand and stone for a 4-bag batch of concrete, were rolled onto a track on this upper platform, filled with the correct quantities of sand and stone, then moved back and dumped into the hoppers of the mixer. After mixing, the batch flowed down chutes into the tunnel cars waiting on the track below. Water was supplied through pipes from the public supply and was measured in barrels using a graduated scale within the barrels. The water was not added to the mixer until all the sand and stone had emptied from the mixer hopper. The mixture was rotated for about 1½ minutes, or around 20 complete revolutions.
At Weehawken Shaft the mixing plant was entirely rebuilt. Four [Pg 295] large bins, two for sand and two for stone, were built in the shaft. Together, they held 430 cu. yd. of stone and 400 cu. yd. of sand. The sand and stone were dumped directly into the bins from the cars on the trestle which ran from the wharf to the shaft. The materials were run through chutes directly from the bins to the hoppers of the mixers, where they were measured. Two No. 6 Ransome mixers, electrically driven, were used here, as at New York, and, as there, the water was led into measuring tanks before being let into the mixer.
At Weehawken Shaft, the mixing plant was completely rebuilt. Four [Pg 295] large bins were constructed—two for sand and two for stone. Together, they had a capacity of 430 cubic yards of stone and 400 cubic yards of sand. The sand and stone were dumped directly into the bins from the cars on the trestle that connected the wharf to the shaft. The materials were funneled through chutes directly from the bins to the hoppers of the mixers, where they were measured. Two No. 6 Ransome mixers, powered by electricity, were used here, just like in New York, and, similar to there, the water was directed into measuring tanks before being added to the mixer.
The quantity of water used in the various parts of the concrete cross-section, for a 4-bag batch consisting of 1 bbl. (380 lb.) of cement, 8.75 cu. ft. of sand, and 17.5 cu. ft. of stone, is given in Table 31.
The amount of water used in different sections of the concrete cross-section for a 4-bag batch, which includes 1 barrel (380 lb.) of cement, 8.75 cubic feet of sand, and 17.5 cubic feet of stone, is provided in Table 31.
Portion of cross-section. | Maximum. | Minimum. | Average. |
---|---|---|---|
Invert | 40 | 20 | 26 |
Duct bench | 36 | 21 | 27 |
Arch (excluding key) | 37 | 19 | 25 |
Key of arch | 27 | 15 | 20 |
Face of bench | 31 | 22 | 27 |
The maximum quantities were used when the stone was dry and contained more than the usual proportion of fine material, the minimum quantity when the sand was wet after rain.
The maximum amounts were used when the stone was dry and had more than the usual amount of fine material, while the minimum amount was used when the sand was wet after rain.
The resulting volumes of one batch, for various kinds of stone, are given in Table 32.
The volumes produced in one batch, for different types of stone, are listed in Table 32.
Mixture. | Description of Stone. | Resulting volume per barrel of cement, in cubic yards. | Remarks. | |
---|---|---|---|---|
Passed screen. | Retained on screen. | |||
1 : 2½ : 5 | 1½-in. | ⅜-in. | 0.815 | Measured in air |
1 : 2½ : 5 | 2½-in. | Run of crusher. | 0.827 | Measured in air. |
1 : 2½ : 5 | General average. | 0.808[D] | Measured from plan. | |
1 : 2½ : 5 | 2-in. | 1½-in. | 0.768[E] | Measured from plan. |
The sand used was practically the same for the whole of the river tunnel section, and was supposed to be equal to "Cow Bay" sand. The result of the mechanical analysis of the sand is shown on Plate XLVI. The stone was all trap rock. For the early part of the work it consisted of stone which would pass a 2-in. ring and be retained on a 1½-in. ring, in fact, the same as used for the land tunnels. This was found to be too coarse, and for a time it was mixed with an equal quantity of fine gravel or fine crushed stone. As soon as it could be arranged, run-of-crusher stone was used, everything larger than 2½ in. being excluded. About three-quarters of the river tunnel concrete was put in with run-of-crusher stone. The force was:
The sand used was basically the same throughout the entire river tunnel section, and it was expected to be similar to "Cow Bay" sand. The results of the mechanical analysis of the sand can be found on Plate XLVI. The stone was all trap rock. In the early stages of the project, the stone was sized to fit through a 2-inch ring and be held back by a 1½-inch ring, which was the same as what was used for the land tunnels. This was found to be too coarse, so for a while, it was mixed with an equal amount of fine gravel or fine crushed stone. As soon as it was feasible, run-of-crusher stone was utilized, with everything larger than 2½ inches being left out. About three-quarters of the river tunnel concrete was placed using run-of-crusher stone. The force was:
At Manhattan.
In Manhattan.
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.00 | per | shift |
4 | Men on sand and stone cars | " | 1.75 | " | " |
4 | Men handling cement | " | 1.75 | " | " |
2 | Men dumping mixers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
At Weehawken.
At Weehawken.
1 | Foreman | @ | $3.00 | per | shift |
2 | Men hauling cement | " | 1.75 | " | " |
2 | Men dumping mixers | " | 1.75 | " | " |
The average quantity of concrete mixed per 10-hour shift was about 117 batches, or about 90 cu. yd. The maximum output of one of the mixers was about 168 batches, or 129 cu. yd. per 10-hour shift.
The average amount of concrete mixed in a 10-hour shift was around 117 batches, which is about 90 cubic yards. The highest output from one of the mixers was about 168 batches, or 129 cubic yards, in a 10-hour shift.
Transportation.
Surface Transportation.—At Manhattan the stone and sand were received in scows at the wharf on the river front. For the first part of the work, the wharf at 32d Street and North River was used, and while that was in use the material was unloaded from the scows into scale-boxes by a grab-bucket running on an overhead cable, and then teamed to the shaft. For the latter part of the work, the wharf used was at 38th Street and North River, where facilities for unloading were given to the contractor by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company which was the permanent lessee of the piers. The material was unloaded into scale-boxes by a grab-bucket operated by a derrick, and teamed to the shaft. When the scale-boxes arrived at the shaft they were lifted from the trucks by derricks and dumped into the bins. [Pg 297]
Surface Transportation.—In Manhattan, the stone and sand were brought in by barges to the wharf along the riverfront. Initially, the wharf at 32nd Street and North River was used. During that time, the material was unloaded from the barges into scale-boxes using a grab-bucket on an overhead cable, and then transported to the shaft by truck. In the later phase of the work, the wharf at 38th Street and North River was utilized, where the Pennsylvania Railroad Company, the permanent lessee of the piers, provided unloading facilities for the contractor. The material was again unloaded into scale-boxes via a grab-bucket operated by a derrick and then transported to the shaft. When the scale-boxes reached the shaft, they were lifted off the trucks by derricks and dumped into the bins. [Pg 297]
At Weehawken all the stone and sand, with the exception of the stone crushed on the work, was received by water at the North slip. Here it was unloaded by a 2-cu. yd. grab-bucket and dumped into 3-cu. yd. side-tipping cars, which were hauled by a small steam locomotive over the trestle to the shaft, where they were dumped directly into the bins.
At Weehawken, all the stone and sand, except for the stone crushed on site, was delivered by water to the North slip. Here, it was unloaded by a 2-cubic yard grab bucket and dumped into 3-cubic yard side-tipping cars, which were pulled by a small steam locomotive over the trestle to the shaft, where they were unloaded directly into the bins.
Before beginning the concrete lining, the 2-ft. gauge railway, which had been used for the surface transportation during the driving of the iron-lined tunnels, was taken up and replaced by a 3-ft. gauge track consisting largely of 30-lb. rails. The cars were 3-cu. yd. side-dumping, with automatic swinging sides. Two steam locomotives which were being stored at Weehawken (part of the plant from another contract), were used for hauling the cars in place of the electric ones used with the 2-ft. gauge railway.
Before starting the concrete lining, the 2-foot gauge railway that had been used for surface transportation while the iron-lined tunnels were being dug was removed and replaced with a 3-foot gauge track made mostly of 30-pound rails. The cars were 3-cubic-yard side-dumping ones with automatic swinging sides. Two steam locomotives that were stored at Weehawken (part of the facility from another contract) were used to haul the cars instead of the electric ones that had been used with the 2-foot gauge railway.
Tunnel Transport.—The track used in the tunnel was of 2-ft. gauge, laid with the 20-lb. rails previously used in driving the iron-lined tunnels. The mining cars (previously mentioned in describing the driving of the iron-lined tunnels) were used for transporting the invert concrete, although, for most of the work, dumping buckets carried on flat cars were used. Several haulage systems were considered for this work, but not one of them was thought to be flexible enough to be used with the constantly changing conditions, and it was eventually decided to move all the cars by hand, because, practically all the work being down grade, the full cars could be run down by gravity and the empty ones pushed back by hand. Two men were allotted to each car, and were able to keep the traffic moving in a manner that would have been perhaps impossible with any system of mechanical haulage. This system was apparently justified by the results, for the whole cost of the tunnel transport, over an average haul of about 2,000 ft., was only about 50 cents per cu. yd., which will be found to compare favorably with mechanical haulage on similar work elsewhere, provided full allowance is made for the use of the plant and power.
Tunnel Transport.—The track used in the tunnel had a 2-ft gauge, installed with the 20-lb rails previously used for building the iron-lined tunnels. The mining cars (mentioned earlier when discussing the construction of the iron-lined tunnels) were used to transport the invert concrete, although for most of the work, dumping buckets on flat cars were utilized. Several haulage systems were evaluated for this task, but none were considered flexible enough to handle the constantly changing conditions. It was ultimately decided to move all the cars by hand since nearly all the work was downhill; the full cars could be rolled down by gravity while the empty ones were pushed back manually. Two men were assigned to each car and managed to keep the workflow moving in a way that might have been impossible with any mechanical haulage system. This method proved effective, as the overall cost of tunnel transport, over an average distance of about 2,000 ft, was only around 50 cents per cubic yard, which compares favorably to mechanical haulage used for similar projects elsewhere, provided that the use of the equipment and power is fully accounted for.
Force Employed.—The average force employed on transport, both on the surface and in the tunnel, is shown in Table 33.
Force Employed.—The average force used for transport, both on the surface and in the tunnel, is shown in Table 33.
Costs.
During the work, careful records of the actual cost to the contractor of carrying out this work were kept by the Company's forces; these costs include all direct charges, such as labor and materials, and all indirect charges such as head office, plant depreciation, insurance, etc., but do not include the cost of any financing, of which the Company had no information.
During the project, the Company's team kept detailed records of the contractor's actual costs for completing the work; these costs include all direct expenses, such as labor and materials, as well as all indirect expenses like overhead, equipment depreciation, insurance, etc., but exclude any financing costs, about which the Company had no information.
VOL. LXVIII, No. 1155.
HEWETT AND BROWN ON
PENNSYLVANIA R. R. TUNNELS: NORTH RIVER TUNNELS.
Location | Grade | Rate | Work in Progress | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Two inverts and two duct benches | Two arches, two inverts, and two duct benches | Four arches and one face of bench | |||
Tunnel | Foreman | $3.00 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
Laborer | 1.75 | 24 | 28 | 70 | |
Switchmen | 2.00 | 2 | 2 | ||
Hoisting engineers | 3.00 | 2 | 4 | 5 | |
Surface | Foreman | 3.00 | 1 | 1 | 2 |
Laborers | 1.75 | 8 | 8 | 15 | |
Teams | 6.50 | 1 | 1 | 2 |
Field Engineering Staff.
The field staff may be considered as divisible into five main divisions:
The field staff can be divided into five main sections:
(A).—Construction, including alignment,
(B).—Cost records,
(C).—Testing of cement and other materials of construction,
(D).—Photography,
(E).—Despatch-boat service.
(A).—Building, including setup,
(B).—Expense tracking,
(C).—Quality checks for cement and other construction materials,
(D).—Photography,
(E).—Delivery boat service.
(A).—Construction(Inspection and Alignment) Staff.—A comparatively large staff was maintained by the Company, and to this two causes contributed. In the first place, the contractor maintained no field engineering staff, because, early in the proceedings, it was arranged that the Company would carry out all this work, and thus avoid the overlapping, confusion, and lack of definite responsibility which often ensues when two engineering forces are working over the same ground. Even had the contractor maintained an engineering force, it would have been necessary for the Company to check most of the contractor's work.
(A).—Construction(Inspection and Alignment) Staff.—The Company had a relatively large staff, and this was due to two main reasons. First, the contractor did not have a field engineering staff because it was agreed early on that the Company would handle all this work. This arrangement aimed to avoid the overlapping, confusion, and lack of clear responsibility that often happens when two engineering teams work in the same area. Even if the contractor had had an engineering team, the Company would still have needed to verify most of the contractor's work.
In the second place, this work gave rise to a number of special surveys, tests, borings, and observations of various kinds, most of which were kept up as a part of the regular routine work, and this necessitated [Pg 299] a staff. Also, for a whole year, active progressive work was at a standstill while the pile tests were going on.
In addition, this project led to various special surveys, tests, drillings, and observations of different types, most of which became part of the regular routine work, creating a need for [Pg 299] a team. Furthermore, for an entire year, active progress was halted while the pile tests were conducted.
(B).—Cost Records Staff.—A distinct feature was made of keeping as accurately as possible detailed records of the actual cost to the contractor of carrying out the work. A small staff of clerks, retained solely for this purpose, tabulated and recorded the information furnished by the members of the construction staff. About $12,000, altogether, was spent in salaries in this department, and it may be considered an extremely wise investment, for, not only is the information thus obtained of great value and interest in itself, but it also puts the Company in an excellent position should any claim or discussion arise with the contractor.
(B).—Cost Records Staff.—A key aspect was keeping detailed records of the actual costs incurred by the contractor during the project as accurately as possible. A small team of clerks was hired specifically for this purpose, and they organized and documented the information provided by the construction team. Around $12,000 was spent on salaries in this department, and this can be viewed as a very smart investment. The information gathered is not only highly valuable and interesting on its own, but it also positions the Company very well in case any claims or disputes come up with the contractor.
(C).—Cement-Testing Department.—As the Company furnished the cement to the contractor, it became incumbent to make careful tests of the quality. A cement-testing laboratory was established at the Manhattan Shaft offices, under the charge of a cement inspector who was furnished with assistants for sampling, shipping, and testing cement. All materials used on the work, such as bricks, sand, stone, water-proofing, etc., were tested here, with the exception of metals, which were under the charge of a metal inspector reporting directly to the head office. This department cost about $10,000 for salaries and $3,000 for apparatus and supplies, or about $13,000, in all.
(C).—Cement-Testing Department.—Since the Company supplied the cement to the contractor, it was necessary to conduct thorough tests on its quality. A cement-testing lab was set up at the Manhattan Shaft offices, managed by a cement inspector who had assistants for sampling, shipping, and testing the cement. All materials used in the project, such as bricks, sand, stone, waterproofing, etc., were tested here, except for metals, which were managed by a metal inspector who reported directly to the main office. This department cost about $10,000 in salaries and $3,000 for equipment and supplies, totaling around $13,000.
There were 800,000 bbl. of cement tested, and samples from 2,100,000 brick. A large amount of useful information has resulted from the work of this laboratory.
There were 800,000 barrels of cement tested and samples from 2,100,000 bricks. A lot of valuable information has come from the work of this lab.
(D).—Photography.—It was desired to keep a complete photographic record of the progress of the work, and therefore a photographer was appointed, with office room at the Manhattan Shaft. The photographer took all the progress photographs on the work of the North River Division, made photographic reductions of all drawings and plans, made lantern slides of all negatives of a more important nature, and, in addition, during the period of compressed air, analyzed the samples of compressed air, brought into the office for the purpose, for the amount of CO2 present. About $8,000 was spent on this department.
(D).—Photography.—The goal was to maintain a complete photographic record of the project's progress, so a photographer was hired and set up an office at the Manhattan Shaft. The photographer captured all progress photos for the North River Division, created photographic reductions of all drawings and plans, made lantern slides of all significant negatives, and also analyzed samples of compressed air during the compressed air period, bringing them into the office to measure the amount of CO2 present. Around $8,000 was spent on this department.
(E).—Despatch-Boat Service.—To provide access to the New Jersey side, a despatch boat was purchased. This boat was at first (June, 1904) chartered, and in May, 1905, was bought outright, and ran on regular schedules, day and night. It continued in the service until [Pg 300] April, 1909, when it was given up, as the tunnels were so far completed that they provided easy access to New Jersey. The cost of the boat (second-hand) was about $3,000. It was then thoroughly overhauled and the cabin remodeled. The monthly cost, when working a 12-hour shift, was $270 for manning, $65 for supplies, and $64 for coal. On two 12-hour shifts, the monthly cost was $533 for manning, $100 for supplies, and $96 for coal. About 100,000 passengers were carried during the boat's period of service, and the total cost was about $37,500.
(E).—Dispatch Boat Service.—To provide access to the New Jersey side, a dispatch boat was purchased. Initially, in June 1904, this boat was chartered, and in May 1905, it was bought outright, operating on regular schedules, day and night. It continued in service until [Pg 300] April 1909, when it was discontinued, as the tunnels were sufficiently completed to allow easy access to New Jersey. The second-hand boat cost around $3,000. It was then completely overhauled and the cabin remodeled. The monthly operating cost for a 12-hour shift was $270 for crew, $65 for supplies, and $64 for coal. With two 12-hour shifts, the monthly cost was $533 for crew, $100 for supplies, and $96 for coal. Approximately 100,000 passengers were transported during the boat's time in service, with a total cost of about $37,500.
For the major part of the period embraced by this paper, B. H. M. Hewett, M. Am. Soc. C. E., served as General Resident Engineer, in charge of the Field Work as a whole.
For most of the time covered in this paper, B. H. M. Hewett, M. Am. Soc. C. E., served as the General Resident Engineer, overseeing the entire Field Work.
W. L. Brown, M. Am. Soc. C. E., was at first Resident Engineer of the work constructed from the Manhattan Shaft, while H. F. D. Burke, M. Am. Soc. C. E., was Resident Engineer of the work constructed from the Weehawken Shaft. After the meeting of the shields, Mr. Burke left to take up another appointment, and from that time Mr. Brown acted as Resident Engineer.
W. L. Brown, M. Am. Soc. C. E., was initially the Resident Engineer for the project built from the Manhattan Shaft, while H. F. D. Burke, M. Am. Soc. C. E., was the Resident Engineer for the work done from the Weehawken Shaft. After the shields were connected, Mr. Burke moved on to a new position, and from that point on, Mr. Brown served as the Resident Engineer.
It may be said, without reflecting in any way on the manufacturers, that the high standard of all the metal materials also testified to the efficient inspection conducted under the direction of Mr. J. C. Naegeley.
It can be said, without criticizing the manufacturers at all, that the high quality of all the metal materials also reflects the effective inspection carried out under the guidance of Mr. J. C. Naegeley.
It is impossible to close this brief account of these tunnels without recording the invaluable services at all times rendered by the members of the Company's field staff. Where all worked with one common aim it might seem invidious to single out names, but special credit is due to the following Assistant Engineers: Messrs. H. E. Boardman, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E., W. H. Lyon, H. U. Hitchcock, E. R. Peckens, H. J. Wild, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E., J. F. Sullivan, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E., and R. T. Robinson, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E. Mr. C. E. Price was in charge of the cement tests throughout the entire period, and brought to his work not only ability but enthusiasm. Mr. H. D. Bastow was in charge of the photographic work, and Mr. A. L. Heyer of the cost account records, in which he was ably seconded by Mr. A. P. Gehling, who, after Mr. Heyer's departure, finished the records and brought them into their final shape. The organization of the Company's field engineering staff is shown graphically by Fig. 24.
It’s impossible to wrap up this brief account of the tunnels without acknowledging the invaluable services continuously provided by the members of the Company’s field staff. Since everyone worked towards a common goal, it might seem unfair to single out individuals, but special recognition goes to the following Assistant Engineers: H. E. Boardman, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E., W. H. Lyon, H. U. Hitchcock, E. R. Peckens, H. J. Wild, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E., J. F. Sullivan, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E., and R. T. Robinson, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E. Mr. C. E. Price oversaw the cement tests during the entire period, bringing not only skill but enthusiasm to his work. Mr. H. D. Bastow led the photographic documentation, and Mr. A. L. Heyer was responsible for the cost account records, with strong support from Mr. A. P. Gehling, who, after Mr. Heyer’s departure, completed the records and finalized them. The organization of the Company’s field engineering staff is illustrated graphically by Fig. 24.
FIELD ORGANIZATION OF THE O'ROURKE ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY FOR THE BUILDING OF THE PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD TUNNELS INTO NEW YORK CITY—NORTH RIVER DIVISION. Sections Gy East, Gy West Supplementary, Gy West, and Co.
FIELD ORGANIZATION OF THE O'ROURKE ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY FOR THE BUILDING OF THE PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD TUNNELS INTO NEW YORK CITY—NORTH RIVER DIVISION. Sections Gy East, Gy West Supplementary, Gy West, and Co.

Contractor's Organization.—The contracting firm which did the work described in this paper was the O'Rourke Engineering Construction Company, of New York City. The President of this Company was John F. O'Rourke, M. Am. Soc. C. E., the Vice-President was F. J. Gubelman, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E. The General Superintendent was Mr. George B. Fry, assisted by J. F. Sullivan, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E. The duties of General Tunnel Superintendent fell to Mr. Patrick Fitzgerald. The generally pleasant relations existing between the Company and the contractor's forces did much to facilitate its execution.
Contractor's Organization.—The contracting firm that carried out the work described in this paper was the O'Rourke Engineering Construction Company, based in New York City. John F. O'Rourke, M. Am. Soc. C. E., was the President of the company, while F. J. Gubelman, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E., served as the Vice-President. The General Superintendent was Mr. George B. Fry, who was assisted by J. F. Sullivan, Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C. E. Mr. Patrick Fitzgerald took on the responsibilities of General Tunnel Superintendent. The generally positive relationships between the Company and the contractor's team greatly helped in completing the project.
The organization of the Contractor's field staff is shown on Fig. 25.
The setup of the Contractor's field team is shown on Fig. 25.
PENNSYLVANIA TUNNEL AND TERMINAL RAILROAD COMPANY. NORTH RIVER DIVISION.
PENNSYLVANIA TUNNEL AND TERMINAL RAILROAD COMPANY. NORTH RIVER DIVISION.
Sections Gy East, Gy West Supplementary, Gy West, Gj, and I, i. e., From 10th Avenue, Manhattan, to the Weehawken Shaft, Field Engineering Staff Organization.
Sections Gy East, Gy West Supplementary, Gy West, Gj, and I, i. e., From 10th Avenue in Manhattan to the Weehawken Shaft, Field Engineering Staff Organization.
In conclusion, the writers cannot forego the pleasure of expressing their deep obligation to Samuel Rea, M. Am. Soc. C. E., as representing the Management of the Company, to the Chief Engineer, Charles M. Jacobs, M. Am. Soc. C. E., and to James Forgie, M. Am. Soc. C. E., Chief Assistant Engineer, for their permission to write this paper, and also to all the members of the field office staff for their great and unfailing assistance in its preparation.
In conclusion, the authors are unable to skip expressing their sincere gratitude to Samuel Rea, M. Am. Soc. C. E., representing the Company's Management, to Chief Engineer Charles M. Jacobs, M. Am. Soc. C. E., and to James Forgie, M. Am. Soc. C. E., Chief Assistant Engineer, for allowing them to write this paper, as well as to all the members of the field office staff for their invaluable and consistent support in its preparation.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!